- Itek construction+Consulting, Inc.

- Itek construction+Consulting, Inc.
FIRE
DEPARTMENT:
Carroll County Office of Zoning
Administration
225 North Center Street
Westminster, MD 21157
Contact: Jay Voight
[email protected]
Tel: (410) 386-2980
Fax: (410) 876-9252
BUILDING
DEPARTMENT:
Sykesville-Freedom District Fire
Department
6680 Sykesville Road
Station 12
Sykesville, MD 21784
Tel: (410) 795-9311
WATER
UTILITY:
Baltimore Gas snd Electric (BGE)
Customer Planning Dpartment Service
Application Unit
1068 North Front Street
Room 501
P.O. Box 1475
Baltimore, MD 21202
Tel: (410) 265-4100 or (800) 265-6177
NATURAL GAS
UTILITY:
ELECTRICAL
UTILITY:
Carroll County Permits and
Inspections Department
225 North Center Street
Room 118
Westminster, MD 21157
Contact: Jason Green
[email protected]
Tel: (410) 386-2674
Fax: (410) 876-9252
ENVIRONMENTAL
HEALTH
DEPARTMENT:
Carroll County Bureau of Utilities Freedom District
225 North Center Street
Westminster, MD 21157
Contact: Gary Dye
[email protected]
Tel: (410) 386-2164
Fax: (410) 386-2752
SEWER UTILITY:
Baltimore Gas and Electric (BGE) Customer Planning Department
Service Application Unit
1068 North Front Street
Room 501
P.O. Box 1475
Baltimore, MD 21202
Tel: (410) 637-8713 or (800) 233-1854
TELEPHONE
UTILITY:
5
4
Maryland Department of Health
and Mental Hygiene, Center for
Retail Food, Plan and Process
Review
6 St. Paul Street
Suite 1301
Baltimore, MD 21202
Contact: Carolann Liszewski
[email protected]
Tel: (410) 767-8401
Fax: (410) 333-8931
2
●
●
Carroll County Bureau of Utilities Freedom District
225 North Center Street
Westminster, MD 21157
Contact: Jeffrey Castonguay
[email protected]
Tel: (410) 386-2164
Fax: (410) 386-2752
Store Number: 2365
Verizon
Tel: (800) 483-5700
UTILITY COORDINATOR
3
●
●
●
●
●
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
CODE AUTHORITIES
NOTE to GC:
FOR ALL WATER, SEWER,
NATURAL GAS, & ELECTRICITY
UTILITIES CONTACT:
Gaucher & Associates Inc.
2060 Baldwin Court
Seaside, CA 93955
Contact: Paul or Meg Gaucher
[email protected]
Tel: (831) 393-1760
Fax: (831) 393-2858
BUILDING CODE:
MECHANICAL CODE:
PLUMBING CODE:
ENERGY CODE:
2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH MARYLAND BUILDING PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AMMENDMENTS
2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE
2009 NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING CODE WITH 2010 SUPPLEMENT
2012 ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE
FUEL GAS CODE:
ELECTRICAL CODE:
FIRE CODE:
ACCESSIBLITY:
2009 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE Z2223.1 (NFPA 54)
2011 NFPA 70 ELECTRICAL CODE
NFPA FIRE PREVENTION CODE AS ADOPTED BY THE MARYLAND STATE FIRE CODE
MARYLAND ACCESSIBILITY CODE (ADAAG)
●
●
●
●
●
●
ABBREVIATIONS
(E)
(N)
@
CENTER LINE
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
NEW CONSTRUCTION
AT
Ø
DIAMETER OR ROUND
BUILDING CODE & ZONING DATA
HS
HVAC
HOOD SUPPLIER
HEATING AND VENTILATING
T
T.B.D.
TENANT
TO BE DETERMINED, SEE FIELD
REFERENCE MANUAL
INT
INTERIOR
TAB
TCC
THS
TLS
TMB
TENANT'S TEST & BALLANCE VENDOR
TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR
TENAT'S HARDWARE SUPPLIER
TENANT'S LIGHT/LAMP SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MENU BOARD SUPPLIER
TMS
TP
TRS
TSV
TYP
TENANT'S MILLWORK SUPPLIER
TENANT'S PHONE SUPPLIER
TENANT'S RAILING SUPPLIER
TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR
TYPICAL
UPS
UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY
VAR
VARIES
W/
WA
WCS
WS
WITH
WASHROOM ACCESSORIES
TENANT'S WALK-IN COOLER SUPPLIER
TENANT'S WINDOW SHADE SUPPLIER
KES
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER
AFF
ALUM
ABOVE FINISH FLOOR
ALUMINUM
MAX
MECH
MAXIMUM
MECHANICAL
ARCH
AS
ASS
ARCHITECT(URAL)
ART AND CHAIRS SUPPLIER
ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER
MFR
MIN
MISC
MSS
MANUFACTURER
MINIMUM
MISCELLANEOUS
MUSIC SYSTEMS SUPPLIER
BD
BLDG
BOARD
BUILDING
N.I.C.
NO
NOT IN CONTRACT
NUMBER
CMU
CO2
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
CO2 SUPPLIER
OC
ON CENTER
CS
CHEMICAL SUPPLIER
OSB
ORIENTED STRAND BOARD
DIM
DIMENSION(S)
EA
EACH
EL
ELEC
ELEV
EQ
ELEVATION (VERTICAL HEIGHT)
ELECTRIC(AL)
ELEVATION
EQUAL
EXT
EXTERIOR
FRP
FRT
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL
FIRE RETARDANT-TREATED
GA
GALV
GC
GYP
GAUGE
GALVANIZED
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
GYPSUM
1.
OCCUPANCY GROUP
OCCUPANCY SEPARATION
A-2
1-HOUR REQUIRED WITH SPRINKLER REDUCTION
1-HOUR PROVIDED
2.
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
II-B
3.
ALLOWABLE AREA:
ALLOWABLE AREA:
AREA INCREASE W/ SPRINKLERS:
OPEN PERIMETER INCREASE:
ALLOWABLE AREA + INCREASES
ACTUAL AREA:
TENANT LEASE AREA:
A-2
9,500 S.F.
19,000 S.F.
7,125 S.F
35,625 S.F.
7,490 S.F.
2,217 S.F.
ALLOWABLE NO. OF STORIES
ACTUAL NO. OF STORIES
2
1
OCCUPANT LOAD, TENANT SPACE:
KITCHEN-COMMERCIAL:
DINING ROOM AND CIRCULATION:
TOILET ROOMS AND CIRCULATION:
TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD
1000 SF / 200 = 5 OCC.
1101 SF / 15 = 73 OCC.
116 SF / 100 = 2 OCC.
= 80 OCC.
SEATING:
INTERIOR:
PATIO:
TOTAL:
48 SEATS
16 SEATS
64 SEATS
4.
5.
1
6.
MEANS OF EGRESS
2 REQUIRED
2 PROVIDED
R
RTU
RADIUS
ROOF TOP UNITS
7.
FIRE SPRINKLERS
FULLY SPRINKLERED
SIM
SPS
SS
SSS
SIMILAR
SODA POP SUPPLIER
SUPPORT SIGNAGE
CCTV AND SAFE/CASHBOX
STR
STRUCTURE
1
1
1i
INTERIOR ELEVATION
MARKER
1
1
SIM
SECTION MARKER
architecture +
LAVORATORIES
REQ'D
PROV'D
1
1
1
1
URINALS
REQ'D
PROV'D
0
0
0
0
LANDLORD:
TENANT
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL
TENANT:
USE
A-2
Black Oakes Associates, Inc.
10055 Red Run Boulevard
Suite 130
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Contact: Heberto Alanis
[email protected]
Tel: (410) 205-2207
Fax: (956) 844-3652
ARCHITECT:
Chipotle Mexican Grill
1401 Wynkoop Street
Denver, Co 80202
Contact: Cherie Stribling
[email protected]
Tel: (303) 390-5663
MECHANICAL
ELECTRICAL
PLUMBING
ENGINEER:
KEY PLAN
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
r e d architecture + planning
855 Grandview Avenue
Suite 295
Columbus, OH 43215
Contact: Tiffany Clapper
[email protected]
Tel: (614) 487-8770
Fax: (614) 487-8777
STRUCTURAL
ENGINEER:
Jezerinac Geers & Associates
5640 Frantz Road
Dublin, OH 43017
Contact: Andy Heigley
[email protected]
Tel: (614) 766-0066
Fax: (614) 481-1223
National Engineering
788 Morrison Road
Columbus, OH 43230
Contact: Andrew Demancsik
[email protected] engineering.com
Tel: (614) 751-9610
AREA OF WORK
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
PROJECT INFORMATION
LANDLORD REQUIRED SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
EXTERIOR ELEVATION
MARKER
●
r e d
Project Data
Accessibility Requirements
Life Safety Plan
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Specifications
Architectural Site Plan
Architectural Site Details
Slab Work Plan
Architectural Floor Plan
Architectural Wall Types
Door & Hardware Schedule
Finish Plan
Finish Details
Tile Details
Fixtures, Furniture & Equipment Plan
Fixtures, Furniture & Equipment Schedules
Reflected Ceiling Plan
Ceiling Details
Architectural Roof Plan
Exterior Elevations
Elevations - Interior Dining
Elevations - Interior Kitchen
Elevations - Interior Kitchen Large Scale
Restroom Details
Building Sections
Perspectives
Slab Plan
Roof Framing Plan
Roof Framing Details
Fire Protection Plan
Mechanical Specifications
HVAC Plan
HVAC Schedules
HVAC Details
Plumbing Specifications
Plumbing Plan Water & Gas
Plumbing Plan Waste & Vent
Plumbing Schedules
Plumbing Details
Specifications
Electrical Lighting Plan
Electrical Power Plan
Electrical Schedules & Details
3
TENANT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ALTERATION TO AN EXISTING SHELL BUILDING
101
●
●
●
SCOPE OF WORK
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
VICINITY MAP
PER THE LANDLORD, THERE ARE NO REQUIRED SUBCONTRACTORS.
Room name
1
●
●
8.
1
A101
●
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
1
1
●
●
●
PVC
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
A101
●
PHOTOGRAPHY SUPPLIER
POINT OF SALE
PREPARATION
GROUP
PROPOSED USE:
1
●
●
PHS
POS
PREP
PLUMBING FIXTURES
WATER CLOSETS
REQ'D
PROV'D
MEN'S:
1
1
WOMEN'S: 1
1
●
●
SHEET NO.
A000
A002
A003
A010
A011
A012
A013
A014
A015
A016
A100
A101
A110
A115
A116
A117
A120
A125
A126
A130
A131
A140
A141
A150
A200
A210
A220
A225
A230
A300
A400
S100
S110
S300
F100
M010
M100
M200
M300
P010
P100
P110
P200
P300
E010
E100
E110
E200
Consultant:
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
ZONING
DEPARTMENT:
6
DRAWING INDEX AND REVISIONS
SHEET DESCRIPTION
STORE NO.: 2365
REGULATORY AGENCIES & UTILITIES
6400 Ridge Road
ROOM NAME & NUMBER
REVISION NUMBER
LOAD
ING 1
X 45' 2.5'
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
DOOR NUMBER
XX.X
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT NUMBER
XX.X
FURNITURE NUMBER
XX.X
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NUMBER
Contents:
Project Data
A101
X
1
SIM
WASHROOM ACCESSORIES NUMBER
SECTION / DETAIL
A101
W1
0
1
A101
COLUMN GRID LABEL
View Name
VIEW LABEL
View Scale
LEVEL MARKER
WALL TAG
A000
VAN
LEVEL TARGET
NORTH ARROW
2
A000
KEY PLAN
1
A000
1" = 50'-0"
PLAN
TRUE
VICINITY MAP
12" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
A.D.A.A.G. INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS
r e d
THIS TENANT SPACE IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE AS SET FORTH IN THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1994 AND ITS REVISED 2010 STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN. MAINTAIN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ITS ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (A.D.A.), (A.D.A.A.G.).
level landing
x = 42" min. at latch
approach only
x = 60" min. all other
approaches. hinge
approach only if
z = 42", then x = 54"
floor
SIDE WALL
60 min
60 min
w. floor mounted w.c.
w. wall mounted w.c.
59 min
w. floor mounted w.c.
STANDARD STALL (END OF ROW)
TOILET STALLS
48 min
clearance
knee
8 min
clearance
6. MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO OPERATING CONTROLS FOR RESTROOM ACCESSORIES NOT SPECIFICALLY
CALLED OUT IN THE A.D.A.A.G. SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN A.D.A.A.G.
SECTION 308.
FREE-STANDING
FOUNTAIN OR COOLER
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
AT LAVATORIES
8 min
x
depth
OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE
REACH
equipment permitted in shaded area
CLEAR FLOOR
SPACE
SPOUT HEIGHT AND
KNEE CLEARANCE
BUILT-IN FOUNTAIN
OR COOLER
DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS
X
NOTE: X = 12 IN IF DOOR HAS
BOTH A CLOSER AND LATCH.
CLEAR DOORWAY WIDTH
NOTE: X = 36 IN MINIMUM IF
Y = 60 IN; X = 42 IN MINIMUM
IF Y = 54 IN.
FRONT APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS
X<4
<27
44 max
48 max
FORWARD REACH
HEIGHT TO FINISH
FLOOR OR GROUND
FROM BASELINE OF
CHARACTER
3. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. CHARACTER
HEIGHT SHALL BE MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM THE BASELINE OF THE CHARACTER SHALL BE 5/8" MIN. AND 2" MAX. BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE
UPPERCASE LETTER "I"
40" TO LESS THAN OR
EQUAL TO 70"
4. LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32", UPPER-CASE SANS SERIF TYPE, AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE. RAISED
CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2". PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL
DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM IN HEIGHT. BRAILLE
SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN THE PICTOGRAM FIELD.
GREATER THAN 70" TO
LESS THAN OR EQUAL
TO 120"
HORIZONTAL VIEWING
DISTANCE
MINIMUM CHARACTER
HEIGHT
LESS THAN 72"
5/8"
72" AND GREATER
5/8" PLUS 1/8"/FT OF VIEWING
DISTANCE ABOVE 72"
LESS THAN 180"
2"
180 INCHES AND GREATER
2" PLUS 1/8"/FT OF VIEWING
DISTANCE ABOVE 180"
LESS THAN 21'
3"
21' AND GREATER
3" PLUS 1/8"/FT OF VIEWING
DISTANCE ABOVE 21'
GREATER THAN 120"
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
DISPLAY CONDITIONS - INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL
OF ACCESSIBILITY
3. WHERE FOOD OR DRINK IS SERVED AT COUNTERS EXCEEDING 34" IN HEIGHT FOR CONSUMPTION BY CUSTOMERS SEATED ON STOOLS
OR STANDING AT THE COUNTER, A PORTION OF THE MAIN COUNTER WHICH IS 60" IN LENGTH MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED IN
COMPLIANCE WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 305 OR SERVICE SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ACCESSIBLE TABLES WITHIN THE SAME AREA.
NOTE: Y = 48 IN MINIMUM IF
DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND
CLOSER.
Hinge Side Approaches - Swinging Doors
y
4. AT LEAST 5% OF ALL TABLE SEATING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 226.
48 min
25
max
5. ACCESSIBLE SEATING AT TABLES AND/OR COUNTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 3.
x
24 min
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OBSTRUCTED HIGH
SIDE REACH
2. IN ESTABLISHMENTS WHERE SEPARATE AREAS ARE DESIGNATED FOR SMOKING AND NON-SMOKING PATRONS, THE NUMBER OF
ACCESSIBLE FIXED TABLES (OR COUNTERS) SHALL BE PROPORTIONALLY DISTRIBUTED BETWEEN THE SMOKING AND NON-SMOKING
AREAS.
Y
42 min
18 min, 24 preferred
Y
60 min
32 min
48 min
58 min
3. DOOR AND GATE HARDWARE. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERABLE
PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH
HARDWARE SHALL BE 34" MINIMUM AND 48" MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR
GROUND. WHERE SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, OPERATING
HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES.
24 min
48 min
48 min
Y
42 min
Y
48 min
48 min
NOTE: Y = 48 IN MINIMUM IF DOOR HAS CLOSER.
TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES
TABLE SEATING
NOTE: Y = 54 IN MINIMUM IF DOOR HAS CLOSER.
30
min
LATCH SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS
30
min
36 min
25
max
25
max
36 min
WHERE X > 24, Y = 36 MIN
MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR SEATING AND TABLES
12 min
11/03/2015
1/2
2
1
1/4
80 min
1/4
1/4 max
60 min
60 min
36 min
24 min
Lobby
24 max depth
4'-0"
36 min
42 min
x
42 min
36 min
x
4 max
higher than 27
48 min
12 min
60 min
Issue Record:
32 min
2. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY
ENTRANCES WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES AND ELEMENTS.
3. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A RUNNING SLOPE GREATER THAN 1:20 IS A RAMP AND SHALL
COMPLY WITH 405. NOWHERE SHALL THE CROSS SLOPE OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE EXCEED 1:48.
UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE
REACH
1. WHERE FIXED TABLES (OR DINING COUNTERS WHERE FOOD IS CONSUMED BUT THERE IS NO SERVICE) ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST 5 %,
BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE, OF THE FIXED TABLES (OR A PORTION OF THE DINING COUNTER) SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND SHALL COMPLY
WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 902.
x
2. THRESHOLD, IF PROVIDED AT DOORWAYS, SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH MAXIMUM. EXISTING OR
ALTERED THRESHOLDS 3/4" HIGH MAXIMUM THAT HAVE A BEVELED EDGE ON EACH SIDE
WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2 ARE ALSO PERMITTED.
1. ALL WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, SKYWALKS, TUNNELS, AND OTHER SPACES THAT ARE
PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 402 AND ANY OTHER
APPLICABLE SECTION OF CH. 4.
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
FORWARD APPROACH
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY
NOTE: ALL DOORS IN ALCOVES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CLEARANCES FOR FRONT APPROACHES.
1. ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 404.
5. ACCESSIBLE DOORS THAT ARE NOT FIRE DOORS OR EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL HAVE
A MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING THE DOOR OPEN OF 5 LBF. THIS FORCE DOES
NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER
DEVICES THAT MAY HOLD A DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION.
48 max
15 min
30
UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE
REACH
SIGNAGE
LAVATORY CLEARANCE
6 max
Where x < 24, y = 30, where x > 24, y > 36.
48
20-25 max
6. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN
IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED
AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAFS, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED TO THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE RIGHT HAND DOOR.WHERE THERE IS NO WALL
SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE OF A SINGLE DOOR OR AT THE RIGHT SIDE OF DOUBLE DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT
WALL. SIGNS CONTAINING TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18" MIN. BY 18" MIN, CENTERED ON THE
TACTILE CHARACTERS, IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED DOOR AND THE 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION.
6 max toe
48 min
20 max
48
5. THE CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF SIGNS SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON-GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL
CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND - EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND.
36 max
9 min
30 min
48 min
48 min
40 max
34 max
9 min
clear
floor
space
27 min
30 min
not to exceed
fountain depth
17-25
17-25
4. DOOR CLOSERS AND GATE CLOSERS. DOOR CLOSERS AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE
ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO
MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM.
SPRING HINGES. DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE
OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION
IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM.
34-38
12
min
36" min
12
min
48 max
48
30
min
30 min
EXAMPLES OF EDGE PROTECTION AND
HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS
30
15 min
46 max
10 max
34 max
48 max
30
2. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE-WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO
BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10.
56 min
railing with extended platform
17-25
5. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/2". THE GRAB BAR ASSEMBLY
SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING BENDING STRESSES, SHEAR STRESSES, SHEAR FORCES, AND
TENSILE FORCES OF UP TO 250 LBF.. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.
RESTROOMS
59 min
STANDARD STALL
30 min
DOORS
w. wall mounted w.c.
GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS
4. IF HAND OPERATED METERING FAUCETS ARE USED, THE FAUCET SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR0 10
SECONDS MINIMUM.
PATH OF TRAVEL
56 min
LANDING
60" min
STORE NO.: 2365
x
33-36
17-19
54 min
7-9
BACK WALL
16-18
12 max
toilet
paper
60 min
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
AT WATER CLOSETS
6 max
42 min
12
min
RAMP RUN < 30' max
SIDE REACH
18
z
54 min
12 max
12 min
15 min
CL
33-36
clear
floor
space
12 min
24 max
1. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 703.
27 min
3. HOT WATER LINES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE
CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES
UNDER LAVATORIES.
36 min
36 min
56 min
2. ACCESSIBLE URINALS SHALL BE STALL-TYPE OR WALL-HUNG AT A MAXIMUM OF 17" ABOVE FINISH
FLOOR. URINALS SHALL HAVE A 30" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE TO ALLOW A FRONT APPROACH AND
THE FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND-OPERATED WITH THE CONTROLS INSTALLED ACCORDING TO
SECTION 308.
18
30
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
PARALLEL APPROACH
3. REACH RANGES FOR CHILDREN UNDER AGES 12 SHALL COMPLY
WITH SECTION 308.1.
36 min
alternate
door location
36 min
32 min
36 min
32 min
4 max
4 max
10 max
30
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
36 min
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
EXTENSION AT TOP OF RUN
1. ELEMENTS OF ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTIONS 603, 604, 605,
606, 607, 608, 609 & 610.
18
min
2. ALL CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS WHICH ARE
INTENDED FOR NORMAL USE BY BUILDING OCCUPANTS SHALL BE
PROVIDED WITH A.D.A.A.G.-COMPLIANT CLEAR FLOOR SPACES &
SHALL COMPLY WITH REACH RANGES IN SECTION 308.
CONTROLS
Y
EXTENSION AT BOTTOM OF RUN
12
min
LANDING
60" min
48
10 max
34 max
X
Y
X
PLAN
36 min
STAIRS
Y
3. THE CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN HANDRAILS AND WALL SHALL BE 1-1/2" MIN. HANDRAIL
GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THEIR LENGTH AND SHALL NOT BE
OBSTRUCTED ALONG THEIR TOP AND SIDES. THE TOP OF HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES
SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 34" AND 38" ABOVE STAIR NOSINGS.
1. CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL COMPLY WITH
A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 309.
NOTE:
X IS THE MINIMUM HANDRAIL
EXTENSION REQUIRED AT EACH TOP
RISER. X = 12" MIN. Y IS THE MINIMUM
HANDRAIL EXTENSION REQUIRED AT
EACH BOTTOM RISER. Y IS EQUAL TO
OR GREATER THAN THE TREAD DEPTH.
X
12 min
12 min
COMPONENTS OF A SINGLE RAMP RUN AND
SAMPLE RAMP DIMENSIONS
48
1. ACCESSIBLE STAIRS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 504.
2. ALL STEPS ON A FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM RISER HEIGHTS AND UNIFORM
TREAD DEPTHS ALONG EACH RUN. RISERS SHALL BE 4" HIGH MIN. AND 7" HIGH MAX.
TREAD SHALL BE 11" DEEP MIN.
12 min
4. EXISTING RAMP'S SLOPE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 405.2. FOR A RAMP NOT RISING MORE THAN 3" THE MAXIMUM SLOPE CAN BE
1:8>X>1:10. FOR A RAMP RISING GREATER THAN 3" BUT NOT MORE THAN 6" THE MAXIMUM SLOPE CAN BE 1:10>X>1:12.
RAMPS
28 min
FOOD SERVICE LINES
planning
section
horizontal projection or run
3. THE CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP SURFACES SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1:48.
34 max
TABLEWARE AREAS
2. SELF-SERVICE SHELVES AND DISPENSING DEVICES FOR DISHWARE, CONDIMENTS,
FOOD AND BEVERAGES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 308.
architecture +
level landing
elevation
2. IF A RAMP HAS A RISE GREATER THAN 6" OR A HORIZONTAL PROJECTION GREATER THAN 72", THEN IT SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON
BOTH SIDES. HANDRAILS ARE NOT REQUIRED ADJACENT TO ASSEMBLY SEATING AREAS. CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN A HANDRAIL AND AN
ADJACENT WALL SHALL BE 1-1/2" MIN.
36 min
surface of ramp
rise
1. ACCESSIBLE RAMPS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 405.
1 1/4" min
2" max
1. FOOD SERVICE LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 36" WITH TRAY
SLIDES MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 34" ABOVE THE FLOOR. IF SELF-SERVICE SHELVES
ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST 50% OF EACH TYPE MUST BE WITHIN REACH RANGES
SPECIFIED IN A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 308.
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
36 min
60 min
NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY WHEN X < 48 IN
MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH
FOR SINGLE WHEELCHAIR
60-IN DIAMETER SPACE
T-SHAPED SPACE FOR 180° TURNS
VERTICAL CHANGES
IN LEVEL
CHANGES IN LEVEL
TURN AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION
WALKING PARALLEL TO A WALL
Revisions:
ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
IN ADDITION TO ALL A.D.A./A.D.A.A.G. REQUIREMENTS, THIS FACILITY SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTION FOR ACCESSIBILITY AS LISTED BELOW AND SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS ICC/ANSI A117.1.
* WHERE INFORMATION LISTED/SHOWN IN THIS SECTION CONFLICTS WITH THE A.D.A.A.G. INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS, THE MORE RESTRICTIVE OF THE TWO REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE FOLLOWED.
1. ELEMENTS OF ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2003
SECTIONS 603, 604, 605, 606, AND 609.
7-9
BACK WALL
SIDE WALL
GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS
Y
42 min
2. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO SUCH THAT THE WIDTH OF AN UPPERCASE 'O'
SHALL BE 55% MINIMUM AND 110% MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF AN UPPERCASE 'I'.
Hinge Side Approaches - Swinging Doors
X
Z
Project No.
CMG411
TURN AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION
Contents:
Accessibility
Requirements
4. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL
ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR, INCLUDING DOUBLE-LEAF DOORS. SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST
ADJACENT WALL. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF HIGHEST LINE OF TEXT.
MOUNTING LOCATION FOR SUCH SIGNAGE SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR AREA 18" MINIMUM BY 18" MINIMUM
CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED
POSTITION AND 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION.
60 min
TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES
SIGNAGE
DOORS
JW
3. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO
BE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING AN UPPER-CASE I. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED. SIGNS
INSTALLED OVER 120" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT OF 3".
NOTE: Y = 48 IN MINIMUM AND
X = 12 IN MINIMUM IF DOOR
HAS BOTH A LATCH AND
CLOSER.
48 min
BP, TC
24" min
T-SHAPED SPACE FOR 180° TURNS
22 min
60 min
4. IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO
THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90°, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 5 SECONDS TO MOVE TO
AN OPEN POSITION OF 12°.
Checked:
A002
60 min
3. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS
SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT
GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. LEVER-OPERATED
MECHANISMS, PUSH-TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U-SHAPED HANDLES ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS.
HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBLE DOOR PASSAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN
48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND NOT LOWER THAN 34" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.
Z
NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY WHEN X < 48 IN.
1. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2003 SECTION 703.
2. THRESHOLD AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND
FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2.
Drawn:
12 min
NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY WHEN X < 48 IN.
IF Z = 42 IN MINIMUM THAN Y = 48 IN MINIMUM.
IF Z = 36 IN MINIMUM THAN Y = 60 IN MINIMUM.
X
1. ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2003 SECTION 404.
36 min
36 min
3. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A RUNNING SLOPE GREATER THAN 1:20 IS A RAMP AND SHALL
COMPLY WITH 405. NOWHERE SHALL THE CROSS SLOPE OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE EXCEED 1:48.
60 min
PATH OF TRAVEL
18 min
2. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY
ENTRANCES WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES AND ELEMENTS.
39-41
15 min
toilet
paper
17-19
RESTROOMS
12 min
1 1/2 min
12 min
33-36
24 min
54 min
42 min
39-41
33-36
12 min
36 min
Y
1. ALL WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, SKYWALKS, TUNNELS, AND OTHER SPACES THAT ARE
PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2003 SECTION 402
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES PER IBC 2012
Consultant:
r e d
44" REQUIRED EGRESS CORRIDOR WIDTH FOR OCCUPANCIES 50+.
42" REQUIRED EGRESS AISLE WIDTH FOR OCCUPANCIES 50 AND OVER.
36" REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH FOR OCCUPANCIES UNDER 50.
SECT. 1028.9.1(4)
NO DEAD END CORRIDORS OVER 20'-0"
SECT. 108.4
architecture +
MAXIMUM EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE TO AN EXIT IS 75'-0". MEASURED
AS MOST REMOTE POINT ALONG THE NATURAL AND UNOBSTRUCTED
PATH OF HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL TRAVEL TO THE EXIT.
TABLE 1014.3
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO POINTS OF EGRESS (MEASURED IN A
STRAIGHT LINE BETWEEN THE TWO) SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN
1/2 DIAGONAL OF SPACE BEING SERVED FOR EGRESS PATH.
SECT. 1015.2.1
planning
IF FULLY SPRINKLERED DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO POINTS OF
EGRESS CAN GO DOWN TO 1/3 OF DIAGONAL.
MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE 200' W/OUT SPRINKLER, 250' W/ SPRINKLER.
TABLE 1016.2
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SEATS IS 12" FOR A DISTANCE OF
12'-0" WITH AN ADDITIONAL 1/2" OF WIDTH FOR EACH 1'-0" OR
FRACTION THEREOF BEYOND ORIGINAL 12'-0".
SECT. 1028.1.0.1.1
3' - 0"
3'
-
0"
EGRESS ALONG SEATING IS MEASURED 19" FROM EDGE OF TABLE WHERE
MOVEABLE CHAIRS ARE USED, OR FROM THE EDGE OF A FIXED SEAT.
LESS THAN 20'-0" DEAD END
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
DOORS IN FULLY OPEN POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE A REQUIRED DIMENSION
BY MORE THAN 7 INCHES. SECTION 1008.1.6 LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A LENGTH
MEASURED IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL OF NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES.
1
3' - 0"
DOORS, WHEN FULLY OPENED SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED MEANS
OF EGRESS WIDTH BY MORE THAN 7 INCHES. DOORS IN ANY POSITION
SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED WIDTH BY MORE THAN ONE-HALF.
SECT. 1005.2
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
3' 0"
3' - 0"
SPACE BETWEEN TWO DOORS IN A SERIES SHALL BE 48 INCHES
MIN. PLUS WIDTH OF A DOOR SWINGING INTO SPACE.
SECT. 1008.1.8
STORE NO.: 2365
3' - 0"
3' - 8"
4' - 9 5/8"
LESS THAN 20'-0" DEAD END
3' - 0"
60'-10" MAX EGRESS PATH KITCHEN
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
42'-4" MAX EGRESS PATH 1
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
3' - 6"
LESS THAN 20'-0" DEAD END
3' - 4 3/8"
Revisions:
3
1
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
45
'-
61
/2
"
3' - 0 1/8"
01/12/2015
26' - 6
1/2"
3' - 6"
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
3' - 6"
27'-6" MAX EGRESS PATH 2
4' - 4 1/4"
Life Safety Plan
LESS THAN 20'-0" DEAD END
A003
3' - 6"
3
1
A003
LIFE SAFETY PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY
1.1
1.1
Contract Documents:
A.
B.
1.2
A.
Contractor shall use the following Tenant provided documents in the negotiation and execution of the Work. Contact
Tenant's office for copies of these documents:
1.
Chipotle Instructions to Bidders.
2.
Construction Contract for Chipotle Mexican Grill.
Definitions:
1.
The term "Owner" used in these documents refers to the building Owner/Landlord.
2.
The term "Tenant" used in these documents refer to the restaurant Tenant, Chipotle Mexican
Grill, Inc.
3.
The term "Contractor" used in these documents refers to the entity responsible for performing
the Work under Construction Contract for Chipotle Mexican Grill.
1.2
Perform all work in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal building codes, plumbing codes,
mechanical codes, electrical codes, ordinances and rules and regulations governing food service
establishments.
A.
B.
Comply with local, state and federal requirements governing accessibility.
B.
C.
Obtain all required demolition and erosion control permits required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Requests by the Contractor for changes in products, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and methods
of construction required by the Contract Documents are considered requests for "substitutions:" Substitutions will
be considered only under the following conditions:
1.
The indicated "Standard" cannot be provided within the Contract Time
2.
The indicated "Standard" cannot receive necessary approval by the governing authority.
3.
A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other
considerations of merit as determined by the Architect.
C.
Submit each request for substitution to the Architect. Identify the product, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
installer or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Identify related Specification
Section and Drawing numbers. Provide documentation as directed by the Architect.
Quality Control:
A.
Maintain quality control over manufacturers, suppliers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship,
to produce work of specified quality.
B.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions and applicable trade standards.
C.
Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and complying with specified requirements.
1.
Request clarification from the Architect before proceeding, where manufacturer's instructions conflict
with the Contract Documents.
B.
The Work shall include construction of the site and building facilities as shown and specified in
these Specifications and Drawings.
When required and necessary, the Tenant will provide a subsurface exploration report as an
attachment the bidding documents.
D.
E.
Products, including materials, equipment and systems described in the Contract Documents establish the standards
of required function, dimension, appearance, quality and performance of the Work. Base all bids on the
"Standards" indicated.
D.
D.
Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work, except when more stringent tolerances,
codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E.
Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate
written request, when requested directly by subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, or supplier, or when
acceptance will require substantial revision of the Contract Documents.
Substitute products, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, and installers shall not be used for the Project without
Tenant and Architect's written acceptance.
1.1
1.1
F.
Coordination:
1.3
A.
B.
Coordinate new work indicated on the Contract Documents with new work that may be provided by
the Owner and Tenant under separate contracts.
D.
Coordinate the work of Vendors, Contractors and Subcontractors providing fixtures, furniture and
equipment identified as "by Tenant" in these drawings and specifications.
1.
Notify the Tenant in timely fashion if any problems develop with the performance of these
Vendors, Contractors or Subcontractors.
Coordinate the scheduling, sequencing, and the work of all trades and Subcontractors to assure
efficient and orderly sequences of installation of interdependent construction elements.
F.
Verify that the utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with the
building utility services. Coordinate work of the various specification sections having
interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment.
G.
Coordinate the installation and physical space requirements of plumbing, mechanical and electrical
work that are indicated diagrammatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for piping, ducts
and conduit as closely as practical. Install runs parallel with and perpendicular to the line of the
building. Utilize spaces as efficiently as possible to maximize accessibility for other work
installation and for maintenance and for repair.
1.
Conceal piping, ducts and conduit within the construction, except as otherwise indicated.
2.
Coordinate locations of registers, fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
H.
Coordinate completion and cleanup work of all trades and Subcontractors in preparation for
Substantial Completion.
I.
To minimize disruption of Tenant's activities after Tenant occupancy of the property, coordinate
access to the property with the Tenant's Construction Manager for correction of defective work and
work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.1
Only when indicated in the specifications or drawings submit shop drawings, product data, and/or
samples to the Architect for review. All submittals shall be made directly to the architect by the
general contractor. Only submittals for specified products will be accepted unless prior approval
has been obtained for a substitution (refer to Section 01630). Submittals shall be made with
respect to the construction schedule to allow for adequate review time: allow (5) business days for
review of submittals Divisions 3 through 10 and allow (10) business days for review of submittals in
all other divisions.
Shop drawings:
Submit electronic copies of each sheet of drawings. Shop drawings are
original drawings prepared by the subcontractor or vendor for the purpose
of conveying information to the architect and/or engineer on how a
building element or product will be constructed in sufficient detail for the
architect and/or engineer to determine compliance with the design intent.
In all cases one copy of the submittal shall be returned to the general contractor. Electronic
submittals for shop drawing or product data in either PDF or DWF format are acceptable for review.
All submittals, regardless of format, must bear the general contractor's stamp indicating the
submittal has been reviewed and approved. Any submittal not meeting the requirements set forth
will be rejected by the architect.
1.3
B.
Include inspection and tests as indicated in the specification sections, drawings, and as required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
1.
Test concrete in accordance with Section 03300 and drawing requirements.
2.
Test structural steel in accordance with Section 05110 and drawing requirements.
Codes and Standards: Provide temporary construction facilities and controls complying with all
applicable local, State and Federal local laws, regulations and codes and utility company requirements.
B.
Temporary Heating, Ventilating and Cooling:
1.
Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary heating, ventilating and cooling equipment and
facilities required during the progress of the work to protect materials, finished work, and
equipment against damage from low and high temperatures and humidity.
2.
Provide temporary heating, ventilating and cooling when the outside temperature and humidity is
low/high enough to damage or affect in any way the performance or quality of material and product
stored in the building, in any temporary storage area, or any material or product incorporated into
the work.
3.
Provide temporary heating, ventilating and cooling when the outside temperature and humidity is
low/high enough to significantly slow or hamper effectiveness of workers and to provide suitable
working conditions.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Requests For Information
A.
In the event that the general contractor, or a subcontractor, at any tier, determines that some portion
of the drawings, specifications, or other contract documents requires a clarification or interpretation
by the architect, the general contractor shall submit a Request For Information in writing to the
architect in an electronic copy.
H.
Requests for Information may only be submitted by the general contractor and may only be
submitted to the architect. The general contractor shall clearly and concisely set forth the issue for
which clarification or interpretation is sought and why a response is needed from the architect or
the architect's consultants. In the Request for Information, the general contractor shall set forth an
interpretation or understanding of the requirement along with an explanation of why such an
understanding was reached.
B.
The architect will review all Requests for Information to determine whether they are Requests for
Information within the meaning of this term. If the architect determines that the document is not a
request for information, it will be returned to the general contractor, un-reviewed as to content, for
re-submittal in the proper form and in the proper manner.
Responses to Requests for Information shall be issued upon receipt, but no later that five (5)
working days of receipt of the Request from the general contractor; unless the architect determines
that a longer amount of time is necessary to provide an adequate response. If a longer amount of
time is determined necessary by the architect, the architect will, within five (5) working days of
receipt of the Request, notify the general contractor of the anticipated response time. If the general
contractor submits a Request for Information on an activity with five (5) working days or less of float
on the current project schedule the general contractor shall not be entitled to any time extension
due to the time it takes the architect to respond to the Request provided that the architect
responds within the parameters set forth above.
C.
Responses to Requests for Information from the architect will not change any requirements of the
contract documents. In the event that the general contractor believes that a response to a Request
For Information will cause a change to the requirements of the contract documents, the general
contractor shall immediately give written notice to the architect and the tenant stating that the
general contractor considers the response to be a Change Order. Failure to give such written notice
immediately shall waive the general contractor's (or any subcontractor's) right to seek additional
time or cost under the Administrative Requirements of these contract documents.
A.
Provide temporary facilities and controls as shown and specified:
A.
I.
B.
1.3
A.
Cleaning
1.
During Construction: Provide an approved on-site container for the use of all Contractors and
Subcontractors for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Execute periodic cleaning
to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. Remove crates and cartons
in which materials, equipment, or fixtures are received to on-site containers daily.
a.
Maintain the property in a clean and orderly condition. Remove waste materials, debris and
rubbish from the site on a daily basis and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the
site.
2.
Dust Control:
a.
Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums and other similar closed or remote
spaces prior to covering or enclosing the space.
b.
Sweep and vacuum clean interior surfaces before start of surface finishing and painting.
Continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until finishing and painting is completed.
c.
Cleaning operations shall be acceptable to the Tenant's Construction Manager.
Final Cleaning: Perform final cleaning upon completion of project work.
1.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, tools, equipment and temporary construction facilities from the
site.
2.
Clean exterior grounds; remove stains, spills and foreign materials from paved areas, power wash and sweep
clean. Rake clean landscaped surfaces of the grounds.
3.
Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain.
4.
Clean all finished surfaces. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other
foreign materials from exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
a.
Clean all plumbing, fire protection and electrical fixtures and equipment including ceiling area elevated
ductwork and lighting fixtures.
b.
Clean permanent equipment filters and replace temporary disposable filters in mechanical units used
during construction.
c.
Clean ducts, blowers and coils if mechanical units were operated without filters during construction.
6.
7.
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
Under Slab Vapor Retarder: Stego Industries LLC, 877-464-7834, internet www.stegoindustries.com high density
polyethylene Stego Wrap (10 mil) Vapor Barrier meeting or exceeding ASTM E1745 performance criteria for
Class C vapor retarders.
1.
Seam Tape: High density polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive.
2.
Pipe boots: Shop or site fabricated from vapor retarder material and seam tape.
B.
Concrete:
1.
Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I
2.
Aggregate: ASTM C33.
3.
Water: Clean and potable.
4.
Reinforcement: When required, comply with drawings reinforcement requirements.
5.
Compressive Strength: Minimum 3000 psi at 28 days.
6.
Admixtures: All admixtures shall be approved by the Tenant's Construction Manager prior to placement in
the concrete mix.
C.
Topping Concrete: When required to suit installation conditions, Ardex Diama-Top of Ardex Engineered Cements
(888) 512-7339, internet www.ardex.com
1.
ULTRAFLOR ARDEX DIAMA-TOP, self-leveling concrete repair material.
2.
Any pinholes that need to be filled shall be filled with ARDEX DIAMA-FILL filling compound for polished
concrete, concrete terrazzo and other cementitious wear surfaces applied at the appropriate time during
the polishing process.
3.
The primer for areas to receive ARDEX DIAMA-TOP will be ARDEX EP 2000 Substrate Preparation Epoxy.
4.
Installation shall be performed by factory-trained professional applicators in strict accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions.
3.1
Clean interior and exterior glazing and mirrors, polish transparent and glossy surfaces and clean floors with
appropriate materials and equipment.
Remove waste, foreign material and debris from roofs, areaways and drainage systems.
Before Tenant occupancy, conduct an inspection, with the Tenant, of exposed interior and exterior surfaces
at all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean.
Prior to Substantial Completion, coordinate the start-up, test and balance, placement in operation and adjustment
all systems, controls and equipment to verify proper operation. All systems shall be complete and operating prior
to final inspection.
Contract Closeout:
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit one operation and maintenance manual, bound in 8-1/2" x 11" text pages,
three D side ring capacity expansion binders with durable plastic covers.
1.
Subdivide the binder contents internally with permanent dividers logically organized as described below.
Provide tab titles clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs.
2.
Provide a table of contents with each product or system description identified.
3.
Provide a directory listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the project Architect/Engineer,
Contractor, Subcontractors and major equipment suppliers.
4.
Prepare operations and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section.
Identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of project Subcontractors and suppliers. For each category,
identify the following:
a.
Significant design criteria.
b.
List of equipment.
c.
Parts list for each component.
d.
Operating instructions.
e.
Maintenance instructions for each equipment item and systems.
f.
Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials
and special precautions for identifying detrimental agents.
5.
B.
Submit operations and maintenance data to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with
Exhibit C of the Construction Contract.
Record/As Built Documents:
1.
Prepare and maintain on site one set of the following record/as built documents:
a.
Contract Documents.
b.
Construction Documents.
c.
Change orders and other modifications to the Contract.
d.
Shop drawings, product data, and samples.
e.
Construction schedule.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Store record/as built documents separate from documents used for construction.
Record actual revisions to the Work, concurrently with construction progress.
Legibly mark and record a description of actual products installed at each specification section, including the
following:
a.
Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
b.
Approved product substitutions or alternates utilized.
c.
Changes made by addenda, change orders, and other modifications.
Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including the following:
a.
Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first main floor datum.
b.
Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to
permanent surface improvements.
c.
Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to
visible and accessible features of the work.
d.
Field changes of dimension and detail.
e.
Details not on original Contract Document drawings.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Installation
A.
Vapor Retarder: Place, protect and repair vapor retarder sheets in accordance with ASTM E1643 and
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1.
Provide a single layer of vapor retarder material over level compacted slab base.
2.
Lap joints and seams 6 inches and seal with seam tape.
3.
Seal all penetrations and repair damaged areas before concrete placement.
B.
Reinforcement Place and inspect all reinforcing steel before concrete is placed.
C.
Concrete Placement:
1.
Place cast-in-place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 305R and 306R recommended practices
for hot weather and cold weather concreting. Do not place concrete when temperature is below
40 degrees F.
2.
Wet cure concrete in accordance with ACI 301, using moist curing or moisture-retaining covers
D.
Finish: Except where additional floor finish is scheduled, provide a smooth steel trowel finish.
1.
Exposed concrete used as a finish floor surface shall have a smooth finished surface, uniform in texture
and appearance and free of trowel marks and other defects affecting ease of maintenance.
2.
Grind smooth surface defects as directed by the Tenant's Construction Manager.
E.
Testing: When required, comply with drawings and specification sections testing requirements.
F.
Topping Concrete: Prepare concrete floor slab substrate surfaces, prime substrate surfaces, mix, install and
finish topping concrete in accordance with manufacturer's application instructions.
Starting and Adjusting:
Field Office, Telephone and Email:
1.
Provide and maintain a temporary field office at the project site during progress of the work. A
designated area within the existing building will be available for use as a temporary field office.
Verify area size and location with the Tenant.
2.
Maintain copies of permits, approved shop drawings, specifications, addenda and record
documents at field office.
3.
Provide temporary telephone service and internet service with email and photo capabilities to
field office throughout progress of the work.
4.
Provide weekly photographic documentation of project progression to Tenant.
Safety and Security
1.
Provide and maintain all necessary safety provisions for protection and safety of the project work,
workers and general public.
2.
Provide and maintain operable fire extinguishing devices in well-marked, accessible locations
throughout the project. Provide types, quantities and locations in compliance with governing codes
and ordinances.
3.
Provide all necessary security barriers and enclosures to protect the work and Tenant's operations
from unauthorized entry of persons, vandalism and theft. Provide doors, when required, with selfclosing hardware and locks.
Selective Demolition
1.
Remove existing construction to accommodate new construction as indicated.
2.
Perform selective demolition in an orderly, systematic and careful manner with least possible disturbance to
public and adjacent property. Use of explosives is prohibited.
3.
Immediately remove from the site and legally dispose of demolished materials, except as indicated otherwise.
Do not burn or bury materials on the project site.
5.
Water: Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary water required during the progress of the work.
Include all necessary storage tanks, piping, valves, fittings, hose and hose connections during
construction and testing.
Barriers and Enclosures:
1.
Provide temporary construction barriers in accordance with project requirements. Exercise all
necessary precautions to protect adjacent properties, outside project contact limits, during progress
of the work. Take special precautions to avoid damage to existing overhead and underground
utilities and services owned or operated by the Owner or by public or private utility companies.
2.
Provide temporary weather-tight enclosures at exterior openings to provide acceptable working
conditions and protection of materials and to allow for temporary heating, ventilating and cooling.
Preparation:
1.
Coordinate work of this Section with work of various Contractors and Tenant's staff.
2.
Maintain protected access at all times.
3.
Erect and maintain weatherproof closures at exterior openings.
4.
Erect and maintain dust-proof interior partitions to prevent spread of dust or fumes.
5.
Erect and maintain barricades, enclosures, bracing, shoring, lights, warning signs and guards necessary for
worker and public safety and protection of property.
6.
Disconnect, remove and cap designated utility services. Identify and mark locations of disconnected and
capped utilities at the project site and on Project Record Documents.
7.
Notify and coordinate with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the building Owner for any demolition
occurring outside the lease limit.
8.
Coordinate hours of operation and construction access with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the
building Owner.
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
1.
ACI 117 "Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
2.
ACI 301 "Structural Concrete for Buildings."
3.
ACI 305R "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting."
4.
ACI 306R "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting."
5.
ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement."
6.
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
Materials:
Cleaning
Temporary Electrical Lighting and Power:
1.
Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary electrical service for lighting and power required during
the progress of the work. Include all necessary wiring, fuses, disconnect switches, safety devices,
junction boxes, panels, ground fault protections, and transformer if required. Include cost for
providing temporary electric generators in the Contract Sum, if temporary electric service is not
available for use during progress of the work.
2.
Temporary service and lighting and power items and installations shall conform to the
requirements of the NFPA National Electric Code and OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1970.
Temporary Toilets: Provide, pay for and maintain temporary toilet facilities for use by the Contractor,
Contractor's employees and all Subcontractors and Subcontractors' employees. Comply with all local
requirements for installation, use and maintenance of temporary toilet facilities.
2.1
Selective Demolition: Provide selective demolition as shown and specified.
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.1
Protection of existing construction: Use all necessary care and appropriate means and methods to protect and
prevent damage to existing construction and property not part of the Contract Work. Repair and refinish or replace
construction and property damaged during construction work, at Contractor's expense.
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
General: Provide cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with the General Structural Notes, structural drawing
and details. Follow shell building documents for specifications, joints and geotech.
Preparation:
A.
Employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspections, tests and other
services when required.
Submittals:
A.
1.1
Testing:
A.
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A.
1.2
Prior to fabrication and installation of new components, field verify all existing and new dimensions
and installation conditions that may affect the Work. Do not scale the drawings to establish
locations of items that are not located using dimensions.
1.
All dimensions are to rough face of stud or centerline of structure, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Verify that all Subcontractors have reviewed and coordinated locations of their equipment and
furnishings exposed to view with the architectural drawings. Review questions with the
Architect.
C.
E.
1.2
Immediately inform the Architect of discrepancies between the information indicated in the Contract
Documents and existing project conditions, and of discrepancies between information indicated on
the architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing and electrical documents.
Maintenance Materials and Spare Parts:
1.
Provide extra maintenance materials and spare parts in quantities indicated in the specification
sections.
2.
Place in location as directed by the Tenant's Construction Manager.
planning
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of the specified quality. Secure products in place
with positive anchorage devices designed, sized and installed to withstand stress, vibration, physical distortion
or disfigurement.
All dimensions shall be considered "hold-to" dimensions unless indicated otherwise (e.g. minimum or
maximum dimensions.)
architecture +
General: Provide site construction work, including services, utilities, earthwork, paving and landscaping in
accordance with the site construction work drawings and details.
SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01300 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
Warranties and Bonds:
1.
Compile warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents.
2.
Submit duplicate copies of warranties and bonds to the Tenant with final application for payment in
accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract.
DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
Scope of Work:
A.
r e d
General:
C.
1.1
Submit record/as built documents to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with
Exhibit C of the Construction Contract.
STORE NO.: 2365
Regulatory Requirements:
6.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Issue Record:
NOT USED
SECTION 03365 - STAINED FINISH FOR EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORS
11/03/2015
1.1
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
General: When scheduled, provide a stained finish for existing concrete floors as shown and specified.
2.1
Materials:
A.
3.1
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
Concrete Stain: Terrastain, (706) 237-6066, ”Moss -1008”, an acid-free concrete stain.
Installation
A.
Preparation:
1.
Verify concrete substrates are dry and free of materials that would interfere with stain penetration.
B.
Clean existing concrete floors by pressure washing or scrubbing with rotary floor machine and suitable
commercial detergent. Rinse and wet vacuum to remove all residue.
1.
Clean concrete floors previously coated with liquid curing materials, sealers, hardeners, paints, waxes,
adhesives or water repellents by steel shot abrasive cleaning. Rinse and wet vacuum to remove all residue.
C.
New concrete floors should be allowed to cure for 2 or more weeks.
D.
The surface temperature of the concrete should be between 45 and 85 degrees Fahrenheit.
E.
Equipment: "Blastrac" by Wheelabrator Corp., 800/544-4144, or approved equal electric powered portable
units with self-contained dust collection system. Provide unit size and shot media suitable for conditions and
proposed stain finish materials as approved by the Tenant's Construction Manager.
1.
Perform penetration tests recommended by the stain manufacturer before initial stain application.
F.
Application for Large spaces: Apply Terrastain with a pump up garden-type sprayer using a light, wide spray
setting. Move the spray wand in random patterns to avoid repetitive overlapping lines. Apply until the surface
is wet, but do not allow puddles to form. Lightly blot up puddles or drips with a clean, absorbent cloth or
sponge.
G.
Application for Small spaces: Apply Terrastain with a brush, rag, mop or high quality paint roller (3/8" to 1/2"
nap). Use a clean absorbent cloth or sponge to blot roller marks or drips.
H.
Coverage: Typical product yields are 150 to 250 square feet per gallon, but will vary based on environmental
conditions or the application rate.
I.
Drying time: Terrastain dries in 1 to 3 hours depending on the humidity and temperature of the installation site.
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Architectural
Specifications
A010
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
1.1
General: Provide a sealed and polished concrete floor finish as shown and specified.
SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
A.
1.1
Standards
1.
American Society for Testing and Materials:
a.
ASTM-C779, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces.
b.
ASTM G23-81, Ultraviolet Light & Water Spray
c.
ASTMC805, Impact Strength
2.
American Concrete Institute
a.
ACI 302. 1R-89, Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction
B.
C.
A.
2.1
General: Provide unit masonry assemblies as shown and specified.
A.
2.1
Submittals: Provide the following:
1.
Manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions. Include Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) and identify application requirements, curing time and safety requirements.
2.
Certified test reports, prepared by an independent testing laboratory, confirming compliance with
performance criteria.
3.
Manufacturer's certification that installer is a certified applicator of special concrete floor finishes, and
familiar with manufacturer's installation procedures and requirements for the specified sealed and polished
concrete floor finish.
4.
Manufacturer's and installer's written acceptance of substrate surface and installation conditions.
B.
D.
Project Conditions:
1.
Comply with the floor finish manufacturer's environmental limitations for substrate temperature and
moisture content, ambient temperature, and humidity, ventilation and other conditions affecting the special
floor finish performance.
a.
Concrete must have an average Floor Flatness rating of at least 40.
b.
Concrete must have an average Floor Levelness rating of at least 40.
c.
Concrete must be cured a minimum of 28 days or as directed by the manufacturer before application
of RetroPlate can begin. Wet cure of the concrete is preferred. No concrete sealer is necessary.
d.
Application of RetroPlate shall take place prior to installation of equipment, thus providing a complete,
uninhibited concrete slab for application.
2.
Before general sealer/hardener application, prepare and coat a jobsite test area of size acceptable to the
Architect, to verify and approve proper surface preparation, application techniques and coverage rate.
3.
Close finished floor areas to traffic during floor finish application and after application for time period
directed by the floor finish manufacturer.
4.
The completed RetroPlated slab will be covered to prevent damage by the other trades during store
completion.
Concrete Masonry Units (CMU): Size and thickness as shown on drawings.
1.
ASTM C 90, load-bearing, normal weight, natural color CMU, properly cured at time of delivery, linear
shrinkage not to exceed 0.065%.
2.
Provide special shapes where required.
3.
Provide exterior wall CMU containing an integral polymeric water-repellent admixture.
a.
Manufacturer: W. R. Grace "Dry-BlockR System Block Admix ".
Face Brick:
1.
Manufacturer: Watsontown Brick Company, 800-538-2040, internet www.watsontownbrick.com
2.
Type: "Sturbridge M Type I Standard" complying with ASTM C216, Grade SW, Type FBS. No
efflorescence
when tested in accordance with ASTM C67.
3.
Size: Modular size, laying three courses to 8" vertically.
4.
Provide special shapes where required.
Unit Masonry Mortar Mixes: ASTM C270 proportions by volume.
1.
Face brick: Type N mortar.
2.
Dye: SGS #44 by Solomon Grind Services.
G.
Reinforced Unit Masonry Grout Mixes
1.
Concrete fill: ASTM C94 3,000 psi concrete.
H.
Materials
A.
New stained finish existing concrete floor sealer: ROCK-TRED Corp. (800) 762-8733, internet www.rocktred.com
"AGUA-ROCK Clear Sealer" high solids, water based 2-component penetrating epoxy sealer coating meeting all
USDA guidelines and formulated for sealing new and existing cast-in-place concrete.
B.
Hardening/ Sealing Agent
1.
RetroPlate 99 manufactured by Advanced Floor Products Inc. (801) 812-3420 www.retroplatesystem.com
2.
RetroGuard Stain Inhibitor
3.
Joint Filler: CreteFill Pro 75. Two component 100% solids non-staining Polyurea Elastomer.
4.
Spall Repair: Multiple minor surface defects and irregularities: Crete Fill Spall Repair: High Strength hybrid
urethane, two part 100% solids.
5.
Manufacturer's Representative: Contact Curtis Turnbull at RetroPlate for a list of Certified Applicators
(888)942-3144 [email protected]
5.
I.
Installation
A.
B.
Surface Conditions
1.
Examine substrate, with installer present, for conditions affecting performance of finish. Correct conditions
detrimental to timely and proper work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
2.
Verify that base slab meets finish and surface profile requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place
Concrete," and Project Conditions above.
3.
Prior to application, verify that floor surfaces are free of construction latents.
Application
The following RetroPlate process will be followed as listed below:
A concrete grinding machine must be used. Floors should be started using a 50, 80 or 100 grit diamond pucks
depending on the condition of the slab. Current design is for a non-aggregate floor, meaning the following
process is not intended to expose aggregate. Please proceed accordingly. The process is as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Grind floor using 100 grit resin diamonds.
Clean the floor using automatic scrubber or comparable.
Grind floor using 200 grit resin diamonds.
Clean the floor using automatic scrubber or comparable.
Apply RetroPlate 99 to floor at 200 sq. ft. per gallon, scrubbing product into the floor and allowing product
to soak until turning slick. If it becomes sticky, apply water to the surface as necessary, leaving the product
on the floor for at least 60 minutes.
Grind floor using 400 grit resin diamonds.
Clean the floor using automatic scrubber or comparable.
Clean and remove any excess RetroPlate. Let the floor dry overnight.
Continue the polishing process using 800 grit resin diamonds.
Clean the floor using automatic scrubber or comparable.
Alternately, depending on slab condition, grind floor using 1200-1500 grit resin diamonds.
Clean the floor using automatic scrubber or comparable.
The same process will be used for new floors as well as rehab floors. Floor prep for the rehab floors will
be separate.
Apply an even coat of RetroGuard Sealer with a brush, roller, or low-pressure sprayer, and when surface is
dry, burnish the floor with a black burnishing pad. Apply a second coat of RetroGuard one hour after the
initial application, and again burnish the floor with a black burnishing pad.
Do not walk on surface for 12 hours, and do not introduce any water or moisture for at least 48 hours,
allowing for proper drying and setting of RetroPlate and RetroGuard. Water will minimize the sealing
properties of RetroPlate and RetroGuard.
C.
Start any of the floor finish applications win presence of manufacturer's technical representative.
D.
Sealing, Hardening and Polishing of Concrete Surface
1.
Concrete must be in place a minimum of 28 days or as directed by the manufacturer before application can
begin.
2.
Application is to take place at least 10 days to the prior to racking and other in-store accessory installation,
thus providing a complete, uninhibited concrete slab for application.
3.
Only a certified applicator shall apply RetroPlate 99. Procedures must be followed as recommended by the
product manufacturer and as required to match approved test sample.
4.
Achieve waterproofing, hardening, dust-proofing, and abrasion resistance of the surface without changing
the natural appearance of the concrete, except for the sheen.
5.
Polish to a level 2 shine.
E.
Workmanship and Cleaning
1.
The premises shall be kept clean and free of debris at all times.
2.
Remove spatter from adjoining surfaces, as necessary.
3.
Repair damages to surface caused by cleaning operations.
4.
Remove debris from jobsite
a.
Dispose of materials in separate, closed containers in accordance with local regulations.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Joint Reinforcement, Wall Ties And Anchors: Finish, ASTM A-153 hot-dip galvanized
1.
Manufacturer: Dur-O-Wal, Inc.
2.
Horizontal joint reinforcement: Welded ladder type with matching corners and Tee units.
a.
Single Wythe masonry: Standard single 9 gage side and cross rods. Dur-O-Wal D/A 320 Ladur.
3.
Anchoring devices: Provide strap anchors, inserts, bolts and rods of type and size indicated.
a.
CMU to CMU: Strap anchors 1/4" x 1-1/4" x 24" steel with bent ends.
b.
CMU to structural steel: Dur-O-Wal D/A 701-708 Triangle Ties with plain steel weld-on anchor
rods to receive anchors.
4.
Masonry veneer to cold-formed metal framing: Dur-O-Wal D/A 210W Tri-Tie veneer anchors, with
adjustable 3/16" cold-drawn steel wire tie sections and 14 gage screw-on attachment plate.
a.
Fasteners: Dur-O-Wal D/A 807 self-drilling, self-tapping screws, 1-1/4" x #10, corrosionresistant coated. Provide two screw fasteners for each attachment plate.
Seismic masonry veneer to cold-formed metal framing: When required, Dur-O-Wal D/A 213S 14 gage
screw-on Seismic Anchor Plates with D/A 213SP 12 gage Seismic Pintels and ,D/A 8706 9 gage Pencil Rods.
a.
Fasteners: Dur-O-Wal D/A 807 self-drilling, self-tapping screws, 1-1/4" x #10, corrosionresistant coated. Provide two screw fasteners for each attachment plate.
Concealed Masonry Through-Wall Flashing: W. R. Grace "Perm-A-Barrier" self-adhering modified bituminous sheet,
40 mils thick.
1.
Termination Mastic: W.R. Grace "Bituthene Mastic."
2.
Primer: W.R. Grace "Bituthene P-300 Primer."
3.
Termination bars: Extruded aluminum or stainless steel, 1" wide and .098" thick pre-punched at
6" on center, secured with stainless steel drive pins.
Accessories
1.
Reinforcing bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed billet steel bars of sizes indicated.
2.
Wall weeps: Dur-O-Wal D/A 1006 "Cell Vent", clear flexible polypropylene co-polymer.
3.
Compressible joint material: Dur-O-Wal "Rapid Soft-Joint" D/A 2010.
4.
Bond breaker strips: ASTM D226 No. 15 asphalt saturated roofing felt.
5.
Cleaning agents:
a.
Face Brick and CMU: ProSoCo, Inc., "Sure Klean New Masonry Cleaners."
b.
ACMU: ProSoCo, Inc., "Sure Klean Burnished Custom Masonry Cleaner."
6.
Laying Masonry
1.
Layout walls in advance to ensure accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint
widths, and to properly locate openings, movement type joints, returns and offsets. Do not use
less than half-size units at corners, jambs and other locations.
2.
Lay up walls plumb and true to comply with ACI 530.1 tolerances. Provide square corners and
angles, except as otherwise indicated, with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated
with other work.
3.
Pattern bond: Running bond. Do not use units with less than 4" of horizontal face dimensions at
corners or jambs.
4.
Lay hollow CMU/ACMU with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed CMU
webs in mortar in starting courses. Maintain uniform 3/8" joint widths.
5.
Lay face brick and solid CMU/ACMU with completely filled bed and head joints. Do not slush
head joints. Maintain uniform 3/8" joint widths.
6.
Compress and cut joints flush for masonry walls below grade or covered by other materials.
7.
Tool joints in all exposed masonry work to a concave joint.
8.
Provide interlocking masonry bond in each course at corners and intersecting walls.
9.
As the work progresses, build in masonry accessories and related items. Fill in solidly with
masonry around built-in items.
a.
Bed hollow metal frame anchors in mortar and fill space between hollow metal frames
and masonry solid with fine mortar grout.
b.
Provide solid masonry bearing for all lintels, beams, joists, plates and load-bearing members.
c.
Take particular care to embed all conduits and pipes within concrete masonry without
fracturing exposed shells and to fit units around switch, receptacle and other boxes set in
walls. Where electric conduit, outlets, switch boxes and similar items occur, grind and cut
units before building in services.
d.
Install anchors, plates and related work built into masonry work.
e.
Install reinforcing steel and concrete fill where indicated. Comply with drawing details.
10.
Mortar Materials:
1.
Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type I or III, natural color.
2.
Masonry cement: ASTM C91, Type indicated, natural color.
3.
Aggregate: ASTM C144, clean masonry sand.
4.
Water: Clean, fresh and potable.
5.
Provide all exterior wall masonry mortar containing an integral polymeric water-repellent admixture.
a.
Manufacturer W. R. Grace, "Dry-BlockR Integral Water-Repellent Mortar Admixture".
F.
J.
3.1
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
1.
ACI 530.1-02/ASCE 6-02/TMS 602-02 "Specifications for Masonry Structures."
2.
NCMA "TEK Bulletins."
3.
BIA "Technical Notes on Brick Construction."
Materials:
A.
Quality Assurance:
1.
Installer Qualifications:
a.
Use a certified installer and adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and
experienced in the necessary craft.
b.
The special concrete finish manufacturer shall certify the applicator.
c.
Applicator shall be familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper
performance of work of this section. Applicator shall have not less than three years successful
experience installing sealed and polished floor finishes similar to those required for this project.
d.
Provide a letter of certification from special concrete finish manufacturer stating that installer is
a certified applicator and is familiar with proper procedures and installation requirements required
by the manufacturer.
2.
Protection: Contractor shall provide all necessary materials, means, methods and procedures acceptable
to the floor finish manufacturer and required to protect the concrete floor surface and provide a suitable
substrate for the installation of the specified sealed and polished concrete floor finish.
Consultant:
C.
15.
16.
D.
DIVISION 5 - METALS
1.1
Lintels: Install loose steel lintels furnished under structural steel work where shown. Set lintels
in full bed of mortar.
Flashing and weeps:
a.
Install concealed through wall masonry flashing at all wall sills, masonry openings in
exterior walls with masonry above head, over all horizontal steel members built into
masonry and elsewhere as indicated. Provide "drainage wall system" masonry construction.
b.
Provide end dams and positive slope to drain. Extend flashing vertically at least 8" and
built into or anchor to back-up with a termination bar for a complete watertight installation.
c.
Flexible Membrane Flashing:
1.) Install membrane flashing in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
2.) Fully adhere flashing to substrate.
3.) Lap flashing joints a minimum of 6", seal and roll with a hand roller.
4.) Trim bottom edge 1/4" back from exposed face of masonry.
5.) Seal edges, seams, cuts and penetrations with manufacturer's recommended mastic.
Install weeps in head joints of final course of exterior masonry wythe above flashing. Space
weeps maximum of 24" on center horizontally and located to avoid door openings. Install weeps
at head joints with outside face of weep material held 1/8" from the finish face of masonry unit.
Install compressible joint material at lintels and horizontal steel members. Build in joint fillers
and seal with elastomeric joint sealant.
Masonry Veneer Walls:
1.
Metal framed walls: Tie exterior masonry veneer wythe to back-up wall with individual metal
ties screwed to metal stud framing.
2.
Space ties 16" on center vertically and horizontally.
3.
Maintain veneer wall cavity free of mortar droppings during masonry installation.
General: Provide structural steel in accordance with the General Structural Notes and structural drawings
and details.
A.
2.1
Horizontal joint reinforcing: Provide continuous joint reinforcing at all concrete masonry walls as
follows:
a.
In every second block course, 16" on center vertically, full height of wall and every block
course where shown on the drawings.
b.
Lap reinforcement a full width at the corners and at intersections or use special fabricated sections.
c.
Fully embed side rods in mortar.
Anchoring masonry work: Provide anchoring devices of the type indicated or required.
Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry where indicated.
a.
When not indicated, at maximum 30'-0" on center.
b.
Locate control joints at points of natural weakness in masonry and acceptable to Architect.
c.
Joint sealant color shall match masonry materials sealed.
3.1
A.
Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each
type of material required.
B.
Structural Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, 36 ksi steel.
C.
Tubular Steel: ASTM A500, 46 ksi yield strength steel, cold-formed welded and seamless.
D.
Structural pipe: ASTM A53, type and grade selected by the fabricator as required for design loading, standard
finish, standard weight (Schedule 40) except as otherwise indicated.
E.
Grout: ASTM C1107, pre-mixed, shrinkage resistant, non-metallic, non-corrosive, non-staining grout.
F.
Shop paint primer: SSPC Paint 2.
G.
Fabrication: Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC "Specification - Structural Steel for Buildings"
and "Code of Standard Practice." Provide welded or bolted connections in accordance with the Structural
Drawings connection requirements.
1.
Welding: Conform to AWS welding standards. Provide only continuous welds, spot welding is not
acceptable.
Grind all exposed welds smooth.
2.
Splicing: Material, if spliced, shall have maximum one splice per structural member. Perform splicing by
full penetration butt-welding using AWS qualified welders and welding methods.
3.
Shop painting: Shop paint structural metal members, except members or portions of members to be
embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded and galvanized surfaces.
Erection: Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC "Specification - Structural Steel for Buildings" and
"Code of Standard Practice".
1.
Plumb, level and align base plates for structural members with steel shims.
2.
Grout structural steel base plates solid that bear on concrete or masonry surfaces.
B.
Testing: When required, comply with drawings testing requirements.
1.1
A.
2.1
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following:
1.
AISI SG02.2-01 "Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."
2.
AWS "Structural Welding Codes, D1.3-Sheet Steel."
A.
Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each
type of material required.
F.
Reinforced Concrete Masonry
1.
Reinforce and fill CMU/ACMU wall and column masonry where indicated. Fill all cores solid with
concrete fill. Comply with NCMA TEK Bulletins 3-2, 3-3A and 14-2 recommendations.
a.
Comply with drawing details for reinforcing steel size and spacing.
C.
Fabrication:
1.
Cold-formed metal framing may be prefabricated into panels before erection. Fabricate panels plumb,
square, true to line and braced against racking with joints welded.
a.
Provide one-piece full-length cold-formed metal framing members. Splicing not permitted.
Installation
A.
B.
Preparation
1.
Wet absorbent face brick masonry units requiring wetting, in accordance with BIA recommendations.
2.
Lay concrete masonry units dry.
3.
Establish, lines, levels and coursing. Ensure ties, anchors and flashing are correctly installed
4.
Mix mortar cementitious materials and aggregate in a mechanical mixer. Add water in amount to provide
satisfactory workable consistency of mortar. Retemper mortar as required within two hours of mixing to
replace water lost be evaporation. Discard mortar after two and one-half hours of initial mixing. Do not use
mortar after it has started to set.
Installation - General:
1.
Build walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single wythe walls
to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown.
2.
Cut masonry units using motor-driven masonry saws to provide clean, sharp edges. Cut units to fit
adjoining work neatly. Provide 100% solid units where cores would be exposed.
3.
Cold weather construction, hot weather construction, and masonry construction tolerances:
Comply with unit masonry standard ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 requirements.
5.
6.
H.
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Materials:
Install bond beams where indicated. Reinforce and fill units solid with concrete fill. Comply
with drawing details for reinforcing steel size and spacing.
2.
3.
3.1
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
General: Provide cold-formed metal framing in accordance with the General Structural Notes and structural drawings and
details.
Load-Bearing Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM A1003, Gage, Grade and Type indicated.
1.
Components: Provide sizes and shapes indicated.
2.
Finish: Galvanized complying with ASTM A653, minimum G60 coating.
Repair, Pointing and Cleaning
1.
In process cleaning: Wipe off excess mortar as the work progresses. Dry brush with bristle
brushes exposed masonry at the end of each day's work. Remove mortar spatters and joint
ridges.
2.
Clean all exposed masonry. Cleaning agents subject to Architect's approval. Before applying any cleaning
agent to the entire wall, clean a sample wall area of approximately 20 square feet in a location acceptable
to the Architect. Do not proceed with final cleaning until the sample area has been allowed to dry a
minimum of 3 days and the test area cleaning approved. Protect all windows, doors, louvers, metal lintels
and other corrodible parts. Damaged materials and work replaced at Contractor's expense.
3.
Dry clean exposed surfaces to remove large particles of mortar using hardwood wood paddles and scrapers.
Metal tools not acceptable.
4.
Presoak exposed masonry surfaces by saturating with water and flush off loose mortar and dirt.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
SECTION 05400 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
B.
G.
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
Installation:
A.
4.
D.
Attach and join other components by welding or screw fasteners, as indicated. Wire tying of framing
components is not permitted.
Cut framing to fit squarely for attachment to perpendicular members or as required for angular fit
against abutting members. Hold members securely in position until properly fastened.
Saw cut field cut framing. Torch cutting not acceptable.
Installation:
1.
2.
Erection: Erect cold-formed metal framing members of gage and at spacing indicated on the Structural
Drawings. Align and secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by welding or screw fasteners at
both inside and outside
flanges.
Tolerance Acceptance: Install cold-formed metal framing member as indicated on the plans. Install to
1/16" tolerance.
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
Apply cleaning solutions and clean masonry in accordance with the cleaning material
manufacturer's cleaning instructions.
Muriatic acid cleaning of masonry not permitted.
Architectural Concrete Masonry:
1.
Keep ACMU walls clean during installation. Remove excess mortar on daily basis using brushes, rags or
burlap squares.
2.
Clean completed walls with detergent masonry cleaner recommended by the ACMU manufacturer. Acid
cleaning agents, abrasive cleaners, tools or powders and metal cleaning tools and brushes are not
permitted.
3.
After final clean down and when walls are dry, apply ACMU acrylic finish coating in accordance with ACMU
manufacturer's application instructions.
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
Materials:
Architectural Concrete Masonry Units: Install ACMU in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions and the following:
1.
Draw ACMU from more than one pallet at a time during installation.
2.
architecture +
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following:
1.
AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings."
2.
AISC "Code of Standard Practice."
3.
AWS "Structural Welding Code, D1.1-Steel."
E.
Expansion/Control joint sealants: Polyurethane-based, elastomeric joint sealant complying with
ASTM C920 and Section 07900 requirements. Color matched to adjacent surfaces.
r e d
SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
STORE NO.: 2365
NOT USED
SECTION 03395 - CONCRETE SEALING AND POLISHING
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Architectural
Specifications
A011
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
A.
2.1
A.
General: Provide metal fabrications as shown and specified.
Submit shop drawings for the following:
1.
Patio Rail systems.
a.
Show thickness, size, construction and manner of assembling various members, joint locations and
railing layout.
b.
Show true profiles, connections and relationship to adjoining work and methods of anchoring.
B.
Materials
A.
Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each type
of material required.
B.
Steel Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, 36 ksi steel.
C.
Stainless Steel:
1.
Wall: 18 gage, ASTM A167, AISI Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish.
2.
Corner Cove Base: Custom by Decimet Sales, Inc., Contact Tony Hines or Lisa Pappenfus at (763) 428-4321.
(No substitutes)
D.
C.
3.1
C.
Wood Treatment:
Preservative Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber).
1.
Pressure preservative treat lumber with water-borne preservatives, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, to a minimum retention of 0.25 pcf.
2.
Treat wood blocking, nailers and similar members in connection with roofing and flashing.
3.
Treat wood plates, blocking, furring and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.
3.1
Foundation perimeter walls and slabs:
1.
Install rigid foam insulation vertically from top of slab to frost line or horizontally under slabs, extending a
minimum 36" in from exterior walls.
2.
Protect insulation from displacement and damage during backfilling and slab placement
C.
Exterior Walls:
1.
Install batt/blanket insulation full height at exterior wall framing. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities
formed by framing members and provide a friction fit between edges of insulation and metal framing members.
2.
Provide galvanized wire mesh or metal strapping to provide supplementary support when required to maintain
insulation in permanent proper location.
Kiln-dry all treated lumber and plywood materials after treatment to maximum 15% moisture content.
Diamond Plate: Nominal 1/8" thick ASTM B209, Alloy 6061-T6, Aluminum Diamond Tread Plate.
1.
Wall: Bright reflective finish.
2.
Floor: Mil finish.
Lumber: Provide wood blocking, nailers and similar members where shown and where required for attachment
of other work and surface applied items. Attach to substrate as required to support applied loading.
1.
Use only sound, seasoned materials of longest practical lengths and sizes to minimize joints.
2.
Use materials free of warp. Make tight connections between members.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3.1
Patio Railing System
1.
Submit shop drawings including the following:
a.
Show thickness, size, construction and welding, as well as assembly drawings.
b.
Show true profiles, connections of all typical joint configurations
c.
Show installation (fastening) and proposed grout (non-gypsum base)
d.
Show gate detail and gate hardware manufacturer and model number
e.
Patio railing plan, with dimensions and panel assembly locations.
2.
Fabrication
a.
Patio rails and gate shall be fabricated from steel flat bar, 3/8" x 2 1/2", grade A36.
b.
Corner connector angles shall be 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 1/4" steel L angle.
c.
Gate hinges shall be a self-closing, adjustable tension type. Hinge installation shall be drilled and tapped.
Permanently welded are unacceptable.
d.
Gate stop shall have a rubber cushion stop and be affixed to the active gate.
e.
All corners and joints shall be seal welded and outside joints ground smooth.
f.
All welding spatter shall be removed before sand blasting.
3.
Finish
a.
Patio railing shall be painted PPG Durethane, color 518-6 Knight's Armor. Refer to Section 09900 - Paints and
Coatings for preparation.
SECTION 06210 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK
1.1
2.1
General: Provide finish carpentry and millwork as shown and specified.
A.
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
1.
AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards - 1999."
B.
Doors and door hardware: Install all door hardware furnished under Division 8 specification Sections.
C.
Submit shop drawings for designated millwork.
1.
Include complete details, materials lists and drawings showing fabrication of typical units, unit assemblies,
locations and installation details.
2.
List proposed cabinet hardware to suit indicated unit use or function.
3.
Identify materials required to complete work ready for installation.
4.
Obtain shop drawing approval before starting fabrication.
Millwork: Materials and construction as detailed on the Drawings.
Shop paint primer: SSPC Paint 2.
C.
Fabrication:
1.
Millwork design and fabrication details shown on the drawings indicate design intent. Unless otherwise
indicated, provide manufacturer's standard fabrication methods. Indicate all proposed variations from the
drawing design and fabrication details on shop drawings.
2.
Fabricate millwork in accordance with AWI "Custom Grade" requirements. Where details are not shown, comply
with applicable Quality Standards or with alternate details acceptable to Architect as fabricator's option.
a.
All shop joints made with standard construction adhesive glued under pressure.
Installation: Comply with the Architectural Drawing details and the following:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Exposed Fasteners:
1.
Corrugated Siding: Provide uniform 8" vertical and 7-3/8" horizontal pattern. All screws shall be in the "Valley". Screws
shall commence approximately 3" form the side and 3" from the bottom edge of the wainscot. Exposed fasteners shall
remain unpainted in natural factory supplied finish.
2.
Flat Metal Panels: Provide 18" vertical and horizontal pattern or spaced equally if 18" pattern does not finish evenly.
Exposed fasteners shall remain unpainted in natural factory supplied finish.
3.
Diamond Plate: Provide counter sunk fasteners at perimeter of panels at 2'-0" on center maximum as well as fully
adhering to surface.
Stainless Steel:
1.
Wall:
a.
Clean stainless steel panel with mineral spirits.
b.
Install stainless steel panels with Henry 117 oil based adheisive applied to wall with 1/8" notch tooth trowel.
c.
Trim seams as indicated on the Drawings. No exposed fasteners.
2.
Corner Cove Base: Install a day prior to quarry tile base. Apply adhesive liberally to the back of the corner cove base
and press and tape firmly in place until adhesive has set. Neatly caulk the top of the stainless with GE Silicone II
(color Aluminum).
a.
Over Cement Board: Bond with GE Silicone II, 100% silicone sealant for aluminum and metal.
b.
Over Stainless Steel: Bond with Hydroment Ultra-Set.
4.
5.
D.
3.1
Fabricate finished work properly framed, closely fit and accurately set to required lines and levels and rigidly
secured in place.
Fabricate work straight, plumb, level and in true alignment; neatly and accurately fit, scribed and thoroughly
secured. Plane and sand miters and other joints. Ease all square edges. Provide millwork clean and free from
warp, twist, open joints and other defects.
Provide finished woodwork dressed and sanded free from machine and tool marks, abrasions, raised grain or
other defects on surfaces exposed to view in finished work.
B.
Diamond Plate:
1.
Wall: Mount over plywood substrate w/ flush exposed fasteners.
2.
Floor: Provide continuous bead of silicone sealant to back side perimeter of plate prior to installation.
3.
Mount with exposed fasteners. Provide continuous bead of silicone sealant to perimeter of plate after installation.
Patio Railing System:
1.
Railing posts shall be set 6" deep into a core drilled hole, 4"-6" diameter
2.
Railing posts shall be grouted in using non gypsum quick set grout.
3.
Railing posts shall be set in grout plumb and level, with a tolerance of 1/8" in 4 feet.
B.
C.
C.
B.
Exterior insulation and finish system: Sto Class PB "Essence NExt" EIFS.
1.
Air/Moisture barrier: Sto Guard system.
a.
Sto Gold Fill Joint compound for rough opening protection, sheathing joints and inside and outside
corners.
b.
Sto Guard Mesh: Coated glass fiber fabric reinforcing mesh.
c.
Sto Gold coat: Waterproof coating for wall sheathing.
4.
5.
Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, white or gray in color.
D.
Water: Clean, potable and free of foreign matter.
E.
Reinforcing mesh: Sto open-weave glass fiber fabric with alkaline resistant coating.
1.
Standard mesh: Sto Mesh, nominal 4.5 oz/yd² fabric.
2.
Ultra-High impact mesh: Sto Armor Mat, nominal 15 oz/yd² ultra-high impact fabric.
3.
Specialty mesh:
a.
Sto Detail Mesh, nominal 4.2 oz/yd² flexible, symmetrical, interlaced glass fiber fabric.
b.
Sto Corner Mat, nominal 7.8 oz/yd² pre-creased, heavy-duty, glass fiber fabric.
SECTION 06605 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
Materials:
1.1
General: Provide rough carpentry work as shown and specified.
A.
Manufacturer: Marlite, (330) 343-6621, internet www.marlite.com.
A.
B.
Panel System: Marlite "Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) Panels", 3/32" thick, 48" wide x full height required. White
color, pebbled high gloss surface texture. USDA approved for incidental food contact.
1.
Panel trim: Extruded PVC, color matching panel color. Provide 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" inside corners, edge trim, and division
moldings as required to complete the installation.
2.
Sealant: Marlite "Silicone Sealant", white gunnable silicone sealant.
3.
Panel adhesive: Marlite "C-551" water-based construction adhesive for panel application over porous surfaces.
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following:
1.
NIST PS-1-95 "Construction and Industrial Plywood."
2.
NIST PS-2-95 "Performance Standards for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels."
3.
NIST PS-20-99 "American Softwood Lumber Standard."
4.
NF&PA NDS-97 "Wood Construction and Supplement."
5.
AWPA "Wood Treatment Standards."
G.
3.1
Materials:
A.
3.1
Installation
A.
Lumber: Factory grade-marked, dressed, seasoned dimension lumber, S4S, air-dried, maximum 19% moisture content
complying with PS-20, dimensions indicated.
1.
Blocking, nailers and similar members: Standard Grade Western Dimension Lumber or Southern Pine species.
a.
Provide preservative treated lumber, where indicated.
Install the FRP system products using panel adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
1.
Install panels plumb, level, true and straight with no distortion; providing a continuous bead of silicone sealant in each
joint and trim groove and between trim and adjacent construction.
2.
Provide corner trim, closure trim at intersections of dissimilar materials and moldings at abutting panels.
B.
B.
Plywood: Factory grade-marked, complying with PS-1, square edge, 5/8" thick.
1.
APA-RATED SHEATHING EXP1.
a.
Provide Exterior Grade (EXT) plywood, where indicated.
b.
Provide fire-retardant treated plywood, where required by Building Code.
SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION
C.
Oriented Strand Board (OSB): Factory grade-marked, complying with PS-2, square edge, 5/8" thick
1.1
General: Provide building insulation as shown and specified.
2.1
Materials:
C.
A.
Extruded polystyrene foam rigid board insulation: Dow Chemical Co., 866-583-2583, internet
www.dowbuildingmaterials.com
1.
Type: Dow "Styrofoam" Type IV, 1.6 pcf minimum density, 25 psi compressive strength complying
with ASTM C 578, R-value equal 5 per inch of thickness. Provide lengths and widths as required to
coordinate with space insulated.
2.
Perimeter foundation walls: Styrofoam SE, R-value indicated/2" thickness.
B.
Glass fiber batt/blanket insulation: Owens Corning Corp., (800) 438-7465, internet www.owenscorning.com.
1.
Type: Owens Corning " Thermal Batt" Type I unfaced glass fibers and binders formed into flexible
blankets or batts complying with ASTM C665,. Provide lengths and widths required to coordinate
with spaces insulated.
2.
Exterior walls: Unfaced, R-value/thickness indicated
Install joint sealants at perimeter joints and joints within the system using elastomeric joint sealants, in accordance with
drawing details and sealant manufacturer's recommendations.
1.3
C.
TAPPI
1.
Test Method T-410; Grams or Paper and Paperboard (Weight per Unit Area)
2.
Test Method T-460; Air Resistance (Gurley Hill Method)
Insulation and adhesive application:
1.
Install insulation board with long edge horizontal using running bond pattern. Off set insulation joints with
substrate joints. Stagger joints and interlock joints at corners.
2.
Apply adhesive to insulation board with a stainless steel trowel notched trowel, providing vertical uniform
ribbons of adhesive when board is installed. Mount insulation board on substrate. Level, align and tamp
insulation in place. Provide uniform contact and bond with joints tightly butted. Rasp edges and high areas
as required to produce a level, plane surface.
Qualifications
1.
Installer shall have experience with installation of commercial weather barrier assemblies under similar
conditions.
2.
Installation shall be in accordance with weather barrier manufacturer's installation guidelines and recommendations.
3.
Source Limitations: Provide commercial weather barrier and accessory materials produced by single manufacturer.
Refer to Section 01400 Quality Requirements.
Deliver weather barrier materials and components in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with
identification labels intact.
Store weather barrier materials as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer.
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Scheduling
A.
B.
Review requirements for sequencing of installation of weather barrier assembly with installation of windows, doors,
louvers and flashings to provide a weather-tight barrier assembly.
Schedule installation of weather barrier materials and exterior cladding within nine months of weather barrier
assembly installation.
Manufacturer
A.
2.3
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
Delivery, Storage and Handling
C.
2.2
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
Quality Assurance
A.
B.
2.1
ASTM International
1.
ASTM C920; Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
2.
ASTM C1193; Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants
3.
ASTM D882; Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting
4.
ASTM D1117; Standard Guide for Evaluating Non-woven Fabrics
5.
ASTM E84; Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
6.
ASTM E96; Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
7.
ASTM E1677; Specification for Air Retarder Material or System for Framed Building Walls.
8.
ASTM E2178; Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials
AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists
1.
Test Method 127 Water Resistance: Hydrostatic Pressure Test
A.
1.4
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
Weather barrier membrane
Seam Tape
Flashing
Fasteners
B.
DuPont Building Innovations; 4417 Lancaster Pike, Chestnut Run Plaza 721, Wilmington, D19805;
1.800.44TYVEK (8-9835); http://constructiontyvek.com
Materials
A.
Basis of Design: Hi-performance, spunbonded polyolefin, non-woven, non perforated, weather barrier is based upon
DuPont Tyvek CommercialWrap and related assembly components.
B.
Performance Characteristics:
1.
Air Penetration: 0.001 CFM/feet squared at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178. Type I per
ASTM E1677.
2.
Water Vapor Transmission: 28 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96 Method B.
3.
Water Penetration Resistance: 280 cm when tested in accordance with AATCC Test Method 127.
4.
Basis Weight: 2.7 oz/yard squared, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-410.
5.
Air Resistance: Air infiltration at >1500 seconds, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-460.
6.
Tensile Strength: 38/35 lbs/inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM D882, Method A.
7.
Tear Resistance: 12/10 lbs., when tested in accordance with ASTM D1117.
8.
Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Flame Spread: 10,
Smoke Developed: 10.
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
Accessories
A.
Seam Tape: 3 inch wide, DuPont Tyvek Tape for commercial applications.
B.
Fasteners:
1.
For steel frame construction - DuPont Tyvek Wrap Cap Screws, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations:
1-5/8" rust resistant screw with 2-inch diameter plastic cap or manufacturer approved 1-1/4" or 2" metal
gasketed washer.
2.
For wood frame construction - Tyvek Wrap Caps, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: #4 nails with
large 1-inch plastic cap fasteners.
3.
For masonry construction - masonry tap-con fasteners with Tyvek Wrap Caps as manufactured by DuPont
Building Innovations: 2 inch diameter plastic cap fasteners.
C.
Mix materials in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.
1.
Mix with a clean, rust-free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency.
2.
No rapid binder, anti-freeze or accelerator additives permitted.
Installation: Install Sto Guard air/moisture barrier system and exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) in strict
accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, complying with governing regulations and industry
standards applicable to the work.
1.
Back wrap exposed board edges with mesh.
2.
Provide double wrap or corner mat reinforcing at all inside and outside corners.
3.
Provide expansion joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for type of substrates and
systems required, and visually acceptable to the Architect.
4.
Provide drainable starter track horizontal edge trim as base of wall, above windows and doors openings and
beneath windows with concealed flashing.
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
References
Accessories: Provide plastic stops and trim where indicated. Materials shall be compatible with EIFS materials
and acceptable to EIFS manufacturer.
1.
Starter Track: Rigid PVC plastic track with weepholes and drip edge.
Preparation:
1.
Coordinate installation of roofing membrane, windows, doors and other wall penetrations to provide a
continuous exterior wall air/moisture barrier.
2.
Coordinate installation of windows, doors and window and door flashing to provide a continuous exterior
wall air/moisture barrier.
3.
Install copings and joint sealants immediately after installation of the EIFS, when EIFS coatings are dry.
architecture +
Section Includes
Installation
A.
2.1
Joint sealants: Polyurethane base elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C920 and Section 07900
requirements.
1.
Adhesion: Evaluated in accordance with ASTM C1382.
2.
Color: Matching EIFS finish coating color, and visually acceptable to the Architect.
Mixing
A.
4.1
Primer/adhesive and base coat: Sto Primer/Adhesive-B, one-component, polymer modified, cement based factory blended primer/adhesive used to attach insulation board to prepared sheathing substrates
and as a base coat in Essence claddings.
Insulation board: ASTM C578 Type 1, nominal 1.0 lb/ft³ expanded polystyrene meeting EIMA Guideline
specifications for EPS insulation board.
Finish coating: Sto Essence DPR, ready-mixed 100% acrylic-based, textured wall coating.
a.
Medium/Fine Sand Finish.
b.
Color as indicated on the Architectural drawings from manufacturer's full color range or match
custom color.
System warranty: 10 year labor and material.
C.
F.
2.1
F.
A.
1.5
Manufacturer: STO Corp., (800) 221-2397, internet www.stocorp.com
Install plastic laminate countertops, shelving and trim. Provide work level, true to alignment, accurately fit to wall
conditions and securely fastened to base units and other supp
General: Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic panels as shown and specified.
Installer Qualifications: Performed by the system manufacturer or an applicator trained and approved by
the system manufacturer. During application, the work shall be inspected by system manufacturer's
representative.
A.
3.
Install casework without distortion so that doors and drawers will fit openings properly and be accurately aligned.
Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation.
1.1
1.2
Environmental conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements. Do not install materials during wet or
freezing weather.
2.
Install finish carpentry and millwork products plumb, level, true and straight with no distortion. Shim as required
using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including countertops) and with
1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces.
1.
Scribe and cut finish carpentry and millwork products to fit adjoining work.
2.
Anchor finish carpentry and millwork items to built-in place blocking, furnished under
3.
Section 06100, or directly attach to substrate framing. Secure to grounds, blocking and nailers with
countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Use finish nails
for exposed nailing,
countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where clear finish is indicated.
4.
Touch-up shop finished plywood materials marred or damaged during delivery, storage and installation with
custom blended polyurethane to equal Minwax "Wipe on Poly".
Apply finish coating continuously in one operation to the entire wall surface Provide a uniform finished appearance. Level
and texture to the specified finish texture.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Quality Assurance:
1.
System components:
a.
Produced by a single manufacturer or by manufacturers approved by the EIFS system manufacturer.
b.
Fire performance: Flame spread of 25 or less, smoke developed of 450 or less when tested in
accordance with ASTM E84.
Materials
Finish: Provide exposed to view plywood shop finished with clear dull sheen ML Campbell Krystal conversion varnish.
Apply two coats with scuff sanding in between. All cuts in field are to be sanded smooth and finished with clear dull
sheen ML Campbell High Performance Pre-Cat Lacquer. Apply two coats with scuff sanding between.
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
1.
EIMA (EIFS Industry Members Association) Standards and Publications.
a.
101.01, 101.02, 101.03, 101.86, 105.01, 200.02.
b.
EIMA "Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation board."
2.
2.1
E.
General: Provide the exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) as shown and specified.
Installation
A.
Hand-inspect all joints and edges of installed metal materials. Unless otherwise indicated, fit exposed connections
accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Grind and ease exposed joints, and edges smooth and free of burrs.
1.1
Plywood: AWI Section 200
1.
Concealed use substrates: D-3 Paint Grade hardwood plywood, with aspen veneer core, 3/4" thick.
2.
Exposed to view finishes: Plumb Creek, AC Sanded Face Exterior Fir plywood, 23/32" thick by 4'-0" by 8'-0".
Pressure treated with d-blaze to meet Class A fire rating, where required.
3.
1.1
SECTION 07240 -EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (PB)
A.
B.
A.
Vapor Barriers:
1.
Install a single layer of vapor barrier membrane over the interior of exterior metal wall framing after installation
of insulation. Secure with double faced tape at wall framing.
2.
Provide single unspliced material height. Horizontal joints not acceptable. Minimize vertical joints. Lap vertical
joints and secure in place with joints taped. Provide tape sealed contact with door frames, window frames,
piping, conduit, ductwork, registers and the vapor barrier.
3.
Seal all cuts and penetrations of vapor barrier membrane with tape before installing surface finishes.
r e d
Base coat and reinforcing mesh application:
1.
Apply detail mesh at corners of windows, doors, and all penetrations through the EIFS.
2.
Standard mesh: Apply base coat over insulation board to a uniform 1/8 inch thickness, including high impact mesh
where indicated. Embed standard reinforcing mesh into wet adhesive, lap edges at seams. Smooth surface until
mesh is not visible. Allow to base coat to dry.
3.
Ultra-High impact mesh: Apply base coat over insulation board to a uniform 1/8 inch thickness. Fully embed ultrahigh impact reinforcing mesh into wet adhesive, butt edges at seams. Smooth surface until mesh is not visible.
Allow to base coat to dry. Locate at 4'-0" wide perimeter of the rear service door to 6'-0" above grade and as indicated
on Architectural drawings.
SECTION 07250 - WEATHER BARRIERS
NOT USED
Materials:
Exposed Fasteners:
1.
Diamond Plate: #8 x 1" bevel headed stainless steel screw.
2.
Patio Railing:
a.
All fasteners shall be stainless steel and powder coated to match railing sections.
b.
Spacer washers separating railing sections shall be 1 1/2" diameter and 1/2" thick they shall be one piece thick
washers and not comprised of stacking washers
c.
Spacer washers shall be used on all straight sections and when railing panels join at 90 degree corner angles.
General:
1.
Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for conditions of installation indicated.
Install insulation in single layer of required thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around
obstructions. Fill all voids.
2.
Install exterior wall insulation continuous behind electrical boxes, conduit, piping and ductwork.
B.
Installation:
A.
D.
Installation:
A.
Fire-Retardant Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C27 (Plywood). Identify
"fire-retardant-treated plywood" with appropriate UL classification marking.
1.
Treated materials shall meet "Interior Type A" FR-S ratings of not more than 25 for flame spread, smoke
developed and fuel contributed when tested in accordance with UL 723 or ASTM E84, with no increase in
flame spread and evidence of significant progressive combustion upon continuation of test for additional
30 minutes.
Vapor barrier membrane: Polyethylene, minimum 6 mils thick, complying with ASTM D 4397, maximum permeance
rating of 0.13 perm.
1.
Joint tape: Pressure sensitive tape designed for sealing joints and penetrations of above and below grade vapor
barrier sheets.
2.
Mounting tape: Double-faced pressure sensitive tape suitable for mounting vapor barriers to steel framing.
D.
E.
Adhesives:
1.
Provide adhesive recommended by weather barrier manufacturer.
2.
Products:
a.
Liquid Nails LN-109
b.
Polyglaze SM 5700
c.
Denso Butyl Liquid
d.
3M High Strength 90
e.
SIA 665
f.
Adhesives recommended by the weather barrier manufacturer.
Primers:
1.
Provide flashing manufacturer recommended primer to assist in adhesion between substrate and flashing.
2.
Product:
a.
3M High Strength 90
b.
Denso Butyl Spray
c.
SIA 655
d.
Permagrip 105
e.
ITW TACC Sta' Put SPH
f.
Primers recommended by the flashing manufacturer.
Flashing:
1.
DuPont FlexWrap, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: flexible membrane flashing materials for
window openings and penetrations.
2.
DuPont Straightflash, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: straight flashing membrane materials for flashing
windows and doors and sealing penetrations such as masonry ties, etc.
3.
DuPont Straightflash VF, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: dual-sided straight flashing membrane
materials for brick mold and non-flanged windows and doors.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
1.1
2.2
STORE NO.: 2365
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Architectural
Specifications
A012
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
3.3
Installation - Weather Barrier
A.
Install weather barrier per regional requirements in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
B
Install weather barrier prior to installation of windows and doors.
C.
Start weather barrier installation at a building corner, leaving 6-12 inches of weather barrier extended beyond corner
to overlap.
D.
Install weather barrier in a horizontal manner starting at the lower portion of the wall surface with subsequent
layers installed in a shingling manner to overlap lower layers. Maintain weather barrier plumb and level.
E.
Sill Plate Interface: Extend lower edge of weather barrier over sill plate interface 3-6 inches. Secure to
foundation with elastomeric sealant as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer.
F.
Window and Door Openings: Extend weather barrier completely over openings.
G.
Overlap weather barrier
1.1. Exterior corners: minimum 12 inches.
1.2. Seams: minimum 6 inches.
H.
Weather barrier Attachment:
1.1. For steel or wood frame construction - Attach weather barrier to studs through exterior sheathing. Secure using
weather barrier manufacturer recommended fasteners, space 12-18 inches vertically on center along stud line, and
24 inch on center, maximum horizontally.
1.2. For masonry construction - Attach weather barrier to masonry. Secure using weather barrier manufacturer
recommended fasteners, spaced 12-18 inches vertically on center and 24 inches maximum horizontally. Weather
barrier may be temporarily attached to masonry using recommended adhesive, placed in vertical strips spaced
24 inches on center, when coordinated on the project site.
I.
Apply 4 inch by 7 inch piece of DuPont StraightFlash to weather barrier membrane prior to the installation cladding
anchors.
3.4
A.
Standards:
Comply with ASTM C 920 requirements.
B.
Application:
Performed by skilled, experienced joint sealer applicators.
-
2.1
F.
A.
B.
C.
D.
3.1
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Poly urethane sealants: Tremco Commercial Sealants (800) 321-7906, internet www.tremcosealants.com,
1.
“Dymonic FC” One component, fast skinning, Low Modulus Polyurethane.
2.
“Dymeric 240 FC” Multi Component, gun grade, chemically curing, tintable fast setting polyurethane sealant.
G.
Fire Rated Walls:
Provide a continuous bead of 3M 25WB+ at wall/ceiling penetrations in rated walls.
Firestopping Sealants: 3M Fire Protection Products, (800) 328-1687, internet www.3M.com/firstop
1.
“3M Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk” or approved equal
H.
Exterior Joints:
Provide a continuous bead or urethane sealant and backer rod at the following locations:*
1.
Hollow metal door frame perimeter.
2.
EIFS joints to abutting services.
3.
Brick/stone control joints.
4.
Sidewalk/concrete expansion joints.
5.
Aluminum frame perimeters.
*Colors to be matched to adjacent surfaces
Joint backing: Non-absorptive, non-staining compressible, non-gassing, polyethylene foam backer rod compatible with joint sealants.
A.
Preparation: Clean and prepare joints prior to installing sealers:
1.
Wipe shipping oils from surfaces to be sealed. Remove protective films and/or install joint backer rod if joint is larger than ¼”
in width.
B.
Installation: Install joint sealant materials in strict accordance with manufacture’s installation instructions.
1.
Apply sealants in a uniform, continuous bead without gaps or air pockets. Hand tool and finish all joints so that a smooth, lip
free uniform line is created along the substrate being shot. Remove any excess materials from tooled edges and ends of joint.
2.
Install joint sealants to a depth no more than ½ the width of the joint.
3.
Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates,
completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes
and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
4.
Immediately, after sealant application, and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth,
uniform beads of configuration indicated to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant
with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which
discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.
5.
Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning
materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur.
Flush cut weather barrier at edge of sheathing around full perimeter of opening.
Cut a head flap at 45-degree angle in the weather barrier at window head to expose 8 inches of sheathing.
Temporarily secure weather barrier flap away from sheathing with tape.
A.
Protection
A.
Protect installed weather barrier from damage.
Kitchen Area:
Provide a continuous bead of white GE SCS1700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Ceiling grid to FRP wall panels
2.
Base of FRP wall panels to polycrete schlutter strip. (If quarry tile is used, shoot joint with clear SCS1700).
3.
Stainless hoods to FRP wall panels. Vertical and horizontal joints.
4.
Walk in cooler walls to FRP wall panels.
5.
Stainless closure pieces at cooler walls to FRP wall panels.
6.
FRP/stainless corner guards to FRP wall panels.
7.
All sinks (multi-compartment, hand, mop and prep) to FRP/tile walls.
8.
Paper towel dispensers & soap dispensers to FRP/tile walls.
9.
Ceiling tile pipe penetrations.
10. Wall pipe penetrations and/or escutcheons perimeters. (water & gas lines).
11. Mop sink stainless surround perimeter to walls.
12. FRP closure panel, at top of cooler, to cooler walls.
13. FRP wall panels to hollow metal door frames.
14. Coke line bundle to PVC cap.
15. FRP to aluminum plate at walk thru.
SECTION 07512 - ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIR
General: When penetration of the existing roofing system is required to accommodate new construction,
perform necessary roofing system repair.
A.
B.
2.1
A.
3.1
Qualifications: Repair work shall be performed only by an experienced roofing installer approved or licensed
by the existing roofing system materials manufacturer; with not less than five years of successful experience
installing and repairing roofing systems similar to this projects existing roofing system.
C.
Installation:
Preparation: Inspect roof surface conditions with roof manufacturer's representative to verify extent and
location of any other repairs required to ensure a watertight roofing system upon completion of the repair
work.
B.
Make necessary repairs. Match existing roof slope, insulation materials and roofing membrane materials,
except as otherwise approved by the existing roofing system manufacturer to accommodate new construction
and repair work.
Provide a continuous bead of aluminum GE SCS2800 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Stainless closer pieces, at ends of cooler walls, to cooler walls.
2.
Diamond plate perimeter to cooler walls.
3.
Base of diamond plate to polycrete schlutter strip.
4.
Stainless closure panel, at top of cooler walls, to cooler walls.
5.
Stainless outside corners to cooler walls.
6.
Top of polycrete schlutter strip to cooler walls at inside of cooler.
7.
Cooler wall/diamond plate penetrations.
8.
Stainless wrap at hollow metal door frame.
Managers Office:
Provide a continuous bead of white GE SCS1700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Ceiling grid to FRP wall panels.
2.
Perimeter of manager’s desk to FRP wall panels.
3.
Hollow metal door frame to FRP wall panels.
4.
Top and ends of coat hanger bracket to FRP walls.
5.
Base of FRP wall panels to polycrete schlutter strip.
6.
Ceiling tile wire/pipe penetrations.
-
Provide and install only materials approved and recommended by the roofing manufacturer for repairing the
existing roofing system.
A.
Weather Barrier Sealants:
1.
Provide sealants that comply with ASTM C920, elastomeric polymer sealant to maintain watertight conditions.
2.
Products:
a.
Tremco 830
b.
Tremco Butyl
c.
Sealants recommended by the weather barrier manufacturer.
1.6
SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
1.1
2.1
A.
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
1.
ANSI A250.8-2009 "Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2.
ANSI A250.11-01 "Erection Instructions for Steel Frames."
3.
SDI 122-99 " Installation for Standard Steel doors and Frames.
B.
Manufacturer: A member of the Steel Door Institute (SDI).
1.7
SECTION 07720 - ROOF SCUTTLE & LADDER SAFETY POST
1.1
2.1
Coordination: Before starting work, verify with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the Owner the
following:
1.
Verify that other trades with related work are complete before installing roof scuttle(s).
2.
Mounting surfaces shall be straight and secure; substrates shall be of proper width.
3.
Refer to the construction documents, shop drawings, and manufacturer's installation instructions.
4.
Coordinate installation with roof membrane and roof insulation manufacturer's instructions before
starting.
Manufacturer: The Bilco Company, (203) 934-6363, internet www.bilco.com or approved equal.
1.
Roof Scuttle: Type S-50 metal roof scuttle, size 3'-0" width x 2'-6" length (length denotes hinge side). The
roof scuttle shall be single leaf and come pre-assembled from the manufacturer. Factory finish shall be
mill finish aluminum.
2.
Safety Post: Model 4 ladder safety post. The ladder safety post shall come pre-assembled from the
manufacturer. Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum.
Installation:
A.
Verify that roof scuttle & ladder safety post installation will not disrupt other trades. Verify that the substrate
is dry, clean, and free of foreign matter. Report and correct defects prior to any installation.
B.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, and attachments to work, operational
clearances and installation details.
C.
Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes including samples of hardware and
accessories involving color section.
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
A.
Installer Qualifications: An installer which has had successful experience with installation of the same or
similar units required for the project and other projects of similar size and scope
B.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of providing aluminum framed storefront system that
meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion of
rest reports, and calculations.
C.
Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum framed storefront system and storefront entrance doors through one
source from a single manufacturer.
D.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of aluminum framed
storefront system and are based on the specific system indicated. Do not modify size and dimensional
requirements.
1.
Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval.
If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.
Steel Doors:
1.
Interior: Heavy-duty Level 2, physical performance B, Model 2 seamless construction, ASTM A1008, 18 gage
cold-rolled steel face sheets, manufacturer's standard core.
1.8
Exterior: Extra heavy-duty Level 3, physical performance A, Model 2 seamless construction, ASTM A1008, 16 gage cold-rolled
steel face sheets; tops and bottoms closed with flush galvanized steel caps, manufacturer's standard plastic foam insulating core.
B.
C.
Steel Frames: ASTM A1008, 16 gage cold-rolled steel.
1.
Provide combination buck, jamb and trim type frames for 1-3/4" thick doors, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Interior and exterior frames: Set-up welded type with mitered corners, reinforced, fully seam welded with exposed
welds ground smooth.
2.1
Door and frame fabrication:
1.
Provide cutouts for mortised hardware, accurately located and made to fit hardware. Provide closer reinforcement
for all doors with surface mounted door closers.
2.
Punch frames and factory install rubber door silencers.
3.
Provide minimum three anchors of suitable design for each jamb.
4.
Provide floor clip on bottom of each jamb. Provide angle spreaders at bottom of each set-up frame.
3.1
A.
Manufacturer: Kawneer Company Inc., Contact: Cheryl Wilkerson, Phone: 317-771-9263;
email:[email protected]
B.
Basis-of-Design Product Storefront Framing:
1.
Trifab 451T (thermal) Storefront System
2.
2" x 4-1/2" System Dimensions
3.
Glass: Exterior (Front-Set)
Shop painting: Clean and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units. Apply one baked-on shop coat of
rust-inhibitive prime paint in accordance with ANSI A250.10, unless doors and frames are used at the restrooms or as
indicated on door hardware and finish schedule. Provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint.
Installation:
A.
Provide a continuous bead of aluminum GE Silglaze SCS2809 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Joint between hood and closure skirt.
2.
Joint between hood gusset and hood.
B.
Manufactures Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty.
1.
Warranty Period: Two (2) years from Date of Substantial Completion of the project provided however that
the Limited Warranty shall begin in no event later than six months from date of shipment by
manufacturer.
Manufacturers:
B.
D.
Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of a aluminum framed storefront openings by field
measurements before fabrication and indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings.
Warranty
A.
2.
Basis-of-Design Product Storefront Entrances:
1.
The door stile and rail face dimensions of the 350-Medium Stile entrance door will be as follows or as
indicated on Drawings: Door: 500; Vertical Stile: 5"; Top Rail: 5"; Bottom Rail: 10"
2.
Major portions of the door members to be 0.125" nominal in thickness and glazing molding to be 0.05"
thick.
3.
Glazing gaskets shall be either EPDM elastometric extrusions or a thermoplastic elastomer.
4.
Provide adjustable glass jacks to help center the glass in the door opening.
Install frames plumb, level, rigid, and in true alignment as recommended in ANSI A250.11.
Install doors plumb and in true alignment and fastened to achieve the maximum operational effectiveness and
appearance as recommended in SDI 122.
Materials:
A.
Provide aluminum entrances and storefront matching the existing building aluminum entrances and
storefronts, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Aluminum Frame Extrusions: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum storefront manufacturer for
strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish and not less than 0.070" wall thickness at
any location for the main frame and complying with ASTM B 221: 6063-T6 alloy and temper.
-
Provide a continuous bead of color #10 dark gray GE Silpruf SCS2700 at the following location:
1.
Base of fax line table, beverage cooler counter and service line to concrete curb.
C.
Aluminum Storefront Entrance Extrusions:Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum-framed glass door
manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish and not less than 0.090"
wall thickness at any location for the main frame and sash members.
Bathrooms:
Provide a continuous bead of white GE SCS1700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Top of wall tile to sheetrock ceiling.
2.
Perimeter of toilets/urinals to floor or wall tile.
3.
Perimeter of mirror to wall tile.
4.
Sink to wall.
5.
Perimeter of hand dryer to wall.
6.
Toilet paper/napkin disposals units to tile walls.
7.
Stainless shelf to wall tile.
8.
Tile wall penetrations under sink and or escutcheons to perimeters.
Provide a continuous bead of Dow 795 Natural stone silicone at the following locations:
1.
Interior corner joints at wall tile.
2.
Wall tile to hollow metal frames.
3.
Base of wall tile to polycrete schluter strip.
Provide a continuous bead of color #10 dark gray GE SCS 2700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Base of hollow metal door frames to floor.
Dining area:
Provide a continuous bead of white GE SCS1700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Wall tile to sheetrock walls.
2.
Perimeter of aluminum storefront/windows/entrances to sheetrock walls.
3.
Wall tile at serving line wall to POS counter.
4.
Richlite wall panels to wall tile (if connection joint is not even/clean).
5.
Diffuser/louvers perimeters to sheetrock walls.
6.
Top of aluminum base to painted walls.
7.
Perimeter of perforated wood panel ledgers.
-
Provide a continuous bead of black GE SCS2700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Base of black rubber to floor.
2.
Richlite wall panels to sill of aluminum storefront/ windows.
3.
Vertical joints of Richlite wall panels to frames/painted walls/tile (if joint is uneven or plywood is showing).
NOT USED
D.
1.1
General: Provide aluminum entrances and storefronts as shown and specified.
E.
1.2
Related Documents:
SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
1.3
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Project Conditions:
Provide a continuous bead of natural stone Dow 795 silicone at the following location:
1.
Wall tile to aluminum walk thru surround.
2.
Inside tile corners.
-
E.
Quality Assurance
-
-
Materials:
A.
3.1
D.
General: Provide roof scuttle and safety post as shown & specified.
A.
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and
profiles, hardware, finishes, and installation instructions for each type of aluminum frame storefront system
and storefront entrance doors indicated.
A.
Materials:
Provide a continuous bead of black GE Silpruf 2700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Base of safe to floor.
Cooking Area:
Provide a continuous bead of white GE SCS1700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Top of wall tile to sheetrock ceiling.
2.
Hood to tile walls & sheetrock ceiling.
3.
Hood gusset to wall tile on both sides.
4.
Ceiling diffusers perimeters to sheetrock ceiling.
5.
Sink to wall tile.
6.
Paper towel dispenser/soap dispenser to tile.
7.
Carving table to wall tile.
8.
Fax line counter to walls.
9.
Stainless shelf behind grill to wall tile.
10. Tile wall penetrations/escutcheons perimeters.
11. Base of serving line knee wall FRP to polycrete schlutter strip.
-
Install curb flashing furnished by mechanical and electrical trades for new roof top equipment.
NOT USED
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
Storefront System Performance Requirements:
1.
Wind loads: Provide storefront system; include anchorage, capable of withstanding inward and outward
wind load design pressures meeting local codes listed on sheet A000.
2.
Air Infiltration:
a.
Air Infiltration for storefront frame system: The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM E 283. Air infiltration rate shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/ft. sq. at a static air pressure differential
of 6.24 psf.
b.
Air Infiltration for storefront entrances: For single acting offset pivot or butt hung entrances in the
closed and locked position, the test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a
pressure differential of 6.24 psf (300 Pa) for single doors and 1.567 psf (75 PA) for pairs of doors. A
single 3'0" x 7'0" entrance door and frame shall not exceed 0.50 cfm per square foot. A pair of
6'0" x 7'0" entrance doors and frame shall not exceed 1.0 cfm per square foot.
3.
Water Resistance: The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 331. There shall be no
leakage at a minimum static air pressure differential of 8 psf as defined in AAMA 501.
4.
Uniform Load: A static air design load of 20 psf shall be applied in the positive and negative direction
in accordance with ASTM E 330. There shall be no defection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing
member. At a structural test load equal to 1.5 times the specified design load, no glass breakage or
permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2% of their clear spans shall occur.
5.
Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the thermal transmittance
(U-factor) shall be not more than:
a.
Glass to Exterior - 0.47 (low-e)
6.
Condensation Resistance (CRF): When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the condensation resistance
factor shall not be less than:
a.
Glass to Exterior - 70 frame and 69 glass (low-e)
7.
Sound Transmission Class (STC) and Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class (OITC): When tested to AAMA
Specification 1801 and in accordance with ASTM E1425 and ASTM E90, the STC and OITC Rating shall not
be less than:
a.
Glass to Exterior - 38 (STC) and 31 (OITC)
A.
planning
General: Tenant to provide steel doors and frames as shown and specified.
2.2
C.
architecture +
Submittals:
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
A.
B.
Coordination: Before starting work, verify with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the Owner the
following:
1.
Existing roof system materials and installation methods.
2.
Repair work responsibilities and warranty requirements. To maintain original warranty, where provided
use original roof contractor.
Materials:
Provide a continuous bead of white GE SCS1700 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Coke line bundle to PVC cap.
General Performance: Aluminum-framed storefront system shall withstand the effects of the following
performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture,
fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction;
1.
Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads applicable to the Project from basic wind speed indicated
in miles per hour, according to ASCE 7, Section 6.5, "Method 2-Analytical Procedure," based on mean roof
heights above grade indicated on Drawings.
a.
Basic Wind Speed (MPH): Determine to meet local codes listed on A000
b.
Importance Factor: (1.00)
c.
Exposure Category (A, B, C, D): Determine to meet local codes listed on A000
Sealant Schedule:
-
1.1
B.
1.5
r e d
Performance Requirements:
A.
Utensil Counter:
Provide a continuous bead of aluminum GE SCS2800 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Stainless backsplash to plywood walls.
2.
Stainless countertop to backsplash. Horizontal & vertical joints.
3.
Base of Coke machine to countertop – 3 sides.
4.
Perimeter of tea drain tray to countertop.
-
I.
4.1
1.4
Provide a continuous bead of charcoal, anodized aluminum/window bronze* Dow 795 silicone at the following location:
1.
Base of exterior storefronts to concrete floor.
*Color to be used will be determined by the color of the frames that are installed.
Silicone Sealants: General Electric Silicones, (800) 295-2392, internet www.gesilicones.com
1.
“SCS1700 Sanitary – Mold/Mildew Resistant Silicone”, one component 100% silicone, fungicidal based sealant.
2.
“SCS2700 Silpruf Silicone” one component medium modulus, natural cure silicone all purpose sealant.
3.
“Silglaze II SCS2800- Glazing Sealant” one component, 100% silicone based sealer.
4.
“GE Paintable Silicone” one component paintable silicone.
5.
“Dow 795” – one component, medium modulus, natural cure silicone.
Installation:
Seal seams of weather barrier with seam tape at all vertical and horizontal overlapping seams.
Seal any tears or cuts as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer.
Cut 9-inch wide DuPont FlexWrap a minimum of 12 inches longer than width of sill rough opening. Apply primer
as
required by manufacturer.
Cover horizontal sill by aligning DuPont FlexWrap edge within side edge of sill. Adhere to rough opening across sill and up
jambs a minimum of 6 inches. Secure flashing tightly into corners by working in along the sill before a adhering up the
jambs.
Fan DuPont FlexWrap at bottom corners onto face of wall. Firmly press into place. Mechanically fasten fanned edges.
Apply 9-inch wide strips of DuPont StraightFlash at jambs. Align flashing with interior edge of jamb framing. Start DuPont
StraightFlash at head of opening and lap sill flashing down to the sill.Spray-apply primer to top 6 inches of jambs and
exposed sheathing.
Install DuPont FlexWrap at opening head using same installation procedures used at sill. Overlap jamb flashing a minimum
of 2 inches.
Coordinate flashing with window installation.
On exterior, install backer-rod in joint between window frame and flashed rough framing. Apply sealant at jambs and head.
leaving sill unsealed. Apply sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193.
Position weather barrier head flap across head flashing. Adhere using 4-inch wide DUPont StraightFlash over the
45-degree seams.
Tape top of window in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
On interior, install backer rod in joint between frame of window and flashed rough framing. Apply sealant around entire
window to create air seal. Apply sealant in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193.
Provide a continuous bead of aluminum GE SCS2800 silicone at the following locations:
1.
Base of aluminum base to floor.
2.
Vertical connection joints at aluminum base.
3.
Base of trash can surround to floor.
Materials:
Flashing (for use with non-flanged windows - all cladding types)
A.
3.6
General: Provide joint sealers as shown and specified.
Opening Preparation (for use with non-flanged windows - all cladding types)
A.
B.
3.5
1.1
Seaming
A.
B.
-
Section 07900 – JOINT SEALERS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this section.
B.
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
1.
AAMA SFM-1-87 "Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual."
F.
Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel or other materials to be non-corrosive and compatible
with aluminum window and door members, trim hardware, anchors, and other components.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
3.2
Examination
A.
Verify substrate and surface conditions are in accordance with weather barrier manufacturer recommended
tolerances prior to installation of weather barrier and accessories.
STORE NO.: 2365
3.1
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc-coated steel or iron
complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions, or other suitable zinc coating; provide sufficient
strength to withstand design pressure indicated.
Contents:
Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with
ASTM B 456 fro Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc-coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for
SC 3 severe service conditions or other suitable zinc coating; provide sufficient strength to withstand design
pressure indicated.
Architectural
Specifications
Summary:
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Kawneer Architectural Aluminum Storefront Systems, including perimeter trims, stools, accessories, shims and
anchors, and perimeter sealing of storefront units.
a.
Types of Kawneer Aluminum Storefront include:
(1.) Trifab VG 451T Storefront System - 2" x 4-1/2" nominal dimension; Thermal; Front-Set
2.
A013
Kawneer Aluminum Entrances, glass and glazing, and components
a.
Types of Kawneer Aluminum Entrances include:
(1.) 350 Swing Door; Medium stile, 3-1/2" vertical face dimension, 1-3/4" depth, high traffic
applications or as indicated on Drawings.
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
H.
Tolerances: Reference to tolerances for wall thickness and other cross-section dimensions of
storefront members are nominal and in compliance with AA Aluminum Standard Data.
3.2
A.
2.3
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Thermal Barrier (Trifab VG-451T):
1.
Kawneer IsoLock Thermal Break with a 1/4" separation consisting of a two-part chemically curing,
high-density polyurethane, which is mechanically and adhesively joined to aluminum storefront sections.
a.
Thermal Break shall be designed in accordance with AAMA TIR-A8 and tested in accordance
with AAMA 505.
Install aluminum framed storefront system and storefront doors level, plumb, square, true to line, without
distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper
relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction.
C.
Set sill members and door threshold in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weather tight
construction.
D.
Install aluminum framed storefront system and components to drain condensation, water penetrating joints,
and moisture migrating within sliding door to the exterior. Refer to section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining,
nonferrous shims for aligning system components.
E.
Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points
of contact with other materials.
Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding
fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. Where exposed shall be stainless steel.
F.
Install aluminum storefront framing system glass and glazing, in accordance with section 08800 and the
manufacturer's requirements.
Perimeter Anchors: When steel anchors are used, provide insulation between steel material and
aluminum material to prevent galvanic action.
3.3
Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened,
undamaged containers with identification labels intact.
A.
Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions. Handle
storefront material and components to avoid damage. Protect storefront material against damage from
elements, construction activities, and other hazards before, during and after storefront installation.
2.5
Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types; replaceable, extruded EPDM rubber.
C.
Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type.
D.
Bond-Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which
sealants will not develop adhesion.
B.
2.6
2.7
1.1
Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following
characteristics:
1.
Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
3.
Accurately fit joints; make joints flush, hairline and weatherproof.
4.
Means to drain water passing joints, condensation within framing members, and moisture migrating within
the system to exterior.
5.
Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
6.
Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing
edge clearances.
7.
Provisions for field replacement of glazing.
8.
Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible.
C.
Structural-Sealant-Glazed Framing Members: Include accommodations for using temporary support device to
retain glazing in place while structural sealant cures.
D.
Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using manufacturers standard installation instructions.
E.
After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.
A.
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
ANSI A117.1-2009 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.
2.
ANSI/BHMA A156 Series Builders Hardware
2.1
3.1
Quality Assurance:
1.
Codes and standards: Provide hardware complying with local Building Code requirements and the Tenant's
standards for keying and security systems.
2.
Project scheduling: Performed by an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC).
3.
Package each item of hardware and each lockset, complete with all screws, anchors, installation instructions and
templates. Identify package indexing with corresponding item number of the hardware schedule.
4.
After hardware schedule acceptance, provide necessary templates or physical hardware to required trades for
cutting, reinforcing, or preparing their products to receive hardware. Furnish templates to metal door
manufacturer's.
Install glazing sealants, tapes and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set glass without springing
and install securely to prevent rattling or breakage.
E.
Protect glass from breakage during remaining construction. Do not remove non-permanent labels until final acceptance.
2.1
Materials:
A.
No substitutions allowed. Requirements for manufacturer, design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive
qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated on the drawings.
B.
Review the keying system with the Tenant and provide the type required.
Installation
A.
Install each hardware item in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.
Securely fasten all attached parts. Fit faces of mortised parts snug and flush. Verify operating parts move freely and
smoothly without binding or sticking, without excessive clearance.
B.
Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as required for proper
installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.
C.
Mount hardware units at heights indicated in DHI "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware", unless otherwise
required to comply with requirements of governing codes and regulations. Conform to ANSI A117.1 and ADAGG
guidelines for accessibility.
1.
Top Butts: 5 inches; top of butt from head of frame.
2.
Middle Butts: 3'-2", centerline from finish floor.
3.
Bottom Butts: 5 inches; finish floor to bottom of butt.
4.
Locks: centerline from finish floor per hardware schedule.
5.
Knobs: 3'-2", centerline from finish floor.
6.
Pulls: centerline from finish floor per hardware schedule.
7.
Pushes: centerline from finish floor per hardware schedule.
Fabricate aluminum-framed glass doors that are reglazable without dismantling perimeter framing.
1.
Door corner construction shall consist of mechanical clip fastening, SIGMA deep penetration plug welds and
1-1/8" long fillet welds inside and outside of all four corners. Glazing stops shall be hook-in type with
EPDM glazing gaskets reinforced with non-stretchable cord.
2.
Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints hairline in appearance.
3.
Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware.
4.
Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view.
NOT USED
1.1
General: Provide glass and glazing as shown and specified.
Weather Stripping: Provide weather stripping locked into extruded grooves in door panels or frames as indicated
on manufactures drawings and details.
A.
Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for
designating aluminum finishes.
B.
Factory Finishing:
1.
Kawneer Permafluor (70% PVDF), AAMA 2605, Fluoropolymer Coating (Color: Charcoal or as noted on Drawings)
B.
Examination:
Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Verify rough
opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate and operational clearances. Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders,
water and weather barriers, and other built-in components to ensure a coordinated, weather tight framed aluminum
storefront system installation.
1.
Masonry Surfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris.
2.
Wood Frame Walls: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail
heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and within 3 inches of opening.
3.
Metal Surfaces: Dry; clean; free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, and welding slag; without sharp edges or
offsets at joints.
4.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2.1
C.
2.1
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 (1-91)"Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials."
2.
GANA "Glazing Manual - 1990."
A.
Manufacturer: United States Gypsum Co. (USG), (800) 874-4968, internet www.usg.com.
B.
Metal framing: Comply with ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 645 for materials and sizes.
1.
Partition metal framing:
a.
Studs: Galvanized steel, C-shaped, sizes indicated, 20 gage "ST20"
b.
Runners: Match studs, type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and ceiling support of studs.
Provide flexible ceiling runners for full height metal stud framed partitions continuous from floor to
underside of structural members or deck above.
C.
Ceiling and Soffit metal framing/suspension systems:
1.
Small areas: Metal stud framing of appropriate size and gage for spans indicated.
2.
Large areas: Furring channel "Grillage" or "Direct Suspension System" designed for concealed support of
gypsum board ceilings, of proper type for use indicated.
3.
Furring members: 20 gage, galvanized steel screw type, hat-shaped furring.
D.
Gypsum board panels: USG "Sheetrock" complying with ASTM C1396, tapered edge face panels, 48" wide, in
maximum lengths available to minimize end joint conditions, 5/8" thick.
1.
General use panels: Sheetrock Regular panels.
2.
Fire rated panels: Sheetrock Firecode Core panels.
3.
Water-resistant: panels: Sheetrock HUMITEK panels.
E.
Cement board: USG DUROCK Cement Board, 5/8" thick x manufacturer's standard width, complying with ANSI A118.9,
and in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.
F.
Fasteners: USG Type "S" bugle head screws for metal framing, USG Type "W" bugle head screws for wood framing,
manufacturer's recommended length for panel thickness indicated.
G.
Trim: Galvanized steel with knurled and perforated flanges. USG Dur-A-Bead corner bead, No. 200B casing bead
metal trim, No. 093 Control Joint.
H.
Joint treatment: USG Joint Treatment System, utilizing "Sheetrock Brand Joint Tape", and "Sheetrock Brand SettingType (DURABOND)" compound for tape bedding and topping.
I.
Adhesives: USG "Sheetrock Brand Setting-Type (DURABOND) 210 or 90" compound for tape bedding and topping.
J.
Acoustical sealant: USG Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant, water-base type, gunnable sealant for sealing sound-rated
gypsum board systems.
3.1
Quality Assurance:
1.
Codes and standards: Provide type of glass and glazing products that comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing
requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials. Comply with all applicable codes, standards and
regulations that control safety glazing materials and installation.
2.
System Performance: Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand
normal thermal movement, wind loading and, where applicable, impact loading, without failure including
loss or breakage of glass, failure of glazing sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight,
deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work.
3.
Installation: Performed only by experienced glaziers.
Warranty:
1.
Insulating glass: Five years from date of installation against defects that materially obstruct vision through
the glass or affect thermal and physical integrity.
B.
Materials:
A.
Glass:
1.
Float Glass (FG): 1/4" thick clear float glass.
2.
Tempered Glass (TG): 1/4" and 1/2" thick clear, tempered safety glass, free-of-tong marks.
3.
Insulating Glass (IGL): 1" thick clear, low-e tempered sealed glass; 1/4" thick interior and exterior glass lites
with 1/2" aluminum dessicated dual sealed air space; with the following characteristics:
a.
Low-emissivity coating on #2 surface.
b.
Visible Light Transmittance: 68% - 70%
c.
Visible Light Reflectance - Outdoors: 9%-11%
d.
Solar Energy Transmittance: 32%-34%
e.
Solar Energy Reflactance-Outdoors: 30%-34%
f.
U-Value - Winter Night: 0.29
g.
U-value - Summer days: 0.28
h.
Solar Heat gain Coefficient: 0.37-0.39
i.
Shading Coefficient: 0.43-0.45
j.
Manufacturers/Products:
i.
AGC/Comfort Ti-AC40
ii.
Sun Guard/SN-68
iii. PPG/Solarban 60
iv. Viracon/VE1-2M
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.1
1.1
C.
Application and Finishing: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and Gypsum Association
GA 216 "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board."
1.
Screw fasten all gypsum board panels.
2.
Metal Trim: Install metal corner beads at external corners of gypsum board work and metal trim wherever edge
of gypsum board would be exposed. Use longest practical lengths.
3.
Control Joints: Locate and install control joints in accordance with USG Bulletin SA923 "Good Design Practice"
recommendations.
Acoustical Treatment:
1.
Where sound-attenuation insulation is indicated, seal gypsum board construction at perimeters, control joints,
junction boxes, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both
faces of partitions.
2.
Install sound attenuation insulation at scheduled partitions and ceilings. Install insulation in single layer of
required thickness. Extend full thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tight around obstructions.
Fill all voids.
3.
At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between edges of gypsum board and fixtures, cabinets, ducts, and
other flush or penetrating items, with continuous bead of acoustical sealant.
4.
Seal sides and backs of electrical boxes to completely close up openings and joints with a bead of acoustical
treatment.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
Manufacturers:
1.
Quarry Tile: Emser Tile, (713) 462-2411, internet: www.emser.com
a. For ordering purposes, email all orders to [email protected]
2.
Waterproofing:
a.
Setting and Grouting Materials: Custom Building Products. (800) 272-8786, internet www.custombuildingproducts.com
b.
Quarry Tile Base Membrane: Laticrete (800) 243-4788 x 219, internet www.laticrete.com
Quarry Tile: Emser Tile 6" x 6" x 1/2" E-Quarry Tile with 6" cove base and appropriate trim; "Gray" color.
1.
Entire Kitchen Area: Provide non-abrasive finish quarry tile.
Waterproofing for elevated floor slabs: Mapei Planicrete W, heavy-duty trowelable two component waterproof membrane and adhesive.
Setting Adhesive: Custom Building Materials, Versabond, Color: gray
Grout: Custom Building Materials, CEG Lite Epoxy Grout, Color: #165 Delorean Gray
Quarry Tile Base Membrane: Laticrete 9235 waterproof membrane conforming to ANSI A118.10-1999.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
Installation
A.
Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces, scheduled to receive quarry tile, thoroughly and remove all coatings that
may impair bond.
1.
Center tile fields both directions in each floor area. Adjust layout to minimize tile cutting. Avoid tile less
than one-half size. Locate cuts to be least conspicuous.
2.
Maintain units uniformly "in plane." Provide straight, uniform joint widths and grout lines.
B.
Elevated Floor Slabs: Install waterproofing membrane at elevated floor slab surfaces scheduled to receive quarry
tile floor finish. Install membrane materials in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions to
produce a waterproof membrane of uniform minimum 30 mil thickness bonded securely to substrate.
1.
Extend waterproofing up vertical wall surfaces minimum 10" high.
2.
Extend membrane down into floor drain flanges to assure continuous waterproofing at drainage points.
C.
Wet Areas: Install waterproofing membrane at all quarry tile wall base. Install membrane materials in accordance
with manufacturer's installation instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform minimum 30 mil
thickness bonded securely to substrate.
1.
Extend Laticrete 9235 waterproofing up all vertical wall surfaces receiving quarry tile base minimum 10" high.
Extend Laticrete 9235 waterproofing membrane 10" minimum horizontally from all vertical wall surfaces
receiving quarry tile base.
D.
Installation: Install, grout and clean ceramic tile in accordance with referenced TCA installation details and
ANSI standard specifications for setting methods scheduled.
1.
Floors: Latex-portland cement mortar on concrete; TCA detail F113 and ANSI A108.5, grout ANSI A108.10.
Wet cure grout.
2.
Base: Latex-portland cement mortar on cement board.
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
General: Provide ceramic wall tile as shown and specified.
A.
2.1
3.1
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
ANSI A137.1 "Ceramic Tile."
2.
TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation."
Materials:
A.
Sound attenuation insulation: USG Thermafiber unfaced 3-1/2" thick, mineral fiber insulating batts/blankets;
standard lengths and widths required to coordinate with spaces insulated.
Install metal wall and partition framing and ceiling suspension/ support systems in accordance with USG Bulletin
SA 923 and complying with ASTM C754.
1.
Ceiling suspension/ support systems: Metal furring system/direct suspension or steel stud framing system.
2.
Wall and partition framing:
a.
Install steel studs per schedule or at spacing indicated with bottom and top runner tracks anchored to
substrates. Provide flexible ceiling runner tracks at full height partitions.
b.
Terminate partition stud system 4" above ceilings, except where indicated to be extended to structural
support or roof deck above. Brace tops of partition framing to structure or roof deck at maximum 4'-0"
on center spacing.
c.
Frame openings more than 2'-0" wide with two 20 gage studs at each jamb.
d.
Coordinate the installation of supplementary blocking and nailers, provided under Section 06100 work,
to support shelving, millwork, toilet accessories, and similar work that cannot be adequately supported
by gypsum board alone.
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
ANSI A137.1 "Ceramic Tile."
2.
TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation."
SECTION 09340 - CERAMIC TILE
Installation
A.
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Materials:
K.
SECTION 08800 - GLAZING
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
GA 214-90 "Levels of Gypsum Board Finish."
2.
GA-216 "Specifications for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board."
3.
USG "SA923 Drywall/Steel Framed Systems."
Interior Concealed Gypsum Board: Level 3 Partial Finishing.
a.
Finish concealed gypsum board construction that requires finishing same as exposed gypsum board
construction, except the third coat and sanding can be omitted.
General: Provide quarry tile flooring and base as shown and specified.
A.
General: Provide gypsum board systems as shown and specified.
A.
Fabricate aluminum-framed glass entrance doors in sizes indicated. Include a complete system for
assembling components and anchoring doors.
Aluminum Finishes:
A.
D.
1.1
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
NOT USED
SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS
1.1
B.
A.
3.1
Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Provide spacers as required.
architecture +
SECTION 09330 - QUARRY TILE
B.
Storefront Entrance Door Fabrication:
C.
C.
r e d
Cement Board: Install cement board as a 16" high base at all kitchen and kitchen cook line wall types.
DIVISION 9 -- FINISHES
Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems, as specified in
section 07900 - Joint Sealers
Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops.
B.
Install glass and glazing in accordance with the GANA "Glazing Manual" and glass manufacturer's recommendations.
1.
Install insulating glass units to comply with recommendations by Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association
(SIGMA).
E.
General: Provide door hardware as shown and specified.
Entrance Door Hardware: As specified in Section 08710 Door Hardware.
B.
A.
2.9
Clean glass immediately after installation. Comply with glass manufacturer's written recommendations for
final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces.
Preparation:
1.
Field verify measurements and conditions of installation.
2.
Examine all details. Provide proper fitting to details indicated.
3.
Glazing channel dimensions shown are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass, minimum edge clearance and
adequate glazing materials thickness, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by job conditions at time of
installation.
Finishing:
1.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions for mixing, handling, and application of materials. Apply treatment at
joints both directions, at flanges of trim accessories, penetrations of gypsum board (electrical boxes, piping, and
similar work), fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as indicated. Apply in manner that will result in each
of these items being concealed when applied decoration has been completed.
2.
Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated.
3.
Interior Exposed Gypsum Board Finish: Level 5 Finish.
a.
Locations: Typical for all walls and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated
b.
Finish interior gypsum board by applying the following joint compounds in four coats (not including prefill
of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat:
c.
Embedding and First Coat: Setting-type joint or taping compound.
d.
Fill (Second) Coat: Setting-type topping compound.
e.
Fill (Third) Coat: Setting-type topping compound.
f.
Finish (Fourth) Coat: Skim coat entire surface.
4.
Installation
B.
Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction
period.
Fabrication: Factory fabricate and size all glass.
SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE
Storefront Framing Fabrication:
A.
2.8
Glazing Sealants: For structural-sealant-glazed systems, as recommended by manufacturer for joint
type, and as follows:
1.
Structural Sealant: ASTM C 1184, single-component neutral-curing silicone formulation that is compatible
with system components with which it comes in contact, specifically formulated and tested for use as
structural sealant and approved by a structural-sealant manufacturer for use in caluminum-framed systems
indicated.
a.
Color: Black
2.
Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C 920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and O; single-component
neutral-curing formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which
it comes in contact; recommended by structrual-sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and aluminum-framed-system
manufacturers for this use.
a.
Color: Matching structural sealant.
Accessory Materials:
A.
Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing aluminum framed storefronts. Avoid damaging
protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.
Glazing Materials:
1.
Glazing Sealants: Provide elastomeric glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated; compatible with one another
and with other materials they will contact, complying with ASTM C920.
2.
Glazing Tape: Provide preformed, non-staining and non-migrating elastomeric tape, as recommended by tape and
glass manufacturers for application indicated, complying with ASTM C 1281.
3.
Glazing gaskets: Provide manufacturer's standard snap-on aluminum stops and neoprene, vinyl or EPDM glazing
gaskets.
4.
Provide setting blocks, spacers and edge blocks of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing
standard, and compatible with surfaces contacted in installation.
A.
Entrance Door Systems:
A.
3.1
D.
Spandrel Glass (SG) 1/4" thick, heat-strengthened "Vitrolux" with fused ceramic frit on #2 surface, by Interpane Glass
Co. (800) 334-1797. Color as indicated on the drawings.
Glazing: As specified in Section 08800 - Glazing.
B.
E.
C.
Adjusting, Cleaning, and Protection:
Glazing Systems:
A.
A.
A.
C.
2.4
Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for installing aluminum
framed storefront system, aluminum swing storefront entrance doors, accessories, and other components.
B.
Storefront Framing System:
A.
4.
Installation:
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated storefront system, provide permanently elastic,
non-shrinking, and non-migrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement.
STORE NO.: 2365
G.
B.
Ceramic Tile: Series - Emser Ceramic, Color- White, Type - Glazed with Lugs, Size - 2 x 8 (nominal size) 2 1/8" x 8 1/2"
(finished size), Model # - SJIWHITGL0208WAL, horizontal stack bond pattern
C.
Setting Adhesive: Thinset Mortar, Custom Building Products, Series - Prolite Grey Thinset, Model # - ZCUPROJGYTHN30
D.
Grout: Custom Building Products, Series - Fusion Pro Grout (New Taupe #185), Model # - ZCUFP18512T, 1/16" grout joints.
Installation
A.
B.
`
Issue Record:
Manufacturers:
1.
Ceramic Tile: Emser Tile, (713) 462-2411, internet: www.emser.com
2.
For ordering purposes, email all orders to [email protected]
Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces scheduled to receive ceramic tile thoroughly and remove all coatings that may
impair bond.
1.
Protect surrounding work from damage.
2.
Remove any curing compounds or other contaminates.
3.
Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.
4.
Install cementitious backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape
joints and corners, cover with skim coat of dry-set mortar to a feather edge.
5.
Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions.
Kitchen:
1.
Lay tile in horizontal stack bond, starting pattern with a full tile at the ceiling plane.
2.
Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall horizontally and that no tile less than 1/2 width
is used at the ends of the wall. Exception: when one end of the wall is a tile-to-gypsum board transition. Do not
interrupt tile pattern through openings.
3.
Use specified stainless steel corner guards at tile-to-tile and tile-to-FRP outside corners.
4.
Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, color to match grout, at inside corners where tile meets tile.
5.
Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, white, at inside corners where tile meets paint gyp. board, tile meets FRP
or tile meets aluminum.
6.
Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to
variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, escess mortar, or excess
grout.
7.
Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
8.
Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. Apply
sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes.
9.
Clean tile and grout surfaces.
11/03/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Architectural
Specifications
A014
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
NOT USED
PHYSICAL PROPERTY
SECTION 09640 - WOOD FLOORING
1.1
General: Provide wood flooring as shown and specified.
A.
B.
2.1
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
NOFMA "Hardwood Flooring Installation Manual."
2.
NOFMA "Hardwood Flooring Finishing/Refinishing Manual."
ASTM-D-4541
ASTM C-579
Tensile Strength
Impact Resistance @ 125 mils
ASTM D-638
MIL D-3134
Delivery, Storage and Handling: Place wood flooring materials in rooms or spaces to receive flooring a minimum
of 48 hours before the start of installation. Open packages of sealed flooring to permit natural adjustment
of moisture content. Maintain temperature range of 60º F to 70º F before, during and after installation
of flooring.
Wood flooring: 3/4" x 2-1/4" kiln-dried, #2 Select Red Oak hardwood strip flooring, plain sawn, tongue and
groove edges.
1.
Standard random lengths complying with NOFMA grading rules.
B.
Fasteners: Screw type flooring nails, fully barbed flooring brads or machine driven fasteners as recommended by the
flooring manufacturer.
C.
Underlayment: APA-CC-EXT plywood underlayment, minimum 3/4" thick.
3.1
A.
General: Provide acoustical ceiling systems as shown and specified.
A.
B.
2.1
3.1
Installation:
A.
Related Sections:
1.
09515 Cementitious Wood Fiber Acoustical Panels: Suspension system.
Materials:
A.
Manufacturer: USG Interiors, Inc., (800) 950-3839, internet www.usg.com
B.
Ceiling Panels: USG "Sheetrock Lay-In ClimaPlus No. 3270" ceiling panels with white, stipple texture, vinyl
facing, 24" x 48" x 1/2".
C.
3.1
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
CISCA "Acoustical Ceilings - Use and Practice."
2.
ASTM C635.
3.
ASTM C636.
Preparation: Before installing flooring, clean and inspect substrate surfaces.
1.
Clear away debris, scrape up cementitious deposits; remove sealers, dust, dirt, oil, grease and other
substances detrimental to proper performance of wood flooring.
2.
Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete slabs to determine that concrete surfaces are sufficiently
cured and are ready to receive flooring.
a.
When moisture is present, install a single layer of polyethylene vapor barrier over concrete, all edges
lapped 4". All joints sealed with tape.
3.
4.
B.
Suspension System: Provide intermediate duty, structural class, direct hung systems adequate to support light
fixtures, ceiling diffusers and other normal accessories.
1.
Exposed "Tee" Grid System for use with Lay-In Ceiling panels: USG "Donn DX System" non-fire rated with
15/16" exposed face, cold-rolled galvanized steel with aluminum face cap, white paint finish on exposed
surfaces. Provide hemmed edge aluminum wall angles, 15/16" exposed leg, white paint finish matching
exposed grid.
2.
Concealed "Tee" Grid System for use with Painted Gypsum Board Ceilings & Soffits or with Cementitious
Wood Fiber Acoustical Panels (Tectum): USG "DGLW" Heavy Duty Drywall Suspension System with
1 5/8" deep by 1 1/2" wide main tees and 1 1/2" deep by 1 1/2" wide cross tees.
3.
Hanger Wire: No. 12 SWG galvanized steel wire.
B.
Install single layer of plywood underlayment. Space joints 1/4" on all sides.
Vacuum underlayment surface clean immediately before flooring installation.
Install wood strip flooring in accordance with NOFMA standards, instructions and recommendations for the
applications indicated.
1.
Blind nail wood strip flooring into plywood underlayment. Space fasteners at 8" intervals, with minimum
2.
two fasteners per strip. Countersink all nail heads.
Provide expansion space at all wall lines.
C.
Sanding: Allow installed wood strip flooring to acclimate to building conditions before sanding.
1.
Machine sand in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean with power vacuum. Verify
that entire surface of floor is level and smooth without ridges or cups.
D.
Finish: Finish installed wood flooring with two coats of clear urethane floor finish. Provide surface preparation,
finish materials and application conforming to Section 09900 -Paints and Coatings requirements.
Installation
A.
Install acoustical ceiling materials and suspension systems in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, complying with governing regulations and industry standards applicable to the work.
B.
Suspension system installation shall be laser leveled with a maximum surface leveling tolerance of 1/8" in
12'-0".
C.
Install exposed Tee suspension systems with main tees nominally 12 feet long spaced 48 inches O.C. and
cross tees nominally 4 feet long spaced 24 inches O.C.
Install concealed Tee suspension systems with main tees nominally 12 feet long spaced 24 inches O.C.
and cross tees nominally 2 feet long spaced 48 inches O.C.
Hanger wire shall be spaced 48" O.C. along main tees, at all four corners of light fixtures (where applicable),
at midpoint of cross tees adjacent to light fixtures and duct outlets, and adjacent to main tee splices.
A.
F.
Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying either directly to building structure or to hangers that are
secure and appropriate for substrate.
B.
G.
Provide edge trim molding at perimeter of acoustical ceiling installation and intermediate vertical surfaces.
Use maximum lengths. Miter trim corners to Provide tight, accurate joints. Connect moldings securely to
substrate surfaces.
3.1
General: Provide Cementitious Wood Fiber Acoustical Panels as shown and specified.
3.1
Related Sections:
1.
09510 Suspended Lay-In Ceiling Systems: Tee grid suspension system.
2.
09900 Paints and Coatings: Acoustical Panel Paint Finish
Manufacturer:
1.
Johnsonite, Inc., (800) 899-8916, internet: www.johnsonite.com
Resilient Rubber:
1.
.125" (3.17 mm) Thickness
2.
"Black" color
3.
Straight (toeless)
4.
Inside and outside corners with 4" returns.
1.1
General: Provide paper/phenolic composite wall panels and accessories for interior walls and millwork as
shown and specified.
1.2
Related Sections:
A.
Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing
B.
Section 06210 - Finish Carpentry and Millwork
C.
Section 07900 - Joint Sealers
D.
Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems
B.
3.1
1.3
Application: Use a 1/8" square notch trowel to apply adhesive. Allow adhesive to set up and then apply wall base in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Panel Size: Nominally 1 inch thick, see plan for panel sizes.
SECTION 09705 - RESINOUS FLOORING (KITCHEN AND RESTROOMS)
C.
Factory Finishes:
1.
Natural (no finish).
2.
Factory Painted Natural (where panels are indicated to be field painted).
3.
Factory Painted White.
1.1
F.
Accessories: Natural touch-up paint by panel manufacturer.
G.
Suspension System: Provide where indicated. Provide Armstrong 'Axiom' 6" classic trim (AX6STR) white,
suspend with 12 ga. wire hangers hung at 48" O.C. max.
1.4
A.
B.
C.
Attach acoustical panels to substrates as follows:
1.
Wood Joists or Trusses: Attach acoustical panels directly to wood framing members, where indicated,
with 2 1/4 inches minimum length drywall screws spaced at 12 inches O.C. maximum across width of
panels in rows no more than 24" O.C. Install additional wood framing and/or blocking as necessary
to ensure that framing members for panel attachment are spaced no more than 24 inches apart. Do
not attach acoustical panels directly to wood roof sheathing to avoid roofing membrane puncture.
2.
3.
B.
D.
Steel Roof Deck: Attach acoustical panels directly to steel roof deck bottom flute, where indicated, with
1 3/4 inch minimum length self-tapping drywall screws spaced at 12 inches O.C. maximum across width
of panels in rows no more than 24" O.C. Install sheet metal straps directly to bottom of steel deck where
necessary to form an attachment surface along panel edges.
Ceiling Suspension System: Attach acoustical panels to lay-in ceiling suspension systems, where indicated,
with 1 3/4 inch minimum length self-tapping drywall screws spaced at 12 inches O.C. maximum across
width of panels in rows no more than 24" O.C.
Install panels as indicated per plan.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
Panel Fasteners: #10 x 1-1/4" flat phillips head black oxide wood screws to be used with wood blocking and
#10 x 1-1/4" flat phillips head black oxide sheet metal screws to be used with sheet metal blocking as recommended
by the manufacturer.
B.
Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of composite wall panels by means of factory-applied coating.
C.
Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete composite wall panel assembly including trim,
flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. match material and finish of composite wall
panels unless otherwise indicated.
Fabrication:
General: Fabricate and finish composite wall panels and accessories at the fabrication location to greatest extent
possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance
requirements.
B.
Fabricate panels to comply with indicated panel layout, profiles and configurations; and with dimensional and
structural requirements.
1.
Edge Treatment: Fabricate panels with eased sanded edges
2.
Form panel lines, breaks, and angles to be sharp and true, with surfaces free from warp and buckle.
3.
Fabricate panels with sharply cut edges, with no displacement of face sheets or protrusion of core material.
4.
Sand and prepare surfaces with 150 grit sandpaper and maroon scotchbrite per manufacturers fabrication
guidelines.
5.
Drill through holes to have tolerance for expansion and contraction.
6.
Dimensional Tolerances:
a.
Panel Bow: 0.8 percent maximum of panel length or width.
b.
Squareness: 0.25 inch maximum.
C.
Finish:
1.
Apply manufacturer recommended finish of "Richlite Enhancer"
2.
Finish to be applied in the shop and not on site.
3.
Touch up for site work use "Richlite Enhancer"
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Examination:
Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following:
A.
Do no begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.
B.
Surfaces to receive panels shall be even, smooth, dry, and free from defects detrimental to installation of the
panel systems.
ASTM D 6272 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and
Electrical Insulating Materials by Four-Point Bending
C.
Examine wall framing to verify that panel support members and anchorage have been installed, with no deflection
greater than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (L/240).
D.
ASTM E 84 - Standard Method for Surface Burning Characteristics for Building Materials
D.
Confirm interior sheathing is plumb and level, with no deflection greater than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (L/240).
E.
ASTM E 831 - Standard Test Method for Linear Thermal Expansion of Solid Materials by Thermomechanical
Analysis
E.
If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation
before proceeding.
A.
ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics
B.
ASTM D 2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness
C.
E.
2.1
Design/Performanance Requirements:
Related Section:
1.
Concrete Division 3.
Accepted manufacturer installers:
1.
Contact John Conway, Dur-A-Flex Director of Business Development, 860-528-9838 [email protected] for list of
approved installation contractors for either new or renovation Chipotle projects.
2.
The installer shall have been approved by the flooring system manufacturer in all phases of surface preparation and
application of the product specified. The specific contractor will be formally accredited as a "Tier One Strategic
Account - Restaurant Installer". A letter stating these credentials shall be provided by the installation contractor.
1.5
A.
Clean Surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.
B.
Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints,
overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on
expected movement of material as defined in fabrication guidelines.
B.
Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate
under the project conditions.
1.6
Manufacturer Qualifications: A single manufacturer with a minimum of ten years
B.
Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that
indicated for this Project, and with a minimum of three years documented experience.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Install solid phenolic wall panels plumb and level and accurately spaced.
C.
Anchor panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural
movement.
D.
Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving composite wall panels.
E.
Do not use construction adhesives to apply wall panels directly to substrates or wall board. Use mechanical
fasteners only.
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Delivery, Storage and Handling:
A.
Refer to Section 01400 Quality Requirements.
B.
Deliver products packaged to minimize damage during shipping. Include items such as wooden side boards, wooden lids, and
spacers or protective sheeting between panels to protect the panels from surface and/or edge damage.
C.
Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. Store products in an enclosed
area protected from direct sunlight, moisture and heat. maintain a consistent temperature and humidity. Do not store sheets, or
fabricated panels vertically.
D.
Warranty:
1.
Submit a one year warranty against defects in material and workmanship upon substantial completion of installation.
A.
experience.
3.4
1.7
Installation:
Quality Assurance:
A.
11/03/2015
Preparation:
Design and size of wall panel assemblies including wall panels, mounting system to support weight of panels.
3.3
Delivery, Storage and Handling:
1.
Deliver material to job in clean, clearly labeled containers and inspect prior to start of job.
2.
Store material in a dry enclosed area, out of direct sunlight protected by the elements. Keep temperature of storage
area between 60 F and 85 F, in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and relevant health and safety
regulations.
Environmental Requirements:
1.
Refer to Technical Department for application of Poly-Crete MDB before 14 days of new concrete installation.
2.
Verify that substrate is properly equipped with vapor barrier and perimeter drains.
3.
Verify supply of adequate utilities including electric, water, heat, air conditioning (between 50 F and 85 F) and lighting
of no less than 80 ft. candles measured at floor surface.
4.
Free area of other trades during and for a period of 24 hours after floor installation.
5.
Protect finished floor from damage by subsequent trades.
3.2
A.
General: Provide labor and material for a 1/4 inch thick seamless cementitious urethane flooring system, including cove base,
surface preparation and finish texture.
Installation
A.
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
Issue Record:
Acoustical Panels: Equal to Tectum, Cementitious wood fiber acoustical panels.
Tectum Inc. (888) 977-9691, internet: www.tectum.com
Screws: Use pre-finished, natural-colored drywall screws or field paint screw heads when installing natural
(un-finished) acoustical panels.
Phenolic Composite Wall Panels: Richlite wall panel material:
1.
Solid wall panel material manufactured of thermosetting resins, homogeneously reinforced with wood-based
fibers that are heated and compressed to become a solid sheet material.
2.
Color: Black Diamond
3.
Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Matte, with shop-applied surface sealer.
4.
Thickness:
a.
1/4" minimum
b.
5/16"
5.
Physical Properties:
a.
ASTM E 831-06 Coefficient of linear thermal expansion:
1)
X Direction edge 11.7 &micro;m/(m degreesF)
2)
Y Direction edge 6.46 &micro;m/(m degreesF)
3)
Z Direction face 39.3 &mirco;m/(m degreesF)
b.
ASTM D 2240 Hardness / Shore D:
1)
Face 92 average.
2)
Edge 91 average.
c.
ASTM D 638-08, Tensile Strength and Tensile Modulus:
1)
X Direction Tensile Strength face (psi) 14,600
2)
Y Direction Tensile Strength face (psi) 18,100
3)
X Direction Tensile Modulus face (Msi) 1.15
4)
Y Direction Tensile Modulus face (Msi) 1.68
d.
ASTM D 6272-02, Flexural Strength and Flexural Modulus:
1)
X Direction Flexural Strength face (Ksi) 18.8
2)
Y Direction Flexural Strength face (Ksi) 23.6
3)
X Direction Flexural Modulus face (Msi) 1.16
4)
Y Direction Flexural Modulus face (Msi) 1.68
6.
Fire Performance:
a.
Flame Spread: Class A, ASTM E 84.
b.
Smoke Development: Less than 450, ASTM E 84.
A.
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
Installation:
A.
E.
Apply Phenolic Composite Wall Panels at walls and other surfaces as indicated on the Drawings. Phenolic Composite all Panels are
architectural wall panels applied over a sheathed stud wall or other solid blocking per Drawings.
Accessories:
Setting Adhesive: Johnsonite 960 Acrylic Cove Base Adhesive
Materials:
Insulation: Fiberglas Sound Batts, 3 1/2 inches thick per plan.
2.5
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
ASTM D 2240 Rubber - 85 Shore A
Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces scheduled to receive resilient rubber and vinyl wall base thoroughly and remove
all coatings that may impair bond. A uniform temperature of at least 65 degrees Fahrenheit shall be maintained for
24 hours before, during and after the installation is completed. The wall base and adhesives shall be conditioned in the
same manner. Coiled wall base shall be uncoiled and lay flat for at least 24 hours at 65 degrees Fahrenheit prior to
installation. Floor and walls shall be clean, dry, and free of dust, all paints, wallpaper, and all other foreign material,
which may affect proper adhesive bonding. Wall base may be installed on interior plaster, gypsum wall board, concrete,
masonry, mineral-reinforced cement board or similar porous surfaces. Wall base shall not be installed on surfaces that
will be exposed to drastic temperature changes or moisture.
SECTION 09515 - CEMENTITIOUS WOOD FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS
D.
2.4
A.
A.
2.1
A.
Preparation:
1.
Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test ASTM F 1869-98. Application will proceed only when the vapor/
moisture emission rates from the slab is less than and not higher than 12 lbs/ 1,000 sf/ 24 hrs. Or perform
relative humidity test using is situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have
a maximum 92% relative humidity level measurement.
2.
Create a surface profile having a minimum profile of CSP 4-6 as described by the international Concrete
Repair Institute with a steel shot blast machine, scarifier or dust-free diamond grinders.
3.
Verify that the surface is dry and perfectly clean, free of all dust, preparation debris, oil, grease, detergent
film, sealer and/ or curing compounds.
Installation:
1.
Application may proceed only while air, material and substrate temperatures are between 50 F and 85 F
providing the substrate temperature is above the dew point.
2.
Wherever a free edge will occur, including doorways, wall perimeters, expansion joints, columns, drains and
equipment pads, a 1/4 inch deep by 1/4 inch wide keyway shall be cut in.
3.
Cracks and joints (non-moving) greater than 1/4 inch wide are to be chiseled or chipped out and repaired
per manufacturer's recommendations.
4.
Shallow Fill and Patching: Use Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Poly-Crete MD (up to 1/4 inch).
5.
Deep Fill and Sloping material (over 1/4 inch): Use Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Poly-Crete WR.
6.
Prime lower wall area to accept cove base with Dur-A-Flex Glaze 4 Cove-Res mixed with Glaze 4 Water-Clear
hardener. Extend Primer material to floor at least 2 inches out from the base of wall.
7.
Install a 4 or 5 inch high integral cove base at perimeter wall prior to installing the flooring system.
8.
Cove base to be created using Poly-Crete WR or Dur-A-Flex Cove Res mixed with Glaze 4 Water-Clear
hardener and Dur-A-Flex flintshot aggregate (Epoxy cove bases should only be considered when slab
temperature is above 85 degrees F).
9.
When cove base has cured, apply an initial grout coat of Poly-Crete CF. Allow grout coat to dry.
10. Install flooring system with flintshot aggregate broadcast into the Poly-Crete MD at an approximate rate of
1/2 lb. per square foot. Aggregate should be broadcast to rejection.
11. Allow floor to cure for at least 8 hours. Sweep and vacuum all loose flintshot aggregate.
12. Using the edge of a steel trowel or a rub stone, remove any surface defects that may have been caused by
broadcasting the flintshot aggregate in a lateral direction. Note: Flintshot should always be broadcast in an
upwards motion to allow the sand to land softly on the surface of the wet Poly-CreteMD.
13. Clean and Vacuum floor a second time prior to the application of the Poly-Crete CF top-coat.
14. Seal the floor and coves with Poly-Crete CF at recommended spread rate.
15. Surface of cove base and floor to cove transition points must remain smooth and provide a resulting easy
to clean surface. Maintain an average 3/4 inch radius cove base transition. Provide careful
attention to details to prevent top-coat puddles or surface irregularities that could snag a cleaning mop
or collect dirt/ debris.
architecture +
Phenolic Wall Panels:
SECTION 09770 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACING - PHENOLIC INTERIOR WALL PANELS
E.
A.
A.
Product Mixing:
1.
Mix on site with manufacturer supplied pre measure kits and approved mixing equipment to ensure a timely,
accurate mix ratio and minimize waste.
r e d
Manufacturer: Richlite Company, Contact: Sergei Hasegawa; New York Office, 66 North 11th Street; Brooklyn, NY 11249;
Tel: 718-715-0843; Mobile: 718-986-9265; Fax: 718-210-3595; Email:([email protected]); Web: www.richlite.com
Application:
Materials:
C.
1.1
2.2
General: Provide resilient rubber wall base as shown and specified.
A.
2.1
Manufacturers:
A.
SECTION 09653 - RUBBER WALL BASE
1.1
D.
1,800 psi
>160 inch lbs with no visible
damage or deterioation.
2.1
Execution
SECTION 09510 - SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS
1.1
RESULT
100%
0 g/l
400 psi, substrate fails
7,400 psi
2.3
C.
Materials:
A.
TEXT METHOD
Percent Reactive
VOC Content
Bond Strength to Concrete
Compressive Strength
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
Restrooms: Install, grout and clean ceramic tile in accordance with referenced TCA installation details and
ANSI standard specifications for setting methods scheduled.
1.
Lay tile in horizontal stack bond, starting pattern with a full tile at the top of the base.
2.
Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall horizontally and that no tile less
than 1/2 width is used at the ends of the wall. Exception: when one end of wall is an outside corner.
Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings.
3.
Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, color to match grout, at inside corners where tile meets tile.
4.
Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, white, at inside corners where tile meets paint gyp. board,
tile meets FRP or tile meets aluminum.
5.
Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Place tile joints uniform in
width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids,
cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout.
6.
Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
7.
Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to
grouting. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes.
8.
Clean tile and grout surfaces.
STORE NO.: 2365
C.
When moving sheets, lift evenly to avoid dragging panels across each other and scratching the surface. Remove all labels and
stickers immediately after installation.
Scheduling:
A.
Coordinate wall panel assemblies with flashing, trim, and other adjoining work to provide a complete installation.
B.
Ensure that products of this section are provided in time to prevent interruption of construction progress.
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Erection Tolerances:
Project No.
A.
CMG411
Shim and align composite wall panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet, non-accumulative, on
level, plumb, and location lines as indicated and within 1/8 inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of
matching profiles.
Contents:
Architectural
Specifications
Products
1.8
A.
Product Description
1.
Poly-Crete MDB multiple component, seamless trowel applied system with Poly-Crete CF dark grey topcoat as
manufactured as supplied by Dur-A-Flex, Inc 800-253-3539.
2.
Cove Base:
a.
For applications below 85 degrees slab temperature: Use Poly-Crete WR to form and design cove bases.
Poly-Crete WR will set up quickly if working temperature reaches top end of application limits.
b.
For applications above 85 degrees slab temperature: Switch from Poly-Crete WR to an epoxy cove system
using Flintshot aggregate and Glaze 4 Cove-Res with Water-Clear Hardener. Surface of cove base to receive
two topcoats of Poly-Crete CF dark grey as manufactured and supplied by Dur-A-Flex, Inc. 800-253-3539
(First Coat is considered as a grout coat, second coat will be applied in such a way to provide a smooth, easy
to clean cove face).
1.9
Project Conditions:
A.
Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for
optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
B.
Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field measurements before
composite wall panel fabrication and indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings.
A015
Warranty:
A.
20 Year Limited Warranty for Commercial Use.
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
Exterior Galvanized Metal:
A.
Preparation:
B.
3.6
On completion of composite wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer.
Maintain in a clean condition during construction.
Replace composite wall panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish
touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
E.
WHERE
Exterior Galvanized
Before applying primer or other surface treatments, clean galvanized metal surface to SSPC-SP1 that could
impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil, grease and soap film before priming use of Krud Kutter
Metal Clean & Etch may be required on bare or new galvanized. Surface must be clean, dry and free of
contaminants, including salt deposits. Additional prep may be needed to SSPC-SP2. Schedule cleaning and
painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted
surfaces.
Exterior Ferrous Metals
Protection:
A.
Protect installed products until completion of project.
B.
Touch-up, repair and replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
Note: Some selected areas of bare concrete surfaces will require (1) coat of Perma Crete 4-503 Concrete
Primer before steel installation over all concrete surfaces.
Exterior Wood
Owner Option 1:
Prime:
(1) coat PPG; 6-209 SpeedHide Galvanized Metal Primer (400 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 3.0 to 5.0 mils.
Finish:
(2) coats PPG; 90-1210 Series Pitt-Tech Plus Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels (90 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 2.0 to 4.0 mils.
Exterior Stucco and EIFS Patio and Wet
Areas
SECTION 09900 - PAINTS AND COATINGS
1.1
A.
B.
1.2
Owner Option 2:
Prime:
(1) coat PPG; 97-145 Pitt-Guard DTR Epoxy Mastic Primer (150 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 4.0 to 7.0 mils.
Finish:
(2) coats PPG; 90-1210 Series Pitt-Tech Plus Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels (90 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 2.0 to 4.0 mils.
General: Provide paints and coatings as shown and specified.
Provide surface preparation, prime, intermediate and finish coatings for interior and exterior and existing
scheduled surfaces and items.
Related Documents:
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this section.
Application:
1.3
Summary:
A.
1.4
This section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following:
1.
Exposed exterior items and surfaces.
2.
Exposed interior items and surfaces.
3.
Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface
treatment specified in other Sections.
Preparation:
Prime:
A.
Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator that has completed painting system applications similar in
material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance.
Finish:
B.
Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same
manufacturer as the finish coats.
Exterior Wood:
Provide lead free prime and finish coatings. All top coatings shall be mold and mildew resistant.
Preparation:
Application:
1.5
Prime:
B.
2.1
2.2
Interior Ferrous Metals, Where Specified
Dining Room and Hallway Gyp. Bd.
Conventional or HVLP (high volume low pressure) be done with conventional spray or airless equipment
or brush or roller.
Dining Room and Hallway Gyp. Bd. Ceiling
Remove all visible oil, grease, soil and all other foreign substances with cleaning solutions and/or scrapers.
Allow to dry and sand all areas that need smoothing and dust off.
Behind Perforations Gyp. Bd.
(1) coat PPG; 4-603 Perma-Crete Alkali Resistant Primer (100 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 1.2 to 1.9 mils.
(2) coats PPG; 4-22 Perma-Crete Hi-Build Acrylic (100 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less
than 3.2 to 5.8 mils.
Airless spray with back roll using 3/4" nap roller.
Restroom and Serving Area Soffit Gyp. Bd.
Remove all visible oil, grease, soil and all other foreign substances with cleaning solutions and or scrapers.
Allow to dry and sand all areas that need smoothing and dust off.
Interior Metal Roof Deck and Metal
Columns
Patio Railing
Delivery, Storage and Handling:
A.
1.6
Interior Doors, Door Frames, Rails and Rail
Frames, Where Specified
Existing Stucco/EIFS Surfaces (including wet areas):
Quality Assurance:
C.
Exterior Stucco and EIFS Patio and Wet
Areas (Alternate)
Owner Option 3 (Low VOC):
Prime:
(1) coat PPG; Amerlock 2 Fast Dry VOC Compliant Epoxy (84 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 4.0 to 6.0 mils.
Finish:
(2) coats PPG; Amershield VOC Aliphatic Urethane (84 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less
than 5.0 to 8.0 mils.
Provide Tenant-selected finishes and colors for all exposed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing
manufacturer's name and label, and the following information:
1.
Product name or tile of material.
2.
Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3.
Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4.
Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5.
Thinning instructions.
6.
Application instructions.
7.
Color name and number.
8.
VOC content
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45
degrees F (7 degrees C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
1.
Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary
measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling,
mixing and application.
Finish:
Application:
D.
(1) coat PPG; 17-921 Seal Grip Primer Sealer (100 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than
2.0 to 4.0 mils.
(2) coats PPG; 70-501 Manor Hall Exterior Semi-Gloss or PPG Acri-Shield Semi-Gloss PP649 (50 g/L VOC):
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 to 3.0 mils.
Brush, Roll or Spray
Prime:
Finish:
Application:
(Doors, door frames, where indicated)
Remove all visible rust, oil, grease, soil and all other foreign substances with cleaning solutions and/or
scrapers. Allow to dry and sand all areas that need smoothing and dust off.
(1) coat PPG; 90-912 Series Pitt-Tech Plus Int/Ext DTM Industrial Primer (90 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.0 to 4.0 mils. (Repaints only require spot prime on bare metal surfaces.)
(2) coats PPG; V-50-410 Breakthrough Satin Sheen Acrylic (250 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 1.4 to 2.0 mils.
Conventional spray, HVLP or Airless spray. Touch-ups shall be done with conventional spray
or airless equipment or brush or roller.
Interior Metals:
Preparation:
(Metal Deck)
Remove all visible rust, oil, grease, soil and all other foreign substances with cleaning solutions and allow to
dry before priming.
Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are
between 45 and 95 degrees F (7.2 and 35 degrees C).
Prime:
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or at temperatures less
than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces.
1.
Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within
temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods.
Finish:
(1) coat PPG; 90-912 Series Pitt-Tech Plus Int/Ext DTM Industrial Primer (90 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.0 to 4.0 mils. (Primer only required on unpainted decking or to spot prime bare
areas in decking.)
(2) coats PPG; 90-1110 Pitt-Tech Plus Satin Acrylic (100 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less
than 2.0 to 4.0 mils.
Conventional spray, HVLP or Airless spray. Touch-ups shall be done with conventional spray
or airless equipment or brush or roller.
Apply water-based paints only when the temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are
between 50 and 90 degrees F (10 and 32 degrees C) unless otherwise stated on the technical data bulletin.
B.
C.
Manufacturers:
A.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products in the paint schedules.
B.
Manufacturers Names: The following manufacturer is referred to in the paint schedule by use of shortened versions of the
name, which is shown below:
1.
PPG Industries, Inc.
2.
Materials - No substitutions allowed.
Interior Gyp. Bd.:
Preparation:
Remove all visible oil, grease, soil and all other foreign substances with cleaning solutions. Fill hairline cracks,
holes and other defects with filler compatible with finish coats. Sand smooth all areas filled and/or areas to
make a smooth overall finish.
Prime:
Finish:
Application:
Paint Materials, General
A.
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one
another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on
testing and field experience.
B.
Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality "professional" paint material of the various coating types specified.
Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.
Colors: Color guided selected by owner and will be strictly adhered too, unless otherwise noted.
C.
Application:
Exterior Ferrous Metals:
Preparation:
Remove all visible oil, grease, soil, rust and all other soluble contaminates from steel surface. Uniformly
roughen surface with 150-grit paper. Remove all dust before solvent cleaning by the use of stiff bristle
brush.
Prime:
(1) coat PPG; 90-912 Series Pitt-Tech Plus Int/Ext DTM Industrial Primer (90 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.0 to 4.0 mils.
(2) coats PPG; 90-1210 Series Pitt-Tech Plus Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels (90 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 2.0 to 4.0 mils.
Conventional or HVLP (high volume low pressure)
(1) coat PPG; 9-900 Pure Performance Acrylic Primer (0 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less
than 1.4 to 2.0 mils. (Spot prime required only on repaint projects.)
(2) coats PPG; 90-300 Pure Performance Eggshell Acrylic Finish (0 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of
not less than 1.5 to 2.0 mils.
Conventional spray, HVLP or Airless spray. Touch-ups shall be done with conventional spray or airless
equipment or brush or roller.
(2) coat, ML Campbell Krystal conversion varnish, Clear Dull Sheen
Spray
(2) coat, ML Campbell High Performance Pre-Cat Lacquer, Clear Dull Sheen
Wipe on with t-shirt rag.
D.
Finish:
Application:
Semi-Gloss
PPG 518-6
'Knight's Armor"
Semi-Gloss
PPG 518-6
'Knight's Armor"
Flat
PPG 515-6
"Patches"
Flat
PPG 541-5
"Victorian Pewter"
Satin
PPG 541-5
"Victorian Pewter"
Satin
PPG 549-1
"Moonlit Snow"
Eggshell
PPG Pure Performance Zero
VOC Flat 9-100 Series or PPG
Speedhide 6-4110XI Flat
PPG Pure Performance Zero
VOC Eggshell 90-300 Series
or PPG Wallhide Eggshell /
PPG Hi-Hide Eggshell 80-340
/ PP389 Series
PPG Pure Performance Zero
VOC Eggshell 9-300 series
or PPG Hi-Hide Eggshell
80-310 / PP389 Series
PPG Pitt-Tech Plus Satin
Acrylic Finish 90-1110 Series
Durethane DTM Urethane
95-3300 Series
2.1
E.
Remove all visible oil, grease, soil, loose paint, rust and all other soluble contaminates from steel surface.
Remove all dust before solvent cleaning SSPC-SP1 by the use of stiff bristle brush. SSPC-SP3 may be
required as a more aggressive preparation to remove loose mill scale, loose rust, loose paint and other
loose detrimental foreign matter from the surface. Performance is better with more aggressive
preparation.
F.
Prime:
Finish:
Application:
(1) coat PPG; 95-3300 Durathane DTM Urethane Mastic (250 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 3.0 to 5.0 mils.
(1) coat PPG; 95-3300 Durathane DTM Urethane Mastic (250 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 3.0 to 5.0 mils.
Conventional or HVLP (high volume low pressure) be done with conventional spray or airless equipment
or brush or roller.
A.
3.1
architecture +
Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following:
1.
NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
Materials:
Provide minimum 10 lb. capacity fire extinguishers in quantity and type complying with local code and fire regulations
requirements.
1.
Provide new fire extinguishers fully loaded, tested, UL and FM labeled and listed and ready for use.
2.
Provide manufacturer's recommended mounting brackets and hardware.
Installation:
A.
Install fire extinguishers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, at heights and locations acceptable
to the local fire regulations enforcement authority
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 11- NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS
SECTION 12495 - WINDOW SHADES
PPG 549-1
"Moonlit Snow"
Flat
PPG 331-7
"Autumn Ridge"
Eggshell
PPG 549-1
"Moonlit Snow"
Eggshell
PPG 541-5
"Victorian Pewter"
PPG 518-6
'Knight's Armor"
Eggshell
1.1
2.1
Examination:
1.
Verify that site environmental conditions are appropriate for application of coatings specified.
2.
Immediately prior to coating application, ensure that surfaces to receive coatings are dry.
3.
Ensure that moisture-retaining substrates to receive coatings have moisture content within tolerances allowed by
coating manufacturer, using moisture measurement techniques recommended by coating manufacturer.
4.
Immediately prior to coating application, examine surfaces to receive coatings for surface imperfections and for
contaminants which could impair performance or appearance of coatings, including but not limited to, loose primer,
rust, scale, oil, grease, mildew, algae, or fungus, stains or marks, cracks, indentations, or abrasions.
5.
Correct the above conditions and any other conditions which could impair performance or appearance of coatings in
accordance with specified surface preparation procedures before proceeding with coating application.
Cleaning:
1.
After completing painting, clean glass and paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping
without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces.
3.1
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
General: Provide window shades as shown and specified.
A.
Standards: Shade fabric material shall meet the requirements of the following:
1.
NFPA 701 Flame Test and California US Title 19 for flame retardant materials.
B.
Field measure window openings and verify installation conditions prior to window shade fabrication
C.
Warranty:
1.
5 years against defects in materials and workmanship.
2.
1 year for service call repairs and adjustments.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
Materials:
A.
Manufacturer: Insolroll Window Shading Systems, Inc. (800) 447-5534, internet www.insolroll.com
B.
Window Shades: Insolroll 2000 Solar Screen Shades, manual operation.
1.
Solar Screen Shade Fabric: Insolroll woven fiberglass yarn, 5% openness, Charcoal/Bronze color.
2.
Provide manufacturer's recommended mounting brackets and hardware.
C.
Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate window shade units to completely fill existing window openings from
jamb to jamb and from head to 42" AFF or the nearest horizontal mullion from 40"-44" AFF.
1.
Adjustment system controlled by plastic bead chain on polyester cord. Multi-banded steel spring clutches keep
shade in desired position.
2.
Roller tube 2" extruded aluminum, sized to minimize deflection.
3.
Fabric attached to roller tube using two-sided adhesive tape.
4.
Fabric bottom hem RF heat sealed pocket with enclosed hem bar.
Gloss
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Installation:
A.
Install window shades level and plumb in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and drawing details.
Provide units securely anchored in place with recommended hardware and accessories to provide smooth operation
without binding.
DIVISIONS 13 - 14 - NOT APPLICABLE
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
2.
Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary
protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
CMG411
3.
After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
Contents:
Maintenance: Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the
quantities described below. Package paint materials in unopened, factory-sealed containers for storage and
identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Tenant.
1.
Provide one gallon of paint and wood stain of each type and color required for maintenance purposes.
Provide original, unopened, labeled containers with color samples and a list of project use.
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
Protection:
1.
Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning,
repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect / Tenant.
Exterior Patio Railing:
Preparation:
General: Provide portable fire extinguishers as shown and specified.
A.
Application:
1.
General: Mix, prepare and apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
a.
Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
b.
Do not apply high-performance coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions
detrimental to forming a durable coating film.
c.
Coating surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the coating system descriptions.
d.
Provide finish coats compatible with primers used.
e.
The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, grilles,
covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as
required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
2.
Application Procedures: Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
a.
The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of application method.
b.
Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or recoat work
that does not comply with specified requirements as directed by Tenant. Paints and coatings work is subject to
acceptance by the Tenant.
c.
Keep brushes and rollers clean, free from contamination and suitable for the finish required.
d.
Unless otherwise indicated, allow exterior paints to dry for 48 hours and interior paints to dry for
24 hours between coats.
e.
Sand lightly and remove dust between coats to achieve required finish.
f.
Finished surfaces shall be uniform in finish and color and free of brush marks, sagging, holidays,
corduroy and other imperfections. Coverage and hide shall be complete.
g.
Edges of paint or finish adjoining other materials or colors shall be sharp and clean without overlapping.
Cut paint in neatly around glass or other edges.
h.
Paints and coatings work is subject to acceptance by the Tenant. Correct unsatisfactory work not
complying with these specifications as directed by the Tenant.
Shop Preparation: Scuff sand between coats.
Field Finish:
Application:
PPG 518-6
'Knight's Armor"
r e d
SECTION 10522 - PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHES
1.1
C.
Field Preparation: All cuts in field are to be sanded smooth. Scuff sand between coats.
Exterior Coatings:
PPG Pitt-Tech Plus
Semi-Gloss Acrylic Finish
90-1210 Series
PPG Manor Hall Acrylic
Semi-Gloss 70-501 Series or
PPG Acri-Shield Acrylic
Semi-Gloss PP649 Series
PPG Perma-Crete
High Build Acrylic
Topcoat 4-22 Series
PPG Perma-Crete
High Build Acrylic
Topcoat 4-22 Series
PPG Breakthrough
250 Acrylic Satin
V50-410 Series
PPG Breakthrough
250 Acrylic Satin
V50-410 Series
PPG Pure Performance Zero
VOC Eggshell 9-300 series
or PPG Hi-Hide Eggshell
80-310 / PP389 Series
SHEEN
Gloss
Preparation:
1.
Do not start work until surfaces to be finished are in proper condition to produce finished surfaces of uniform,
satisfactory appearance.
2.
Stains and Marks: Remove completely, if possible, using materials and methods recommended by coating
manufacturer; seal with shellac or other coating acceptable to paint manufacturer stains and marks that might bleed
through paint finishes which cannot be completely removed.
3.
Remove or protect hardware, electrical plates, mechanical grilles and louvers, lighting fixture trim, and other items not
indicated to receive coatings which are adjacent to surfaces to receive coatings.
4.
Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of disodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with
clean water and allow substrate to thoroughly dry.
5.
For specific substrate preparation, see individual specifications.
6.
Provide necessary staging, ladders, shield, protective coverings and drop cloths. Protect floors, walls
and adjacent work and materials. Remove and properly replace temporary protection and coverings
removed from any part of the work or finish. Repair damage at Contractor's expense.
Interior Wood Trim and Plywood - Clear Polyurethane Finish:
(Plywood finishes shall be shop applied in a controlled environment)
Shop Finish:
Application:
COLOR
PPG 518-6
'Knight's Armor"
B.
Project Conditions
A.
WHAT
PPG Pitt-Tech Plus
Semi-Gloss Acrylic Finish
90-1210 Series (See Options
Note in Spec)
Installation:
A.
Interior Coatings:
Interior Metals:
Preparation:
3.1
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Color Guide
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
Cleaning:
STORE NO.: 2365
3.5
Architectural
Specifications
A016
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
Consultant:
r e d
ALL SITE WORK INCLUDING PAVING, CURBING, PARKING, PARKING LOT LIGHTING,
SIDEWALKS, LANDSCAPING, AND DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE ARE EXISTING UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE.
MD
ROU
TE 2
6
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
- LIB
ERTY
ROA
D
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
6
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
1
2
1
1
LOAD
ING 1
X 45' 2.5'
3
EXISTING LOADING
ZONE
2
2
EXISTING CURB RAMP
4
2,217 SQUARE FEET
3
15
MONUMENT SIGN BY
LANDLORD WITH
PANELS BY TENANT
SIGN VENDOR
4
8
11
ADJACENT
TENANTS
(N.I.C.)
9
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
4
3
STORE NO.: 2365
3
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
TWO (2)
SPACES
MARKED FOR
FAX PARKING
WITH SIGNAGE
BY TENANT G.C.
10
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
5
LIMITS OF
CONSTRUCTION
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
8
4
EXISTING CONCRETE
PATIO SLAB
EXISTING GREASE
INTERCEPTOR
LOCATION
EXISTING SIDEWALK
6
EXISTING
PARKING
STRIPING
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
VAN
EXISTING ADA
RAMP
DUMPSTER FOR
CHIPOTLE'S
EXCLUSIVE USE
EXISTING ADA
PARKING SPACES
Contents:
Architectural Site Plan
EXISTING
LANDSCAPING
1
A100
PLAN
TRUE
STOP
STOP
EXISTING SHARED
DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE
STOP
ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
1/16" = 1'-0"
3
EXISTING CURB, TYP.
5
A100
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
r e d
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
11' - 6 3/8"
11' - 3"
3' - 0 1/2"
3' - 0 1/2"
SELF CLOSING, NONLATCHING, NONLOCKING GATE
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
1/2"
EASE EDGES OF
TOP RAIL, TYP.
3' - 6 1/2"
NO HOLES REQUIRED
IN END POSTS, TYPICAL
SELF CLOSING, NONLATCHING, NONLOCKING GATE
TYP.
1' - 0"
1" = 1'-0"
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Architectural Site Details
1' - 4"
10"
6"
1" TYP.
1' - 0"
1' - 6"
3" = 1'-0"
RAILING MOUNTING DETAIL
3
Contents:
2' - 0 1/2"
3' - 1 1/2"
3' - 0 1/2"
3' - 0 1/2"
A101
11' - 3"
CORE DRILL 5" DIA. HOLE
IN CONCRETE TO RECEIVE
RAILING STANCHION. SET
RAILING STANCHION IN
CEMENTITIOUS GROUT
2
A101
DB UPDATES
08/19/2015
3/8"Ø THREADED STUD W/
STAIN. STL. ACORN HEAD NUT
AT EACH END W/ S.S. FLAT
WASHER ON ONE SIDE AND
LOCK-WASHER ON OTHER.
3' - 0 1/2"
3' - 0"
RAILING PLAN DETAIL
03/02/2015
CMG411
SEE PLAN
2 3/4"
3
A101
2
PUNCH 7/16"Ø HOLD, TYP.
REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS
FOR PATIO RAILING COLOR
1/2"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
Project No.
3/8 X 2 1/2 POSTS, TYP.
L-2 1/2 X 2 1/2 X 3/8"
X 2'-11" LONG
1
01/12/2015
1' - 0"
1/2" THICK SPACERPLATE
X 1 1/2"Ø W/ 1/2"Ø HOLE
CONSTRUCTION SET
3/8 X 2 1/2 POSTS, TYP.
1' - 3"
7/16"Ø HOLE IN POST
BID SET
08/24/2015
1' - 0"
3"
HORIZONTAL RAIL
26' - 9 1/2"
VARIES
3' - 6 1/2"
1/2"
03/02/2015
3' - 0 1/2"
VARIES
26' - 4"
3/8 X 2 1/2 RAILS, TYP.
1/2"
3' - 6 1/2"
PATIO RAILING BY
TENANT RAILING
SUPPLIER; SEE
DETAIL 2&3/A101
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
Revisions:
3' - 6 1/2"
NO HOLES REQUIRED
IN END POSTS, TYPICAL
3' - 0 1/2"
3' - 1 1/2"
3' - 0 1/2"
2' - 0 1/2"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
4"
STORE NO.: 2365
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
4 5/8"
11' - 5 3/4"
1
A101
PATIO PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
Consultant:
1.
VERIFY OVERALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS, INTERIOR COLUMN PLACEMENTS, AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS IN FIELD AND
NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.
2.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE INSIDE FACE OF EXISTING GYP. BD. ON DEMSIING WALL AND EXTERIOR WALLS. ALL DIMENSIONS FROM
NEW STUD WALLS ARE FROM FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
GC TO REVIEW ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR LIGHTING OR POWER STUB LOCATIONS PRIOR TO POURING SLAB.
REFER TO "03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE" IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE PATCHING OR INSTALLATION INFORMATION.
VERIFY PERIMETER FOUNDATION INSULATION IS EXISTING IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO
COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.
r e d
architecture +
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
32' - 0"
LEASE DIMENSION
16' - 7 1/4"
3' - 0"
11' - 10 3/4"
AREA FOR 4" SLAB ON TOP OF EXISTING
SLAB FOR WATER HEATER PLATFORM,
SEE A115 FOR WATER HEATER DETAILS
6' - 0 7/8"
5' - 0"
SLOPE FLOOR IN THIS AREA
ONLY TO DRAIN 1/40 MIN.
SLOPE
REFER TO PLAN
HIGH CAPACITY FLOOR DRAIN,
REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS
6' - 9 1/8"
10' - 5"
8' - 8 1/4"
8" x 8" x 4" HIGH
CONCRETE CURB
FOR POWER
STUB, TYP. OF
TWO (2). REFER
TO ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS
3' - 11 1/4"
53' - 4 3/8"
NOTE:
G.C. SHALL TAKE DIGITAL PHOTOS OF THE INTERIOR
PERIMETER OF THE DEMISED SPACE IMMEDIATELY
AFTER DEMOLITION, PRIOR TO THE START OF
CONSTRUCTION AND SEND TO THE ARCHITECT FOR
REVIEW. ANY STRUCTURE, PIPING, CONDUIT ETC. THAT
MAY IMPACT CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPACE OR BE
UNSIGHTLY IF EXPOSED IS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST.
4" CONCRETE CURB,
COORDINATE EXACT
LOCATION WITH FINAL
EQUIPMENT
LOCATION, REFER TO
CURB PLAN THIS SHEET
30' - 4"
71' - 11 1/8"
4" CONCRETE CURB, COORDINATE
EXACT LOCATION WITH FINAL
EQUIPMENT LOCATION
4 3/8"
V.I.F.
4' - 4"
V.I.F.
LEASE DIMENSION
3' - 6 7/8"
V.I.F.
STORE NO.: 2365
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
5' - 8 1/2"
50' - 7 3/4"
TRENCH DRAIN DETAIL
5' - 10 5/8"
FLOOR SINK LOCATION TYP.
COORDINATE WITH FLOOR
PLAN & PLUMBING PLAN TYP.
4' - 6 5/8"
5' - 2 3/4"
5" X 5" POWER STUB LOCATION,
COORDINATE WITH E110
7' - 1 1/8"
12' - 5 3/4"
5' - 8 3/4"
V.I.F.
21' - 5 5/8"
V.I.F.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
NOTE:
G.C. SHALL IMMEDIATELY FIELD MEASURE TENANT
SPACE @ THE START OF CONSTRUCTION TO
CONFIRM OVERALL DIMENSIONS MATCH THIS PLAN
- NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF DIFFERENT.
33' - 9 7/8"
35' - 2 3/4"
4" MINIMUM
COMPACTED GRAVEL
13' - 6 5/8"
32' - 0 3/8"
COORDINATE FLOOR SINK
ELEVATION WITH LOCAL
JURISDICTION, TYP.
30' - 9 1/8"
8"
(2) #3 BARS
CONTINUOUS, BOTTOM
4
A110
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
26' - 1 3/4"
SAWCUT AT PERIMETER
5' - 3"
4' - 0 3/8"
16' - 9"
5' - 0"
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
5 3/8"
2' - 3 3/8"
5 3/8"
8' - 11"
2' - 3 3/8"
5' - 3 5/8"
18' - 7 1/4"
SLOPE
REFER TO PLAN
1' - 8"
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
21' - 0 1/2"
SLAB ON GRADE, TYP.
1' - 2"
6' - 8"
2' - 6"
1' - 0 3/4"
1' - 8"
TRENCH DRAIN TO BE RECESSED IN MIN. 8" THICK
CONCRETE SLAB WITH 4" MIN. CONCRETE BED
BELOW DRAIN, REFER TO 4/A110 AND
MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
TRENCH DRAIN REFER
TO PLUMBING PLANS
6" PVC PIPE FOR
SYRUP LINE
3' - 0 3/8"
3/4"
1' - 0 7/8"
1' - 5 1/4"
2' - 0 3/4"
6 3/8"
LOCATION OF
MOP SINK
planning
Issue Record:
10' - 2 3/4"
NOTE: DIMENSIONS FROM EXTERIOR WALLS
AND DEMISING WALL ARE TAKEN FROM FACE
OF EXISTING GYP. BD.
11/03/2015
LANDLORD TO PROVIDE POROUS FILL,
CHIPOTLE G.C. TO PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER
AND 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE. REFER TO
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS
4"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
6" PVC PIPE FOR SYRUP LINES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
8' - 0"
FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION TYP.
COORDINATE WITH FLOOR PLAN &
PLUMBING PLAN TYP.
EXISTING SIDEWALK AND PATIO SLAB
4"
CMG411
Contents:
15' - 7 1/8"
3' - 3 5/8"
2' - 2"
1' - 4"
OUTLINE OF EXISITING SLAB; REFER TO
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
V.I.F.
1' - 2"
13' - 9"
ADJACENT
TENANT
(N.I.C.)
6' - 0 5/8"
4"
V.I.F.
4"
4"
2' - 6 1/4"
V.I.F.
4" CONCRETE CURB, COORDINATE
EXACT LOCATION WITH FINAL
EQUIPMENT LOCATION
AREA FOR RECESSED WALK OFF MAT.
INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS; REFER TO 12/A125
FOR DETAILS
30' - 11 3/8"
Slab Work Plan
6' - 0"
3' - 0"
V.I.F.
5" X 5" POWER STUB LOCATION,
COORDINATE WITH 1/A110 AND E110
4 3/8"
V.I.F.
1/4" = 1'-0"
1
01/12/2015
5' - 2 3/4"
30' - 7 1/4"
3
A110
CONSTRUCTION SET
1' - 0"
10' - 2"
CURB PLAN
BID SET
08/24/2015
V.I.F.
68' - 6 5/8"
V.I.F.
23' - 6"
V.I.F.
68' - 2 1/2"
V.I.F.
8" x 8" x 4 1/2"
HIGH CONCRETE
CURB FOR POWER
STUB, TYP. OF
TWO (2). REFER
TO ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS
7' - 6 1/2"
ADJACENT
TENANT
N.I.C.
4"
4"
67' - 10 1/2"
7' - 7 1/2"
03/02/2015
Revisions:
8' - 8 1/4"
4"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
2
A110
16' - 2"
5' - 0"
9' - 5"
V.I.F.
V.I.F.
V.I.F.
DEMISED PREMISES PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
A110
EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TYP. OF SEVEN (7)
1
A110
SLAB WORK PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
1.
Consultant:
r e d
NEW CONSTRUCTION
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
NEW CONSTRUCTION WITH
SOUND BATT INSULATION
architecture +
planning
WALK-IN COOLER
2.
A200
3.
4' - 0"
3' - 11 7/8"
5' - 7 7/8"
9' - 7 1/8"
3 5/8"
3
4.
5.
6.
3 5/8"
4" CONCRETE CURB
REFER TO 3/A110
3
4" CONCRETE CURB
REFER TO 3/A110
7.
ALIGN
16' - 10 7/8"
W8ax
5' - 2 3/4"
3 5/8"
2' - 8 1/8"
11
5/8"
6"
W1a
10
3 5/8"
16' - 8"
W8ax
W1
5' - 8 3/8"
6"
2' - 2 3/8"
8.
W1
W8ax
KITCHEN
3
9.
10.
W8ax
A220
108
A220
W8ax
W1
9
W8ax
11.
12.
13.
14.
1
1
W7
W7
8
6
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
ALL DIMENSIONS FOR NEW WALLS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, OR
CENTERLINE OF STRUCTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL DIMENSIONS
FROM EXISTING DEMISING WALL OR EXISTING EXTERIOR WALLS ARE FROM
FACE OF EXISTING GYP. BD.
DASHED CIRCLE IN RESTROOM INDICATES 5'-0" TURNING DIAMETER
REQUIRED BY ADA.
REFER TO WALL FINISH SCHEDULE ON A120.
STUD SIZES AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
INTERIOR DOORS ARE 4" OFF OF PERPENDICULAR WALL UNLESS ADJACENT
TO AC PLYWOOD FINISH, THEN FRAME SHOULD BE HELD 1/2" OFF
ADJACENT
WALL.
IN SITUATIONS WHERE TENANT'S G.C. IS TO PROVIDE TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. FOR A
RATED ASSEMBLY, THE TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. IS REQUIRED TO GO BENEATH THE
SHEATHING AND FINISHES.
SEE SHEET A125 FOR ADDITIONAL SHEATHING BEHIND CERTAIN WALL
FINISHES.
SEE A117 FOR DOOR TYPES.
TENANT'S G.C. TO FRAME ENTIRE BOX TO HOLD DIMENSIONS NOTED ON
THIS PLAN. ANY VARIATION DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE
BROUGHT TO CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL'S CM AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY
TO ASSURE ACCURATE DIMENSIONS FOR PREPARATION OF SHOP
DRAWINGS. FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THESE REQUIREMENTS RESULTING IN
ANY REMEDIATION REQUIRED TO MEET DESIGN INTENT WILL BE AT
CONTRACTOR'S COST.
SEE A116 FOR WALL TYPES.
PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACKS AT WALLS WHICH GO TO THE UNDERSIDE
OF THE DECKING.
PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ALL SHELVING, TYP.
DESIGNATES EXISTING ONE (1) HOUR RATED ASSEMBLY
RUN TIGHT TO DECK
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
COOKING
107
A220
3 5/8"
7
W1
OFFICE WALLS
TO EXTEND
TO BOTTOM
OF DECK
26' - 0"
8' - 7 7/8"
10' - 2"
W8ax
4
3
PROVIDE SHEET OF
24 GAUGE
GALVANIZED METAL
BEHIND SHEATHING,
EXTEND 18" BEYOND
EDGE OF HOOD IN
ALL DIRECTIONS
COOLER
A225
110
OFFICE
W1a
W1a
109
3 5/8"
2
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
W7
5' - 10"
7' - 7 7/8"
W3a
3' - 0 3/4"
W7
2
6' - 5 1/2"
3
3 5/8"
6' - 4"
ADJACENT
TENANT
(N.I.C.)
10 3/8"
3 5/8"
3 5/8"
W11ax
SERVING 5
4" CONCRETE CURB, REFER TO 3/A110
W3
4" CONCRETE CURB, REFER TO 3/A110
W3a
106
A200
1
104
3 5/8"
8' - 3 5/8"
1
W3a
POS
6" 8"
4
A220
ALIGN WALL FINISH FACE WITH
EDGE OF EXISTING MULLION
W3a
MEN
FOR LAVATORY
ELEVATION, DIMENSION
AND ADA INFORMATION,
SEE SHEET A230
111
ORDERING
1
W3a
W3a
105
A210
W3
W11ax
3 5/8"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
3 5/8"
STORE NO.: 2365
3 5/8"
3
Issue Record:
4' - 9 7/8"
PROVIDE BLOCKING IN
WALL FOR ARTWORK
6' - 4"
9"
3 5/8"
3' - 11"
3 5/8"
6
3 5/8"
2' - 5 7/8"
3 5/8"
3 5/8"
3 5/8"
3' - 10 3/4"
NOTE: DIMENSIONS TAKEN FROM
EXTERIOR WALLS AND DEMISING
WALL ARE TAKEN FROM FACE OF
EXISTING GYP. BD.
W4a
103
W4a
15
A125
5
W2
HOLD
9' - 5"
W18X
A300
W3a
W4a
3 5/8"
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
113
UTENSIL
112
102
W9
CONSTRUCTION SET
PATIO
UTENSIL COUNTER BY
MILLWORK SUPPLIER
WOMEN
BID SET
08/24/2015
2
16
A125
W11ax
03/02/2015
Revisions:
DINING
101
W4a
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
2
A210
W4a
DOOR FRAME TO BE
FLUSH WITH AC PLYWOOD
ALIGN
2
3
PASSAGE
3
W18x
8' - 3 5/8"
11/03/2015
W3a
W4a
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
W5a
6
A210
W6
W4a
3 5/8"
3' - 11"
7
4
W4a
A210
5
Contents:
W4a
EXISTING ONE (1)
HOUR RATED WALL BY
LANDLORD
ALIGN
1' - 4 7/8"
8' - 7 3/8"
11 3/4"
2' - 5"
2' - 6 1/2"
3 5/8"
3 5/8"
1' - 11 3/8"
ADJACENT
TENANT
(N.I.C.)
3 5/8"
W4a
9
W4a
MAIN ENTRY
1
100
A210
A300
W10a
W18x
8
ALIGN
3 5/8"
3 5/8"
3 5/8"
Architectural Floor Plan
W18X
2
W10a
W10a
1
A101
A115
1
A200
2
A115
DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
1
A115
ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
WALL TYPES
GENERAL NOTES
Consultant:
r e d
REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND CERAMIC TILE WALL FINISHES KEY PLAN ON SHEET A120 FOR WALL
FINISHES, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN ON A115 FOR METAL STUD SIZE.
1. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE SOLID BLKG. IN WALLS AS NEEDED
2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN FOR ALL STUD SIZES
architecture +
STUD SCHEDULE & NOTES
1' - 4"
5/8" PLYWOOD
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS
BACKER BD. EACH SIDE
INTERIOR PARTITION
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BD.
FLOOR
W1a
INTERIOR PARTITION
DEFLECTION TRACK DETAIL @ PARTITION
6" = 1'-0"
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP
EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING TO
1/2" BELOW TOP OF BOX, REFER TO
A210 FOR BOX HEIGHT
CLG.
SEE RCP
CLG.
SEE RCP
RESTROOM
SIDE
FLOOR
METAL STUDS AT 24" O.C.
HUNG FROM METAL TRACK
ABOVE WITH #10-16 TEK
SCREWS BOTH SIDES.
W2
ALL HEIGHTS REFER TO UN-BRACED HEIGHTS.
ALL HEIGHTS BASED ON 16" O.C. SPACING.
BOTTOM TRACK TO BE SAME GAUGE AS STUD.
4.
TOP TRACK TO BE ONE GAUGE HIGHER.
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP
EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING TO
DECK ON EXPOSED SIDE(S) OF WALL
4.
ALL SUSPENDED WALLS SHALL HAVE GYP. BOARD WHICH EXTENDS 4" ABOVE THE SUSPENDED
CEILING UNLESS SHOWN AND/OR NOTED OTHERWISE BY THE ARCHITECT.
FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD MAY SUBSTITUTE FOR GYP. BOARD WHERE SO DIRECTED BY THE
ARCHITECT.
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BD.
(ON RESTROOM OR KITCHEN SIDE)
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BD.
EACH SIDE TO FULL HEIGHT OF TILE
4"
CLG.
SEE RCP
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP
EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING TO
1/2" BELOW TOP OF BOX, REFER TO
A210 FOR BOX HEIGHT
RESTROOM OR
KITCHEN
SIDE
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION
BATT INSUL. WHERE REQ'D, SEE
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
5.
ALL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS LINES OF BRIDGING SPACED AT
4'-0" MAXIMUM ON CENTER. THE BRIDGING SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE STUDS
WITH EITHER SCREWS OR WELDS. REFER TO DETAILS THIS SHEET.
6.
7.
ALL STUDS SHALL BE "CEE" STUDS WITH FLANGE STIFFENERS.
THE MATERIALS AND DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS. WHERE THE STUD
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR LOCAL ORDINANCES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE,
THEY SHALL APPLY.
8.
TYPICAL FASTENER:
A.
•
•
STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO WOOD PURLINS, GIRDERS AND BEAMS:
C.
STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL (TUBE/WIDE FLANGE COL'S, BM'S, GIRDER'S, ETC.
•
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BD.
TO FULL HEIGHT OF TILE
METAL ROOF DECK
FLOOR
LINE OF LOWER DECK FLUTE
W3a
INTERIOR PARTITION
D.
E.
#14 - 10 X 1-1/2" H.W.H. TYPE "S" METAL-TO-WOOD TEKS AT 12" O.C., 2" FROM EACH END
0.145" DIA. HILTI X-EDNI FASTENERS, 5/8" MIN, LENGTH AND MIN. OF 2 PER
CONNECTION, OR 2 ROWS AT 16" O.C. FOR CONTINUOUS APPLICATIONS SUCH AS
TRACKS, U.O.N.
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
PLYWOOD TO STEEL STUDS:
•
#10 - 24 X 1-1/4" TEKS/3 (PLYMETALTEKS) WITH THIN WAFER HEAD - 24" O.C. FILED,
12" O.C. PERIMETER
GYPSUM BOARD TO STEEL STUDS:
5/8" PLYWOOD
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
20 GAUGE - #8 - 18 X 1/2" TEKS WITH PHILIPS PAN HEAD - MIN. 2 PER CONNECTION
18/16 GAUGE - #10 - 16 X 3/4" TEKS WITH PHILIPS PAN HEAD - MIN. 3 PER CONNECTION
B.
•
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP
EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING TO
1/2" BELOW TOP OF BOX, REFER TO
A210 FOR BOX HEIGHT
UTENSIL SIDE
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
STEEL STUDS TO STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS:
INTERIOR PARTITION
CLG.
SEE RCP
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PARTITION NOTES
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF DECK SPAN
TYPICAL TEK SCREWS
1.
2.
3.
3.
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
W3
UP TO 12'-0"
UP TO 16'-0"
UP TO 22'-0"
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION
BATT INSUL. WHERE REQ'D, SEE
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
INTERIOR PARTITION
W/ HUNG SHELVING
UP TO 12'-0"
UP TO 16'-0"
UP TO 22'-0"
UP TO 26'-0"
ALL METAL STUDS TO CONFORM TO LOCAL BUILDING CODES.
ALL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS REQUIRE GYP. BOARD ON BOTH SIDES FOR THE FULL
HEIGHT OF THE STUDS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE.
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION
BATT INSUL. WHERE REQ'D, SEE
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
FLOOR
W/O HUNG SHELVING
362S125-18
362S137-33
600S137-33
600S162-43
1.
2.
5/8" PLYWOOD
CONT. 16 GA. METAL TRACK
FASTENED TO METAL DECK
ABOVE WITH TWO #1016- TEK AT
EACH STUD FASTENING POINT.
FASTEN INTO LOWER FLUTE ONLY
SIZE/TYPE
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
•
#7 X 1-1/4" HI-LOW TYPE "S" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" GYPSUM
BOARD TO 25 GAUGE OR 20 GAUGE STUDS
•
#6 X 1-1/4" TYPE S-12 BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" TO 18 GAUGE OR 16
GAUGE STUDS OR TRACKS
•
FIELD - 12" O.C. CEILINGS, 24" O.C. WALLS
•
BUTT JOINTS 12" O.C.
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
FLOOR
W4
F.
INTERIOR PARTITION
STORE NO.: 2365
2
A116
MIN.
1 1/2"
LINE OF LOWER DECK FLUTE
CLG.
SEE RCP
4"
TYPICAL TEK SCREWS
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON
RCP, OR AT OFFICE WALLS, EXTEND
STUDS AND SHEATHING TO DECK
ON EXPOSED SIDE(S) OF WALL
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
FLOOR
W1
METAL ROOF DECK
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP,
OR AT OFFICE WALLS, EXTEND STUDS
AND SHEATHING TO DECK ON EXPOSED
SIDE(S) OF WALL
5/8" PLYWOOD EACH SIDE
STEEL TOP TRACK (ONE
GAUGE HIGHER THAN METAL
STUDS)
METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
(SEE METAL STUD SCHEDULE
FOR SIZE AND GAUGE)
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
4"
CLG.
SEE RCP
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
1' - 4"
STEEL CHANNEL DEFLECTION
TRACK FASTENED TO STEEL
DECK
4"
MIN.
1"
METAL ROOF DECK
STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO CONCRETE:
•
0.145" DIA. HILTI X-DNI FASTENER, 1" MIN. LENGTH, 2 ROWS AT 16" O.C.
(2) NESTED 16 GA. METAL
TRACKS FASTENED
TOGETHER WITH (2) #10-16
TEK SCREWS BOTH SIDES
AND FASTENED TO ROOF
DECK WITH (4) #10-16 TEK
SCREWS AT LOWER DECK
FLUTE ONLY, SET @ 36"O.C.
MAX.
CONT. 16 GA. METAL TRACK
FASTENED TO METAL DECK
ABOVE WITH TWO #10-16
TEK AT EACH END STUD
FASTENING POINT. FASTEN
INTO LOWER FLUTE ONLY.
4"
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON
RCP EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING
TO 1/2" BELOW TOP OF BOX, REFER
TO A210 FOR BOX HEIGHT
5/8" PLYWOOD
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION
BATT INSUL. WHERE REQ'D, SEE
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
FLOOR
W4a
W5a
UTENSIL SIDE
BANQUETTE SIDE
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION
BATT INSUL. WHERE REQ'D, SEE
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
5/8" GYP. BD.
5/8" GYP. BD.
FLOOR
INTERIOR PARTITION
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP
EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING TO
1/2" BELOW TOP OF BOX, REFER TO
A210 FOR BOX HEIGHT
CLG.
SEE RCP
5/8" PLYWOOD
METAL STUDS AT 24" O.C.
HUNG FROM METAL TRACK
ABOVE WITH #10-16 TEK
SCREWS BOTH SIDES.
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
FLOOR
INTERIOR PARTITION
W6
INTERIOR PARTITION
Revisions:
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
CLG.
SEE RCP
KITCHEN OR
OFFICE SIDE
CLG.
SEE RCP
CLG.
SEE RCP
1' - 4"
FLOOR
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER
BD. TO FULL HEIGHT OF TILE
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER
BD.
EXISTING WALL
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP
EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING TO
DECK ON EXPOSED SIDE(S) OF WALL
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BD.
TO FULL HEIGHT OF TILE
5/8" PLYWOOD
5/8" PLYWOOD
RESTROOM OR KITCHEN SIDE
RESTROOM
OR KITCHEN
SIDE
1' - 4"
3" = 1'-0"
4"
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON RCP,
OR AT OFFICE WALLS, EXTEND STUDS
AND SHEATHING TO DECK ON
EXPOSED SIDE(S) OF WALL
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
4"
SOFFIT HANGING DETAIL
4"
4
A116
4"
CLG.
SEE RCP
MIN.
1 1/2"
20 GA. MTL. STUD ANGLE BRACING
@ 48" O.C. - EXTEND TO DECK
WHERE NO CLG. IS INDICATED ON
RCP EXTEND STUDS AND SHEATHING
TO 1/2" BELOW TOP OF BOX, REFER
TO A210 FOR BOX HEIGHT
planning
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
3. REFER TO A120 FOR ALL WALL FINISHES
PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION
BATT INSUL. WHERE REQ'D, SEE
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS
BACKER BD.
FLOOR
5/8" GYP. BD.
Project No.
FLOOR
CMG411
3/4
"
W7
INTERIOR PARTITION
W8ax
INTERIOR PARTITION
W9
INTERIOR PARTITION
Contents:
EXTEND SHEATHING TO
ALL EXPOSED AREAS
3/4
"
"
1/2
LATERAL BRACING,
CR 1-1/2" X 16 GA.,
GALVANIZED
CLG.
SEE RCP
FRAMING SCREWS (TYP. OF 4)
EXISTING SHEATHING TO
DECK IN ALL EXPOSED AREAS
CLG.
SEE RCP
5/8" GYP. BD.
EXTEND TO DECK
2" X 2", 16 GA. CLIP ANGLE
1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH
PUBLIC
EXISTING WALL
GALVANIZED METAL STUD
FIRST LEVEL START AT 4'-0"
ABOVE FLOOR
LATERAL BRACING DETAIL @ PARTITION
NOT TO SCALE
EXISTING WALL
20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
FLOOR
3
A116
Architectural Wall Types
4"
"
3/4
4"
4'-0" O.C. FULL WALL HEIGHT
"
3/4
W10a
1
A116
NOT USED
N.T.S.
5/8" PLYWOOD
TO 41 1/2" AFF
INTERIOR PARTITION
5/8" CEMENTITIOUS
BACKER BD.
FLOOR
W11ax
FLOOR
INTERIOR PARTITION
W18x
A116
EXISTING 5/8"
GYP. BD.
INTERIOR PARTITION
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
DOOR HARDWARE
Consultant:
TYPICAL EXTERIOR DOOR TYPES
ALL HARDWARE SHALL MATCH STOREFRONT, VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AND/OR CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING.
r e d
ALIGN TOP OF WOOD PULL
WITH TOP OF GLASS
DOOR:
TYPE 1: PAIR 3'-0" X 8'-0" X 1-3/4" EXTERIOR ALUMINUM WIDE STILE & RAIL DOORS
WITH CLEAR, INSULATED, TEMPERED SAFETY GLAZING (EXISTING).
DOOR:
TYPE 1: 3'-0" X 8'-0" X 1-3/4" EXTERIOR ALUMINUM WIDE STILE & RAIL DOORS
WITH CLEAR, INSULATED, TEMPERED SAFETY GLAZING.
FRAME:
EXISTING
FRAME:
EXISTING
HARDWARE:
KITCHEN (REAR EXIT) - SINGLE LEAF
architecture +
DOOR:
TYPE 3: 4'-0" X 7'-0" X 1-3/4" INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR
(EXISTING)
FRAME:
HARDWARE:
TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED) (EXISTING)
HARDWARE:
(2) CONTINUOUS HINGE
(2) EXIT DEVICE
3
HAGER, MODEL 780-224HD-96" (SIZE 8'-0")
ADAMS RITE, MODEL 8611-36 (ALUMINUM FINISH, 36" DOOR); C.O. EXIT DEVICE AT
38" FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR
(1) CONTINUOUS HINGE
(1) EXIT DEVICE
(2) CUSTOM WOOD PULLS
5 1/2" WIDE, 1 1/2" DEEP, VARIES HIGH - PROVIDED BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER.
MOUNT TOP OF PULLS FLUSH WITH TOP OF GLAZING STOP IN DOOR, RE: SHOP
DRAWINGS.
(1) RIM CYLINDER
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
DOOR CLOSER
DOOR STOP
OVERHEAD STOP
CLOSER BACK PLATE
THRESHOLD
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
DORMA, MODEL 8916-AF89P (TOP JAMB), (ALUMINUM)
IVES, MODEL FS446 (ALUMINUM)
GLYNN-JOHNSON, MODEL GL450 (454S 630) (ALUMINUM)
DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM
REESE, MODEL S424A-72 (SIZE 72") USE NON-SHRINK GROUT BED UNDER
THRESHOLD
(2) SMOKE SEAL
(2) DOOR SWEEP
REESE, MODEL F-797B-21
PEMKO, MODEL SFSC-200-36 (36" DOOR) (GREY) OWNER FURNISHED
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR TO RETROFIT LOCKS TO BE KEYED THE SAME AS DOORS 2 & 3
NOTE:
THERE IS TO BE NO EXTERIOR HOLE OR CYLINDER
TEMP CORE
NON-OFFSET PULL
DOOR CLOSER
DOOR STOP
HAGER, MODEL 780-224HD-96" (SIZE 8'-0") (EXISTING)
ADAMS RITE, MODEL 8801-36 (ALUMINUM FINISH, 36" DOOR); C.O. EXIT DEVICE AT
38" FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR (EXISTING)
GLS, MODEL RCIC-7-LZ-626; C.O. CYLINDER AT 37 3/8" FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR
(EXISTING)
SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-035 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE, (BRUSHED CHROME)
HIAWATHA, MODEL 535B (8" OVERALL) (EXISTING)
DORMA, MODEL 8916-AF89P (TOP JAMB), (ALUMINUM) (EXISTING)
IVES, MODEL FS446 (ALUMINUM) (EXISTING)
(1) OVERHEAD STOP
(1) CLOSER BACK PLATE
(1) THRESHOLD
GLYNN-JOHNSON, MODEL GL450 (454S 630) (ALUMINUM) (EXISTING)
DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM (EXISTING)
REESE, MODEL S424A-36 (SIZE 36") USE NON-SHRINK STRUCTURAL GROUT BED
UNDER THRESHOLD (EXISTING)
(1) SMOKE SEAL
(1) DOOR SWEEP
REESE, MODEL F-797B-21 (EXISTING)
PEMKO, MODEL SFSC-200-36 (36" DOOR), (GREY), OWNER FURNISHED
(1) HINGE
(1) EXIT DEVICE
(1) RIM CYLINDER
HAGER, MODEL 780-224HD (SIZE 7'-0") (EXISTING)
MONARCH, MODEL XX-R-L-DANE-48 32D (SIZE 48") (EXISTING)
GLS, MODEL RCIC-7-LZ-626 (EXISTING)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-035 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE (FINISH: BRUSHED CHROME)
DORMA, MODEL 8916-AF89P (TOP JAMB), ALUMINUM (EXISTING)
DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM (EXISTING)
PEMKO, MODEL 2750A-48 (SIZE 48") (EXISTING)
REESE, MODEL DS75C-204, (SIZE 21") (EXISTING)
TEMP CORE
DOOR CLOSER
CLOSER BACK PLATE
THRESHOLD
WEATHERSTRIP
(1) DOOR SWEEP
(1) DOOR VIEWER
(1) DOOR SILENCERS
IVES, MODEL SR64 (EXISTING)
(1) DOOR BUZZER
TRINE, MODEL 233 (EXISTING)
(1) LEVER
MONARCH, MODEL DANE, ALUMINUM (EXTERIOR SIDE) (EXISTING)
(1) KICKPLATE
HIAWATHA, MODEL KP834-US32D (EXISTING)
NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO RETROFIT LOCKS TO BE KEYED THE SAME AS DOORS 1 & 2
NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO RETROFIT LOCKS TO BE KEYED THE SAME AS DOORS 1 & 3
WOOD PULL BY TENANT
MILLWORK SUPPLIER; REFER
TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE,
THIS SHEET
12" PEPPER DISC LOGO IN
HIGH PERFORMANCE, CAST
VINYL COLOR: 'WHITE'
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PEMKO, MODEL SFSC-200-48 (48" DOOR) (BLACK) OWNER FURNISHED
IVES, MODEL U698-26D, C.O. VIEWER AT 60" FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR
(EXISTING)
TRINE, MODEL 206-3 (EXISTING)
(1) EXIT ALARM
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
HOURS OF OPERATION
1.125" FONT: GOTHAM
MEDIUM COLOR: 'WHITE'
2
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
2' - 0"
3
5' - 11"
PATIO ENTRY - SINGLE LEAF (EGRESS)
2
4' - 2"
MAIN ENTRY - PAIR
1
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
1' - 8"
TEMPER INSULATED GLASS
TYP. DOORS
MAIN/SINGLE ENTRY DOOR
12" PEPPER DISC LOGO
IN HIGH PERFORMANCE
CAST VINYL COLOR:
'WHITE' OR 'BLACK'
CONFIRM PRIOR TO
ORDERING
EQ
6
SERVICE ENTRANCE
1.125" FONT: GOTHAM
MEDIUM COLOR: 'WHITE'
DOOR:
TYPE 2A: 3'-0" X 7'-0" X 1-3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR.
DOOR:
TYPE 2: 3'-0" X 7'-4 WITH 5/8" UNDERCUT X 1-3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR
DOOR:
TYPE 2: 3'-0" X 7'-4 WITH 5/8" UNDERCUT X 1-3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR
FRAME:
TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED)
FRAME:
TYPE 2: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED)
FRAME:
TYPE 2: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED)
HARDWARE:
(3) HINGE
STANLEY, MODEL FBB179-26D (SIZE 4-1/2" X 4-1/2")
(3)
HINGE
STANLEY, MODEL FBB179-260 (SIZE 4-1/2" X 4-1/2")
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
SCHLAGE, MODEL L9453BD-06A
SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-035 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE (FINISH: BRUSHED CHROME)
HIAWATHA, MODEL KP834-32D
DON-JO, MODEL 1407-630, STAINLESS STEEL
(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
CLOSER
LOCKSET
DOOR STOP
DOOR SILENCERS
DORMA, MODEL 7414AR ALUMINUM
SCHLAGE, MODEL AL40S SAT 626
DON-JO, 1407-630
IVES, MODEL SR64
IVES, MODEL SR64
AIR LOUVERS, MODEL VSL1212TEMPPAK SLIMLINE 12" X 12" X 1/4" LITE KIT (10" X
10" GLASS VISIBLE)
(2)
KICK PLATE
HIAWATHA, MODEL KP834-32D
LOCKSET
TEMP CORE
KICKPLATE
DOOR STOP
(3) DOOR SILENCERS
(1) SECURITY WINDOW
(3)
(1)
(1)
(1)
HINGE
CLOSER
LOCKSET
DOOR STOP
STANLEY, MODEL FBB179-260 (SIZE 4-1/2" X 4-1/2")
DORMA, MODEL 7414AR ALUMINUM
SCHLAGE, MODEL AL40S SAT 626
DON-JO, 1407-630
(3)
(2)
DOOR SILENCERS
KICK PLATE
IVES, MODEL SR64
HIAWATHA, MODEL KP834-32D
TYP. METAL
SERVICE DOOR
STORE NO.: 2365
HARDWARE:
3' - 4"
HARDWARE:
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
SERVICE ENTRANCE
SERVICE DOOR
WINDOW FRAME TYPES
CUSTOM WOOD PULL
ALL STOREFRONT WINDOWS ARE EXISTING BY LANDLORD.
5"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
WOMEN'S ROOM - SINGLE LEAF
5
EQ
4' - 2"
MANAGER'S OFFICE - SINGLE LEAF
4
MEN'S ROOM - SINGLE LEAF
Issue Record:
2
11/03/2015
EXIT DEVICE
1 1/16"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
WIDE STILE ALUMINUM DOOR
SS SOCKET BUTTON
CAP SCREW WITH
WASHER
GLAZING STOP
DOOR GLAZING
Revisions:
SS CUSTOM BRACKET
SS WASHER
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
CUSTOM WOOD PULL
2 9/16"
DOOR TYPES
DOOR FRAMES
DOOR NOTES
DOOR CLOSER
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
1.
ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL
KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
2.
LATCHES, HANDLES, PANIC BARS AND ALL DOOR HARDWARE WILL COMPLY WITH SECTION 7.2 OF NFPA 101 PER THE
SPECIFICATIONS.
RE: DOOR SCHED
RE: DOOR SCHED
2"
RE: DOOR SCHED
5"
2"
5"
RE: DOOR SCHEDULE
2"
2"
7' - 4"
3.
THE MANAGER HAS A KEY TO UNLOCK RESTROOM DOORS, FROM THE OUTSIDE IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY.
4.
ALL DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS.
5.
SEE THIS SHEET FOR EXTERIOR DOOR SIGNAGE INFO.
6.
ALL FRAMES, DOORS AND HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT HARDWARE SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY TENANT
G.C. CALL PETE KLIMEK WITH TWIN CITY HARDWARE AT 763-535-4660 TO ARRANGE DELIVERY. STOREFRONT DOORS
ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY GC, STOREFRONT HARDWARE PROVIDED BY TENANT HARDWARE SUPPLIER.
7.
FRAME TYPE 2
DOOR TYPE 2A
INSULATED HOLLOW
METAL DOOR
DOOR TYPE 2
HOLLOW METAL
DOOR
DOOR TYPE 1
WIDE STILE & RAIL
ALUMINUM DOOR
W/ TEMPERED GLAZING
Door & Hardware
Schedule
DORMA DOOR CONTROLS, INC.
DOOR CLOSER MODEL
#8916-AF89J BP89
A117
DOOR - REFER TO SCHEDULE
FRAME TYPE 1
8.
5/8" UNDERCUT
DOOR TYPE 3
INSULATED HOLLOW
METAL DOOR
(EXISTING)
INSTALL CLOSER ONTO HEAD
JAMB AS SHOWN - INSTALL W/
OPTIONAL BACK PLATE WHERE
HEAD JAMB DIMENSION IS LESS
THAN 3"
Contents:
MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR DOORS WITH CLOSERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS. THIS
MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS FOR FIRE-RATED DOORS.
10"
KICK PLATES
WHERE SCHEDULED
RE: DOOR SCHEDULE
CLEAR,
INSULATED,
TEMPERED SAFETY
GLASS
RE: DOOR SCHEDULE
RE: DOOR SCHEDULE
RE: DOOR SCHEDULE
10"
1/4"
CLEAR
TEMPERED
GLASS
3' - 7"
RE: DOOR SCHEDULE
5"
EQ 10" EQ
RE: SCHED
2"
RE: DOOR SCHED
3 1/4"
STOREFRONT
NOTE: GC TO VERIFY THE WALL THICKNESS
PRIOR TO ORDERING DOOR FRAMES.
THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO
BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION.
9.
ALL SUPPORT SIGNAGE PROVIDED BY TENANT'S SUPPORT SIGNAGE SUPPLIER.
10.
ALL SUPPORT SIGNAGE INSTALLED BY G.C.
TOP JAMB MOUNT INSTALLATION. (NOTE THAT BACKPLATE IS MISSING IN THIS INSTALLATION BECAUSE HEAD
JAMB IS OF ADEQUATE HEIGHT TO RECEIVE ALL MOUNTING SCREWS WITHOUT IT.) WHEN IN DOUBT ABOUT THE
HEAD JAMB DIMENSION OR STABILITY, ORDER THE BACKPLATE. THE CLOSER SHOWN IN THE DIAGRAM ABOVE IS
NOT THE EXACT CLOSER SPECIFIED ON THIS SHEET. THE INSTALLATION, HOWEVER, IS CORRECT.
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
FINISH LEGEND
WALL FINISHES
LGD. #
LGD. #
r e d
CEILING/DECK FINISHES
LGD. #
F1
POLISHED CONCRETE
B1
BLACK RUBBER, COVELESS
P1
GYP BD; PAINT MOONLIT SNOW
C1
OPEN TO STRUCTURE
F2
POLY-CRETE RESIN
B2
NOT USED
P2
NOT USED
C2
NOT USED
F3
NOT USED
B3
POLY-CRETE BASE
P3
RICHLITE WAINSCOT
C3
GYP BD; PAINT MOONLIT SNOW
F4
EXTERIOR CONCRETE
B4
NOT USEDE
P4
AC PLYWOOD PANEL
C4
2X4 VINYL-FACED LAY-IN
B5
STAINLESS STEEL
P5
CERAMIC TILE - HORIZONTAL STACK BOND
C5
AC PLYWOOD PANEL
P6
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS
P7
DIAMOND PLATE TO 48" AFF
P8
GYPSUM BOARD; PAINT AUTUMN RIDGE
P9
GYPSUM BOARD; PAINT TO MATCH DECK
P10
STOREFRONT
P11
PERFORATED AC PLYWOOD
architecture +
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
100
ROOM NAME
MAIN ENTRY
F1
B1
101
102
103
104
105
DINING
UTENSIL
PASSAGE
POS
ORDERING
F1
F1
F1
F2
F1
B1
B1
B1/B3
B3
B3
106
107
108
109
110
SERVING
COOKING
KITCHEN
OFFICE
COOLER
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
111
112
113
MEN
WOMEN
PATIO
F2
F2
F4
B3
B3
-
P6
1
CEILING HEIGHT
B3
C1
STR
C1
C5
C1/C3/C5
C3
C1/C3
STR
7'-6 5/8"
7'-6 5/8"/STR / ±9-0"
±9'-0"
STR / ±9-0"
C3
C3
C4
C4
STR
±9'-0"
±9'-0"
10'-0"
9'-0"
STR
C3
C3
-
±7'-7 1/4"
±7'-7 1/4"
-
P6
108
B3
3
B3
1
1
A125
P6
P6
B3
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
ABOVE
11
P6
A125
1
GENERAL NOTES
P7
P7
B3
B3
3
F2
9A
P7
B3
B3
1-1/2" X 1-1/2" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS
2
SCHLUTER-QUADEC METAL CORNER, REFER TO 11 & 12/A126
3
ALUMINUM ENDCAP, REFER TO 9/A126
4
PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL ON WALL TO 24" ABOVE TOP OF MOP SINK. FLASH BOTTOM EDGE
OVER MOP SINK RIM. BEND STAINLESS STEEL AT INSIDE CORNER SO THERE IS NO JOINT.
1.
2.
3.
A125
B3
WAINSCOTS PROVIDED BY TMS, INSTALL BY GC.
PLYWOOD BOX AND PERFORATED PLYWOOD WALL PROVIDED BY TMS, INSTALLED BY GC.
GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SEQUENCING OF PREWIRING WITH COMPLETION OF INTERIOR FINISHES (GYP. BD. FINISHES).
7
F2
P6
1
P6
COOLER
B3
F2
OFFICE
109
6
P6
AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THE 4-COMP SINK IS AGAINST ANY WALL, PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL
ON WALL TO 4" ABOVE TOP OF 4-COMP SINK BACKSPLASH. FLASH BOTTOM EDGE OVER 4-COMP
SINK BACKSPLASH EDGE, BEND STAINLESS STEEL AT INSIDE CORNER SO THERE IS NO JOINT
6
COOLER WALL PANELS AS PROVIDED BY THE COOLER MANUFACTURER
HAVE A 26-GAUGE COATED AND EMBOSSED STEEL FINISH.
7
G.C. TO PROVIDE 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL SHROUD AROUND EXPOSED LINES AT THE ICE MAKER.
7
3
B3
110
5
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
P6
B3
5
P6
CODED NOTES
P6
B3
B3
PROVIDE TOP CORNER AT
TRANSITION FROM GYP
BD CEILING TO FRP WALL
REFER TO 9/A141
SEE SHEET A230 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A230 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
-
B3
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
9E
KITCHEN
SEE SHEET A220 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A220 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A220 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
EXTEND SHEATHING TO STRUCTURE
CEILING HEIGHT & FINISHES PER MANUFACTURER
P6
1
SEE SHEET A210 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A210 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A210 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A210 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
SEE SHEET A220 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS, POLY-CRETE RESIN FINISH TO END FLUSH WITH BASKSIDE OF MAKE WALL
SEE SHEET A210 AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
P6
B3
F2
REMARKS
P6
B3
9C
A125
CEILING
FINISH
4
P6
1
P6
B3
WALL
FINISH
4" CONCRETE CURB FOR WATER
HEATER APPLY POLY-CRETE TO
THE TOP OF THE CURB.
A125
1
REFER TO PLAN FOR WALL FINISHES
ROOM #
BASE
FINISH
EXTENT OF POLYCRETE
FROM KITCHEN
10
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
FLOOR
FINISH
planning
A125
4" CONCRETE
CURB FOR
ELECTRICAL STUBS.
APPLY POLY-CRETE
TO TOP AND SIDES
OF CURBS
COOKING
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
107
P5
B3
B3
B3
3
7
A125
4" CONCRETE CURB FOR EQUIPMENT,
WITH POLYCRETE BASE AT EXPOSED EDGES
P5
POS
B3
104
LINE OF MENU
BOARD ABOVE
2
AC PLYWOOD FINISH SCHEDULE
SERVING
EXTENT OF POLYCRETE
FROM KITCHEN
106
P5
B3
10
MEN
A125
111
CLASS A - PERFORATED PANELS ONLY
P9
ABOVE
F2
CLASS C
15
A125
P1
ABOVE
POLYCRETE TOP OF
CURB FOR SMART SAFE
P1
ABOVE
P5
P1
ABOVE
P3
P1
ABOVE
3
P4
DINING
A125
P4
A125
P4
B1
P5
4
A125
B3
CONSTRUCTION SET
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
P3
B1
F1
UTENSIL
F2
WOMEN
PATIO
113
102
P5
P4
112
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
B1
P10
F4
CMG411
P4
P11
P4
P4
B1
B1
Contents:
B1
Finish Plan
P4
P4
P4
B1
ABOVE
B1
P1
ABOVE
3
A125
1A
A125
P1
18
A125
P3
B1
BID SET
08/24/2015
P1
P4
P8
03/02/2015
ABOVE
P4
B1
19
A125
1B
B1
B1
B3
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
Revisions:
101
P4
10
2
A125
11/03/2015
B1
6
16
A125
Issue Record:
17
A125
103
B1
A125
P10
105
2
ABOVE
P4
P1
ORDERING
A125
PASSAGE
A125
A125
9B
P9
ABOVE
10
2
9B
SIM.
B3
B3
EXTENT OF POLYCRETE
FROM RESTROOM
P9
ABOVE
1' - 8"
P5
TYP.
ADJACENT
TENANT
(N.I.C.)
2' - 3 3/4"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
LGD. #
WALL BASE FINISHES
STORE NO.: 2365
FLOOR FINISHES
1B
P3
P1
A125
P10
P1
ABOVE
P3
P1
B1
MAIN ENTRY
100
B1
A120
PAINT COLUMNS TO MATCH DECK, TYP.
1
A120
FINISH PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
NOTE: ALL CONCEALED WOOD TO BE FRT RATED
FRAMING
r e d
SUBSTRATE VARIES, REFER TO
A115 AND 1A AND 1B/A125
5/16" "BLACK
DIAMOND" RICHLITE
architecture +
SUBSTRATE VARIES, REFER TO
A115 AND 1A AND 1B/A125
ADJUSTABLE
ANCHOR PLATE
5/16"
HOLLOW METAL DOOR
AND FRAME
PASSAGE
5/8"
HOLLOW METAL
DOOR AND FRAME
PASSAGE
TYP.
5/16" "BLACK DIAMOND" RICHLITE
PAINT PLYWOOD SHEATHING
BLACK IN ALL POSSIBLE EXPOSED
AREAS
PREDRILLED HOLES AND SCREWS
BY MILLWORK VENDOR. SCREW
HEADS ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH
PANEL FACES
18
A125
RESTROOM
PLAN DETAIL - TYP. WAINSCOT CORNER
3" = 1'-0"
CEMENT BOARD
FRAMING
SUBSTRATE VARIES, REFER TO
A115 AND 1A AND 1B/A125
CERAMIC TILE
16
A125
PREDRILLED HOLES AND SCREWS BY
MILLWORK VENDOR. SCREW HEADS
ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH PANEL FACES
DOOR JAMB - PLAN DETAIL
DOOR JAMB - PLAN DETAIL
15
A125
3" = 1'-0"
14
A125
3" = 1'-0"
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
5/8" GYP. BOARD, PROVIDE
CORNER BEAD, TAPE AND
SPACKLE AS REQUIRED;
SEE SHEET A120 FOR FINISH
LINE OF MENU HOLDER
CERAMIC TILE, SEAL
TILE TO DOOR FRAME
5/16" "BLACK DIAMOND" RICHLITE
FRAMING, REFER TO A115
FOR SIZE & TYPE
5 3/8"
GYP. BOARD
FRAMING
CEMENT BOARD
3" = 1'-0"
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FRAMING
RESTROOM
PLAN DETAIL - TYP. WAINSCOT INSIDE CORNER
19
A125
ADJUSTABLE ANCHOR PLATE
4 1/2"
1" TYP
1"
5/8" PLYWOOD, PAINT WHITE
PAINT PLYWOOD
SHEATHING BLACK
IN ALL POSSIBLE
EXPOSED AREAS
3/4"
5/16"
3/4" AC
PLYWOOD
OVERLAP SIDE PANELS
OVER FRONT PANELS
1/16"
FRAMING
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
GYP. BOARD
PREDRILLED HOLES AND
SCREWS BY MILLWORK
VENDOR. SCREW HEADS
ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH
PANEL FACES
5/16"
1/16" OVERLAP SIDE PANELS
OVER FRONT PANELS
5/16"
PAINT BLOCKING
BLACK IN ALL POSSIBLE
EXPOSED AREAS
planning
MENU HOLDER INSTALLATION - PLAN DETAIL
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
3" = 1'-0"
PAINT SHEATHING BLACK AT ALL
POSSIBLE EXPOSED AREAS
4-1
/2"
PROVIDE CUT-OUT
IN WALL AS
INDICATED FOR
INSTALLATION
OF MENU HOLDER
1/8"
"
/16
5-5
LINE OF END WALL
EXTERIOR
PLAN DETAIL - TYP. WAINSCOT END CONDITION
3" = 1'-0"
4" THICK COOLER PANEL
DIAMOND PLATE PANEL
TERRAZZO MOP SINK
TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR
CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT
HELIX Z1 ENTRY MAT (BLACK FINISH)
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100-AT
ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION
STRIP INSTALLED BY G.C.
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100-AT
ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION
STRIP INSTALLED BY G.C.
WALK-OFF MAT DETAIL
11
A125
6" = 1'-0"
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100-AT
ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION
STRIP INSTALLED BY G.C.
1/8"
1/4" HARDIEBOARD, TYPICAL
BOTH SIDES, BY FLOORING
CONTRACTOR.
± 4" A.F.F.
± 4 AFF
POLY-CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS
COVE, TYP. BOTH SIDES
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS
FLOORING SYSTEM
9C
A125
N.T.S.
1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY
BY FLOORING
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE
KEYWAY AS CLOSE TO
WALL AS SAW GUARD
WILL ALLOW
POLYCRETE BASE DETAIL @ FRP
3" = 1'-0"
COOLER WALL @ POLYCRETE
10
A125
CERAMIC WALL TILE
FRAMING
CERAMIC WALL TILE
WALL SUBSTRATE
WALL SUBSTRATE REFER TO A115
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100-AT
ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION STRIP,
TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C.
COORDINATE WITH SIZE OF TILE
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100-AT ALUMINUM
EDGE PROTECTION STRIP TO BE
INSTALLED BY G.C. COORDINATE WITH
SIZE OF TILE
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS
FLOORING SYSTEM
POLYCRETE BASE DETAIL @ TILE TO CONCRETE
3" = 1'-0"
1/8"
POLY-CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE,
TYP. BOTH SIDES
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM
1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY
BY FLOORING
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE
KEYWAY AS CLOSE TO
MOP SINK AS SAW
GUARD WILL ALLOW
UNFINISHED CONC. W/ POLY-CRETE
SMOOTH FLOOR TRANSITION
9E
A125
3" = 1'-0"
POLYCRETE BASE DETAIL @ MOP SINK
3" = 1'-0"
RECEPTACLE, REFER TO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR
POWER REQUIREMENTS
8"
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
IN EVENT OF EXCESSIVE SPACE BETWEEN
WALL AND FACE OF CERAMIC TILE, A
1/4" THICK STRIP OF HARDIEBOARD BY
FLOORING CONTRACTOR MAY BE
REQUIRED TO FILL SPACE.
PROVIDE CONTINOUS BEAD
OF SEALANT
POLY-CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE
CONCRETE CURB
REFER TO A110
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
WRAP POLY-CRETE OVER
CURB, SLOPE AWAY FROM
CENTER OF THE CURB
1/8"
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS
FLOORING SYSTEM
1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY
FLOORING CONTRACTOR
9B
A125
POLISHED CONC
3" = 1'-0"
IN EVENT OF EXCESSIVE SPACE
BETWEEN WALL AND FACE OF
CERAMIC TILE, A 1/4" THICK STRIP
OF HARDIEBOARD BY FLOORING
CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED
1/8" TO FILL SPACE.
POLY-CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE
1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING
CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE KEYWAY AS CLOSE
TO WALL AS SAW GUARD WILL ALLOW
FEATHERED TO EXISTING LEVEL
CONCRETE FLOOR
SLAB
± 4" A.F.F.
WALL SUBSTRATE, REFER TO A115
1/4" HARDIEBOARD, BY
FLOORING CONTRACTOR.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY
FLOORING CONTRACTOR.
PROVIDE KEYWAY AS
CLOSE TO WALL AS SAW
GUARD WILL ALLOW
FRP PANEL - EXTEND TO 1"
BELOW TOP OF SCHLUTER STRIP
NOT USED
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM
RESTROOM ONLY
12
A125
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
9D
A125
4"
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS
FLOORING SYSTEM
CONCRETE SLAB
MENU HOLDER
13
A125
1/8"
1' - 0" MIN.
TYPICAL 1/4" X 1/4"
KEYWAY AND GRINDING
AT FLOOR TRANSITION BY
FLOORING CONTRACTOR
POLY-CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS
COVE, TYP. BOTH SIDES
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
STORE NO.: 2365
NOTE:
WALK - OFF MAT BY GRAND
ENTRANCE. PROVIDE HELIX
Z1 ENTRY MAT (BLACK) AND
LB LEVEL RECESSED BASE
FRAME IN 6063-T6
ALUMINUM (MILL FINISH).
R
DE
OL
H
NU
ME F.
.
T.O A.F.
"
3'-6
COOLER WALL TRACK
LB LEVEL RECESSED BASE FRAME IN 6063-T6
ALUMINUM WITH MILL FINISH. MILL FINISH
FRAMES IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE TO BE
PRIMER COATED. INSTALLER SHALL USE
RECOMMENDED LATEX SCREED TO ENSURE LEVEL
BASE
POLY-CRETE SEAMLESS
FLOORING SYSTEM
1/4" HARDIBOARD, TYPICAL BOTH
SIDES, BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR
± 5" AFF
H
UG
RO .F.
.
B.O " A.F
0
2'-1
1/2"
7/8"
3/4"
24-1/8"
NSF LISTED VINYL FLOOR SEALER SET
IN BED OF CONTINUOUS SEALANT
ALIGN MENU HOLDER
OPENING WITH TOP
OF WAINSCOT
ING
EN
OP
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT
± 4" A.F.F.
MENU HOLDER BY
MILLWORK VENDOR
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100-AT
ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION
STRIP INSTALLED BY G.C.
4"
17
A125
USE CONSTRUCTION
ADHESIVE TO ATTACH
HOLDER TO SUBSTRATE
INTERIOR
POLY-CRETE WR
3/4" RADIUS COVE
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING
CONTRACTOR . PROVIDE KEYWAY AS CLOSE
TO WALL AS SAW GUARD WILL ALLOW
9A
A125
POLYCRETE BASE DETAIL @ TILE TO POLYCRETE
8
A125
3" = 1'-0"
NOT USED
7
A125
N.T.S.
CURB DETAIL UNDER PREP/CUTTING TABLES
Drawn:
Checked:
3" = 1'-0"
BP, TC
JW
SCHEDULED PAINT FINISH
SEE SPEC. SECTION 9900
SCHEDULED PAINT FINISH
SEE SPEC. SECTION 9900
1/2"
1/2"
SILICONE SEALANT PER
SPECS @ TOP JOINT
TOP OF WAINSCOT
ELEV. 3'-6" AFF - V.I.F.
SILICONE SEALANT PER
SPECS @ TOP JOINT
Project No.
CMG411
TOP OF WAINSCOT
ELEV. 3'-6" AFF - V.I.F.
Contents:
FRAMING
3/4" 'AC' PLYWOOD
5/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING
PAINT PLYWOOD SHEATHING
BLACK IN ALL POSSIBLE
EXPOSED AREAS
3/4" THICK 'AC' PLYWOOD
.
3'-2"
5/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING
5/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING
3/4"
1/16" OVERLAP SIDE PANELS
OVER FRONT PANELS
WALL SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION
VARIES - REFER TO A115
3/4" 'AC' PLYWOOD
PAINT PLYWOOD SHEATHING
BLACK IN ALL POSSIBLE
EXPOSED AREAS
PREDRILLED HOLES AND
SCREWS BY MILLWORK
VENDOR. SCREW HEADS ARE TO
BE FLUSH WITH PANEL FACES
BASE DETAIL @ WOOD PANEL/BOX
1"
3" = 1'-0"
NOT USED
N.T.S.
4
A125
PLAN DETAIL - TYP. BOX INSIDE CORNER
3" = 1'-0"
PREDRILLED HOLES AND SCREWS
BY MILLWORK VENDOR. SCREW HEADS
ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH PANEL FACES.
PREDRILLED HOLES AND SCREWS
BY MILLWORK VENDOR. SCREW HEADS
ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH PANEL FACES
3
A125
1/16" OVERLAP SIDE PANELS
OVER FRONT PANELS
3/4"
PLAN DETAIL - TYP. BOX CORNER
3" = 1'-0"
2
A125
3" = 1'-0"
4" BLACK FLAT RUBBER
BASE, COVELESS
1B
A125
SECTION @ WAINSCOT @ EXISTING GYP. BD.
3" = 1'-0"
A125
4" BLACK FLAT RUBBER
BASE, COVELESS
FINISHED FLOOR
0'-0" AFF
FINISHED FLOOR
0'-0" AFF
LINE OF END WALL
PLAN DETAIL - BOX END CONDITION
PAINT SHEATHING BLACK IN
ALL POSSIBLE EXPOSED AREAS
PAINT SHEATHING BLACK IN
ALL POSSIBLE EXPOSED AREAS
1/2"
TYP.
LINE OF FINISHED FLOOR
5
A125
1"
3/4"
3/4"
PAINT PLYWOOD SHEATHING
WHITE AT ALL END CONDITIONS
4"
5/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING
4" BLACK FLAT RUBBER BASE,
COVELESS
6
A125
FRAMING
MECHANICALLY FASTENED
5/16" "BLACK DIAMOND"
RICHLITE WAINSCOT
PROVIDED BY VENDOR,
INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C.
MECHANICALLY FASTENED
5/16" "BLACK DIAMOND"
RICHLITE WAINSCOT
PROVIDED BY VENDOR,
INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C.
4"
1/4"
3/4" 'AC' PLYWOOD
PREDRILLED HOLES AND SCREWS BY
MILLWORK VENDOR. SCREW HEADS
ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH PANEL FACES
Finish Details
WALL SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION
VARIES - REFER TO A115
.
3'-2"
FRAMING
FRAMING
HOLD PLYWOOD
SHEATHING 1/2" BELOW
TOP OF WAINSCOT
24 GAUGE GALVANIZED
METAL UNDER WAINSCOT;
HOLD TOP OF METAL 1/2"
BELOW TOP OF WAINSCOT
1A
A125
SECTION @ WAINSCOT @ NEW WALLS
3" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
1.
2.
3.
4.
FULL
FULL
FULL
TILE
TILE
TILE
Consultant:
r e d
TILE INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE LAYOUT OF ALL WALL TILE PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE WALLS AS TO NOT HAVE ANY CUT TILES IN EITHER DIRECTION
(HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY) ON ANY WALLS. LAYOUT SHALL BE APPROVED BY CHIPOTLE CM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS FOR DIRECTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THESE REQUIREMENTS RESULTING IN ANY REMEDIATION REQUIRED TO MEET DESIGN INTENT WILL BE
AT CONTRACTOR'S COST.
architecture +
IF REQUIRED TO CUT TILES, CONTRACTOR TO MEASURE OVERALL WALL WIDTH AND DETERMINE WHICH SOLUTION WILL
ALLOW FOR THE GREATER THAN 50% TILE WIDTH AT WALL TERMINATIONS.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WALL TILES SHOULD BE CENTERED ON THE WIDTH OF THE WALL PER DETAIL 1A OR 1B.
THERE SHOULD NEVER BE ANY CUT TILES VERTICALLY BETWEEN THE BASE AND THE CEILING. REFER TO A120 AND A140.
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
SUBSTRATE VARIES
REFER TO A115
FINISH VARIES
REFER TO A120
CEMENT BOARD
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
TILE
WALL SUBSTRATE, RE:A115
COUNTERSUNK
S.S. SCREWS
EQUALLY SPACED
FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS
3/4" PLYWOOD,
PAINT ENDS WHITE
RAKE OUT GROUT AND
PROVIDE CAULK PER
SPECIFICATIONS
1/8" REVEAL WITH
BACKER ROD AND
CAULKING, EACH SIDE
CERAMIC TILE
CERAMIC TILE
EQ
WALL SUBSTRATE, RE: A115
WALL SUBSTRATE, RE: A115
FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS
FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS
SCHLUTER-QUADEC Q100EB
ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD,
27/64" X 27/64" (ENTIRE
HEIGHT OF CERAMIC TILE)
1/8"
DEVICE
TILE
TILE
EQ.
SCHLUTER-QUADEC Q100EB
ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD,
27/64" X 27/64" (ENTIRE
HEIGHT OF CERAMIC TILE)
TILE DETAIL @ DEVICE LOCATIONS
3" = 1'-0"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
1/4" THICK ALUMINUM
PLATE TO UNDERSIDE
OF SOFFIT ABOVE
SEALANT
FRP EDGE TRIM MOULDING
FRP PANEL
JUNCTION BOXES FOR ALL OUTLETS,
F.A. DEVICES, HAND DRYERS, ETC.
TO BE CUT IN TILE AS INDICATED
13
A126
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
1/8"
DEVICE
EQ.
TILE
EQ
TILE
12
A126
TILE TO TILE OUTSIDE CORNER
6" = 1'-0"
11
A126
TILE TO FRP OUTSIDE CORNER
10
A126
6" = 1'-0"
TILE TO TILE INSIDE CORNER
9
A126
6" = 1'-0"
ALUMINUM PLATE @ JAMB/HEAD/SILL
3" = 1'-0"
GYP BOARD, PAINT WHITE
REFER TO MECH. DRAWINGS
FOR NEW DUCT WORK
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
METAL STUDS, REFER TO A115
GYP BOARD, PAINT WHITE
B.O. LIGHT COVE
VARIES AFF
SUSPENDED CEILING
GRID SYSTEM
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
GRID SYSTEM
5/8" GYP BOARD CEILING
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING
CHANNEL MOLDING
HEMMED ANGLE MOLDING
PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER AT TOP
FOR CAULK JOINT AT CEILING
PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER AT TOP
FOR CAULK JOINT AT CEILING
CERAMIC TILE FINISH, FULL TILE
CERAMIC TILE FINISH, FULL TILE
REFER TO A115 FOR
WALL CONSTRUCTION
8
A126
WIRE HANGERS HUNG AT
48" O.C. MIN. FASTEN TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
TILE DETAIL @ GYP BD CEILING
3" = 1'-0"
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
VARIES AFF
STORE NO.: 2365
WIRE HANGERS HUNG AT
48" O.C. MIN. FASTEN TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
1' - 0"
FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,
REFER TO E100
1' - 0"
HORIZONTAL TILE GROUT
JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH
BOTTOM OF GYP. BD. CEILING
2 1/8" X 8 1/2" CERAMIC
TILE, HORIZONTAL STACK
BOND (TYP.)
CEMENT BOARD
METAL STUDS,
REFER TO A115
SOUND BATT INSULATION,
REFER TO A115
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
REFER TO A115 FOR
WALL CONSTRUCTION
7
A126
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
3"
6"
TILE DETAIL @ SUSPENDED CEILING
6
A126
3" = 1'-0"
RESTROOM/KITCHEN COVE DETAIL
5
A126
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
NOT USED
N.T.S.
Revisions:
*NOTE: ±9'-0" BOTTOM OF GYP. BD.
CEILING IS TO BE TAKEN FROM THE
HIGHEST POINT OF CONCRETE SLAB.
PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER FOR
CAULK JOINT AT CEILING
EQ
T.O. COVE
± 8'-7 1/4" AFF
6
A126
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
EQ
B.O. CEILING
± 7'-7 1/4" AFF
COURSES
GYP. BD. CEILING
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
VARIES, SEE PLAN
FULL TILE
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
± 9'-0"" AFF
1
01/12/2015
NOTE: REFER TO SHEET A230
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
VARIES. SEE PLAN
VARIES. SEE PLAN
EQ
EQ
EQ
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
EQ
Project No.
CMG411
PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER FOR
CAULK JOINT AT CEILING
PROVIDE 1/8"SPACER
FOR CAULK JOINT
1/4" THICK MILL FINISH
ALUMINUM JAMB PLATE.
RUN FROM TOP OF
POLYCRETE BASE (JOLLY)
TO UNDERSIDE OF
CEILING REFER TO 9/A126
2 1/8" X 8 1/2”
HORIZONTAL STACK
CERAMIC TILE
SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' EDGE
PROTECTION STRIP, SEE
DETAIL 9A/A125
EDGE TILES TO BE
GREATER THAN
50% OF THE
WIDTH
EDGE TILES TO BE
GREATER THAN
50% OF THE
WIDTH
2 1/8" X 8 1/2" CERAMIC
WALL TILE HORIZONTAL
STACK BOND (TYP.)
EDGE TILES TO BE
GREATER THAN 50% OF
THE TILE WIDTH; SEE
DETAILS 1A & 1B/A126
Contents:
Tile Details
2 1/8" X 8 1/2"
CERAMIC WALL
TILE. HORIZONTAL
STACK BOND (TYP.)
2 1/8" X 8 1/2"
CERAMIC WALL
TILE. HORIZONTAL
STACK BOND (TYP.)
FULL TILE COURSES
FULL
FULL
FULL
FULL
FULL
METAL STUDS
CERAMIC TILE
SCHLUTER ' JOLLY' EDGE
PROTECTION STRIP, SEE
DETAIL 9A/A125
± 5" POLY-CRETE BASE
A126
BASE AS
SCHEDULED
BASE AS
SCHEDULED
± 4" POLY-CRETE BASE
4
A126
NOT USED
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
3
A126
KITCHEN WALL ENDCAP TILE LAYOUT
1/2" = 1'-0"
2
A126
RESTROOM SIDE WALL TILE LAYOUT
1/2" = 1'-0"
WALL WIDTH
WALL WIDTH
WALL WIDTH
1B
A126
TILE CENTERED LAYOUT
1/2" = 1'-0"
1A
A126
JOINT CENTERED LAYOUT
1/2" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
1.
2.
Consultant:
r e d
REFER TO SHEET A131 FOR EQUIPMENT LIST AND FURNITURE SCHEDULE.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, OR CENTERLINE OF EQUIPMENT
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
architecture +
SEAT COUNT
48
16
64
CO2 REMOVE FILLER
VERIFY LOCATION WITH
CHIPOTLE C.M.
6
38
29.1
29
29.2
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
24.1
10
11
12
35.3
35.1
30
23
47
24.2
7' - 3"
22.1 22.2
3' - 0"
PREP SINK
22
HOOD ABOVE
16.1
BELOW
24
26
BELOW
3' - 9 5/8"
32
32.2
16
10
33
34
OFFICE
110
TELEPHONE BOARD
ABOVE, REFER TO 2B/A225
2' - 6"
COOLER
109
19
3' - 8 1/4"
7.3
17
18
COOKING
107
14
11
20
4
12
BELOW
COAT HOOKS
13.1
1
41.2
8.1
17
15
BELOW
8.2
13
7
41.1
40
BELOW
2
3
POS
6
BELOW
1
104
24.1
SERVING
3' - 0"
39
11
9
8"
49
3' - 0 1/8"
2
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
STORE NO.: 2365
BYPASS DISTRIBUTION
PANEL REFER TO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
25
13' - 11 7/8"
INVERTER REFER TO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
10
11
106
1
2
2
3
1.1
1
PROVIDE GLASS IN OPEN
SIDE OF SNEEZEGUARD
MEN
111
7' - 4"
5' - 5"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
31.1
6' - 1 3/8"
108
8
25
1
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
7
37
37.1
10
11
12
3
6" PVC SYRUP LINE BELOW
9
KITCHEN
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
WATER FILTER ABOVE, REFER
TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS
23
ELEC. PANEL LOCATION,
SEE ELEC PLANS
INTERIOR SEATS
EXTERIOR SEATS
TOTAL SEATS
planning
ORDERING
1
105
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
SOFFIT ABOVE
1B
13B
6' - 6 7/8"
14
4' - 2 3/8"
2
3
15
4' - 2 1/2"
1B
103
2
13B
UTENSIL
SOFFIT
ABOVE
WOMEN
6" PVC SYRUP
LINE BELOW
43
1B
42
BELOW
6
9 1/2"
2' - 8 1/2"
1' - 5"
3' - 10 1/2"
3A
TYP.
5' - 8 3/8"
TYP.
2' - 0"
9"
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
CMG411
Fixtures, Furniture &
Equipment Plan
16
MAIN ENTRY
14
14
PATIO RAILING, SEE SHEET
A101 FOR DIMENSIONS
14
A130
SELF-CLOSING, NON-LATCHING,
NON-LOCKING GATE, TYP.
17
TABLE TOP
10
1C
2
Contents:
TYP.
1' - 9 7/8"
1' - 11 3/4"
11 7/8"
11 7/8"
3
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
100
3
TYP.
13A
5' - 8 3/8"
ADA TABLE
LEG
PLACEMENT
3A
1
01/12/2015
13A
2
SOFFIT ABOVE
CONSTRUCTION SET
13A
15
4 1/8"
7 1/4"
1B
BID SET
08/24/2015
Project No.
8
TYP.
1B
4
113
2
1A
1A
12
TYP.
5
PATIO
4' - 2 3/8"
112
101
6' - 6 7/8"
5
DINING
6' - 6 7/8"
3' - 7"
102
03/02/2015
Revisions:
1A
PASSAGE
17
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
17
17
3' - 6"
HOLD TRASH SURROUND 4"
OFF ADJACENT WALL, TYP.
2
A130
DETAIL
1/2" = 1'-0"
1
A130
FURNITURE, FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LIST
MANUFACTURER
Front Serve Line - 12 Pan - POS Right
Sneeze Guard Serve Line 12 Pan (Right)
Tortilla Warmer
Cup Dispenser
Upright Beverage Cooler, Single Door, Hinge Left
Beverage Cooler - 3 Door - Hinge Right
Chip Shelf 36x16in
Chip Shelf 36x16in
Margarita Station
Blender
Carving Station - 77x34in - Horizontal Well - Left
Undercounter Refrigerator
Grill 48in - Natural Gas - DR
Woodstone Grease Splash Guard
Range 6 Burner - Natural Gas
Woodstone Grill Stand 48x31in - DR
Fryer - Gas - Standard Efficiency
Grease Caddy
Cook Line Stand Off Shelf - 72x6
Gas Rice Cooker
Rice Cooker Stand
Prep Sink - Corner - Right - 90in
Prep Sink Faucet Big Flow
Prep Sink Vegetable Wash Faucet
Prep Sink Drain Assembly
4 Shelves - 120in Prep Sink
Hand Sink Wall Mounted - Splash Left
Hand Sink Wall Mounted - Splash Right
Kitchen Hand Sink Faucet Splash Mount
Rice Prep Table Island 66x34
Hot Holding Cabinet - Double Door (Rice)
4 Comp Sink - 18x22in Bowls - 120in
Dish Sink Faucet
Dish Sink Add-A-Faucet w/ Pre-Rinse
Dish Sink Drain Assembly
Dish Sink Chemical Faucet
Shelving System - 120in 4 Comp Sink
Drying Racks 21x48x85in - With Vented Aluminum Covers
Ice Maker For B.O.H. Ice Bin
Ice Maker - Remote Condenser
Ice Maker - Storage Bin
Icemaker- Filter
Ice Maker - Scale Inhibitor
Walk In Cooler 7x10x10ft 4in - Standard
Walk-In Cooler Shelving System - 7x10x10
Dry Storage Racks 21x48x85in
Dry Storage Racks 21x144x85in
Mop Sink Faucet
Mop Sink Chemical Faucet
6 Shelves - Chemical Storage Rack
Remote 2nd Make Line 119in - Left - W/POS & Cash Drawer
Hot Holding Cabinet Single Door Fax Side Load
Fax Line Shelving - 118in - Top Shelf
Fax Line Shelving - 118in - POS Right - Bottom Shelf
Shelving System Under Counter Beverage Station
Napkin Caddy - 3 Bay
Salad Spinner
Chip Table - 36x34in
MODEL NO.
12 Pan Serve Line POS_221x38.5in (Right)
Custom
A1
CHIP-ECL-3B
CR1B-FG Hinge Left
CR3B-FG Hinge Right
CHP-CS-36WS-16-C
CHP-CS-36WS-16-C
Delfield Maragrita Pan
BB150S
77x34in Carving Station - LT
406-CA
WS-PL-4836-4-CT00NG.
CHP-GCG-GSG
U36-6R
000-PL-STAND-CASTER
35CS
Chipotle Grease Caddy
CHP-72WS-6
RER-55AS
CHP-RCS-42ES-34
CHP-PS-212SU-34-R-DB-LDB
B-0239
B-0730
B-3950
CHPPS120
EHS-1L-NF
EHS-1R-NF
B-1146-04
Custom Table 66x34in
HLC-16-CHP
CHP-4CS-B1822-2D24-14-LDB
B-0231
MPY-2DCN-06 Substitute Sprayer B-0108
B-3950
B-2345-01-XX
CHP3CS120
CHPDR185
KM-1340MRH
URC-14F
B500PF
Bev 190
CFS440-HT
CHP710ER-RS
CHP710ER
CHPDS185
CHPDS385
B-0660-BSTR
B-2345-01-XX
CHPCS85
Delfield_Faxline_LT-119x36_Curb
HLC-SL1826-4-CHP
CHP-FL-118WS-18C
CHP-FL-118WS-15C-R
CHPUBC
CHP-NC-3
ES-200
CHP-36TCBD-34-HNG
Delfield
BSI
Caliente Industries
Dispense-Rite
Hoshizaki America, Inc.
Hoshizaki America, Inc.
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
Delfield
Waring Commercial
Delfield
Delfield
Woodstone
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
Garland
Woodstone
Pitco
American Welding
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
Rinnai
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
Nationwide Fabrication; Marlo Mfg
T&S
T&S
T&S
Amco
Universal Stainless
Universal Stainless
T&S
Select Stainless; Nationwide Fabrication
Food Warming Equipment (FWE)
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
T&S
T&S
T&S
T&S
Amco
Amco
Hoshisaki
Hoshisaki
Hoshisaki
Cuno
Cuno
Norlake
Cambro (Camshelving)
Amco
Amco
T&S
T&S
Amco
Delfield
Food Warming Equipment (FWE)
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
Nationwide Fab; Marlo Mfg
ISS
Select Stainless
Sammic
Select Stainless
1
QTY
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MISC. EQUIPMENT LIST
TAG
1
2
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
Point of Sale Display
Point-Of-Sale System
Cash Drop Box
Safe
Soda Dispenser
QTY
1
2
3
1
1
1
SUPPLIED INSTALLED
BY
BY
TMS
GC
T
TCC
SSS
SSS
SSS
SSS
SPS
SPS
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
1
1
1
4
4
4
1
CO2
GC
GC
WA
WA
T
TMS
CO2
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
16
Fire Extinguisher Package (Not Shown)
2
GC
GC
Window Shades
Hat & Coat Strips (Not Shown)
2-Drawer File Cabinet, By Tenant
Backflow Preventer
LaunchPort Wall Station
Water Filter
Mop Strip (Not Shown)
INSTALLED BY
KES; GC
KES/GC
KES
KES; GC
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
GC
GC
GC
KES; GC
KES
GC
GC
GC
KES
KES
GC
GC
GC
KES; GC
GC
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
GC
KES
KES
KES
GC
GC
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
ELEC
●
●
REMARKS
architecture +
●
●
●
●
●
Mount Top Of Shelf At 57" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Mount Top Of Shelf At 70" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Provide This Piece Of Equipment To Locations Providing Alcohol Only
GC To Store In Walk-In Cooler Until Final Installation
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
●
Verify If Required
●
●
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
Mount Top of Shelf at 33" AFF; Install screws at each stud location
Final Connection by GC. RE: Mechanical Drawings
●
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
SPS
WS
WA
T
SPS
ELEC
UTILITY
GAS WATER SEWER
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
GC
Drain Water Heater To Floor Drain, RE: Mech.
See Plumbing Drawings
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to Wall
Provide Plywood Backing In Wall At License Frame Location, Refer
To Arch. Floor Plans And Elevations For License Frame Location.
Fire Extinguisher Package includes (2) Type 'ABC' and (1) Type 'K'
Fire Extinguishers to be mounted in locations specificed by the
Fire Marshall. Provide plywood backing at specified locations.
See Sheet A130 For Location & Size (When Used)
Provide Playwood Blocking to Mount to Wall
By Tenant
●
●
●
T
●
●
WS
GC
T
GC
Installed at POS Station
Coordinate Requirements With Tenant and Elec. Drawings
Drop Box Mounted Below POS Counter
Installed in Office
Drain to Floor Sink, GC to Provide (4) 4" Adjustable Legs to
Support Dispenser on Floor
●
●
GC
REMARKS
●
Tablet By Tenant
See MEP Sheets for Details
Provide Plywood Backing To Mount To Wall, 2 Hole At Mop Basin
and 6 Hole In Kitchen
TAG
1A
1B
1C
2
3
3A
4
5
6
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
GC To Store In Walk-In Cooler Until Final Installation
Installed At POS Counter
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
●
●
GC To Provide Connection For Chemical Dispensing Equipment
●
●
●
Mount Bottom Of Standard At 50" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall
Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall
●
●
●
●
●
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
●
●
●
●
GC To Provide Connection For Chemical Dispensing Equipment
Mount bottom of Standard At 56"AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Mount Bottom Of Standard At 12" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall
Drain Ice Maker to Floor Sink, RE: Mech. Refrigeration By Tenant.
Condensing Units To Be Secured To The Roof Per Code By GC
●
●
●
●
●
●
Drain Cooler To Floor Drain; Refer To Mech Drawings; Refrigeration By Tenant; Remote Exterior Compressor Unit To Be Secured To Roof Per Code By GC
Mount Bottom Of Standards At 12" AFF. Provide Plywood Backing To Mount To Wall.
Mount Bottom Of Standards At 12" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
●
●
GC To Provide Connection For Chemical Dispensing Equipment
Mount Bottom Of Standard At 12" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Installed on Concrete Curb
●
Mount top of shelf at 74" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Mount top of shelf at 60" AFF. Provide Plywood Blocking To Mount To Wall.
Mounted on (4) casters, All casters to be swivel type, Front (2) casters to have brake, Located under utensil counter
Install At The Utensil Counter
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
●
Revisions:
FURNITURE LIST
Soda System Syrup Rack with Carbonator on Stainless Steel Shelf
Wall Mounted at 89" AFF
Bulk CO2 Tank
Electric Water Heater
Mop Sink, See Plumbing Drawings
Tank Type Soap Dispenser, ASI #0345
Paper Towel Dispenser, Bobrick B262
First Aid Kit
License Frame
17
19
20
23
24
25
28
SUPPLIED BY
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
WCS
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
KES
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
DESCRIPTION
STORE NO.: 2365
ITEM #
1
1.1
2
6
7
7.3
8.1
8.2
9
10
11
12
13
13.1
14
15
16
16.1
17
18
19
22
22.1
22.2
22.3
23
24.1
24.2
24.5
25
26
29
29.1
29.2
29.3
29.4
30
31.1
32
32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
33
34
35.1
35.3
37
37.1
38
39
40
41.1
41.2
42
43
47
49
r e d
UTILITY
GAS WATER SEWER
●
●
Installed On Concrete Curb
DESCRIPTION
Table 24x24in - Rectangular Base
Table 24x42in, Rectangular Base (ADA)
Table - Window / Low With End Legs - Length Varies
3
Table 24x24in, Bar Height
Marshmallow Stool - Fixed
Dining Room Chair
Box Banquette Seating
Menu Holders
Beverage Counter - 10in Trash Hole - 4" Splash
3
QTY
3
5
1
4
5
23
1
1
1
SUPPLIED INSTALLED
BY
BY
TMS
GC
TMS
GC
TMS
GC
TMS
GC
TMS
GC
TMS; AS
GC
TMS
GC
TMS
GC
TMS
GC
8
10
11
12
Bar Stool - Fixed
Child's High Chair
Office Chair, By Tenant
Patio Chair - Bistro
16
1
1
16
TMS
T
T
KES
GC
GC
T
GC
13A
24in Round Bistro Table
3
KES
GC
13B
30in Square Bistro Table
2
KES
GC
14
15
16
Trash Surround
Patio Umbrella
ADA Patio Table
3
2
1
TMS
KES
KES
GC
GC
GC
ELEC
UTILITY
GAS WATER SEWER
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
REMARKS
See Detail 2/A130
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
●
See Details On Sheet A125
Coordinate Floor Drain Installation with Utensil
Counter Installation
By Tenant
Provided by EMU America, Contact: Carol Hughes
(303-744-3200)
Provided By EMU America, Contact: Carol Hughes
(303-744-3200)
Provided By EMU America, Contact: Carol Hughes
(303-744-3200)
CMG411
Contents:
Fixtures, Furniture &
Equipment Schedules
Trash Can Provided by Tundra in Smallwares Package
A131
Provided By EMU America, Contact: Carol Hughes
(303-744-3200)
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
SUPPLIED BY
SSS
T.B.D.
INSTALLED BY
SSS
T.B.D.
See Sheet E100
72 HR SECURITY DVR
CLOSED CIRCUIT T.V. CAMERA - INDOOR
1
5
SSS
SSS
SSS
SSS
See Sheet E100
See Sheet E100
See Sheet E100
2
E4
EQ.
VINYL FACED LAY-IN
SUSPENDED CEILING TILE
EQ.
See Sheet E100
See Sheet E100
A1
2' - 9"
C2
FLUORESCENT STRIP
LIGHTING FOR COOLER BY
COOLER MANUFACTURER,
G.C. TO PROVIDE ROUGH-IN
9' - 0" AFF
EQ.
1
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
EQ.
24" X 24" ACCESS PANEL INTEXFORMS AP24X24
H1
H1
J3 72" AFF
H1
C2
C2
(2) C1
C2
(2) C1
B1
B1
2' - 8"
C2
(2) C1
B1
3' - 0"
C2
(2) C1
B1
B1
1/4" = 1'-0"
± 8' - 7 1/4" AFF
A126
TYP
B2
B1
C2
B1
2' - 9"
F1
B2
C2
C2
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
2' - 9"
2' - 9"
2' - 9"
2' - 9"
1
2' - 9"
F1
8"
J1 72" AFF
SPEAKER, TYP.
OF 2 REFER
TO 6/A141
FOR DETAILS
4' - 3 1/4"
EDGE OF SOFFIT
EQ
F1
EQ.
F1
K1
F1
B2
F1
1
EQ
3' - 3 5/8"
F1
B2
F1
2' - 9 1/8"
EQ
K1
A126
TYP
K1
8"
B.O. PLYWOOD SOFFIT
E4
F4
F4
7' - 6 5/8" AFF
11/03/2015
4" DIA HOLES,
TYP OF THREE (3)
SEAMS TO
J1 72" AFF
ALIGN WITH
VERTICAL
SEAMS ON FACE
OF BOX, TYP OF
THREE (3)
J1 72" AFF
EXISTING
CANOPY
K1
1' - 5"
4' - 9"
3 3/8"
LIGHTS TO BE CENTERED
FRONT TO BACK OVER THE
TABLES
CONSTRUCTION SET
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
P1 142" AFF
P1 142" AFF
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
2' - 1 7/8"
J1 72" AFF
P1 142" AFF
1
SEAMS TO ALIGN WITH
VERTICAL SEAMS ON FACE
OF BOX, TYP OF THREE (3)
2' - 10 5/8"
A300
9 7/8"
ATTACH UNISTRUT
TO BOTTOM OF
TOP CHORD OF
STRUCTURE REFER
TO A141 FOR
DETAILS
BID SET
08/24/2015
CMG411
K1
GYP. BOARD
OVER METAL
STUDS: PAINT
PER A120
03/02/2015
J1 72" AFF
4" DIA HOLES, TYP OF TWO (2)
2' - 0"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
J1 72" AFF
J1 72" AFF
GYP. BOARD OVER
METAL STUDS; PAINT
TO MATCH DECK
Issue Record:
Revisions:
1' - 2 3/4"
8' - 6 5/8" AFF
B.O. PLYWOOD CEILING
P1 178" AFF
2
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
8' - 6 5/8" AFF
SOFFIT MOUNTED
DIFFUSERS REFER TO
A210 FOR DETAILS
TYP.
A300
6
EQ.
J1 72" AFF
J1 72" AFF
F1
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
J1 72" AFF
2' - 1 1/2"
2' - 0 1/2"
7' - 6 5/8" AFF
± 7' - 7 1/4" AFF
BACK OF JOIST SHELF
SOFFIT NOTCH,
REFER TO A210
A140
3
B.O. PLYWOOD CEILING
INFILL GYPSUM BOARD
SOFFIT TIGHT TO JOIST
AS REQUIRED
1' - 6 3/8"
4
K1
B.O. PLYWOOD CEILING
7' - 6 5/8" AFF
C2
P1 178" AFF
SUB-CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE
FINAL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS
WITH ARCHITECT VIA SHOP DRAWINGS
EXISTING STEEL DECK &
JOISTS; PAINT PER A140
B1
8"
B.O. PLYWOOD SOFFIT
LINE OF SUSPENDED
MENU BOARD ABOVE
1' - 4"
EQ.
EQ
EQ.
RETURN AIR GRILL MOUNTED IN
JOIST SHELF; REFER TO
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
± 8' - 7 1/4" AFF
CENTER DIFFUSERS
WITH LIGHTS, TYP.
F1
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
FINISH
PAINTED TO MATCH DECK
C2
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
H1
B1
EQ
TECTUM PLAN
H1
J3 72" AFF
6
ATTACH TO BOTTOM OF DECK, TYP.
3
A140
H1
A141
C2
B.O. GYP. BD. SOFFIT
CENTER TECTUM PANELS INBETWEEN EXISTING
ROOF JOISTS, TYP. REFER TO 5/A141
B1
3
3' - 0"
J-BOX FOR WIRELESS
ROUTER, REFER TO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
± 7' - 7 1/4" AFF
B1
24" X 24" ACCESS PANEL INTEXFORMS AP24X24
H1
1' - 2" 2' - 3 3/8"
E1
TASK LIGHTING, REFER TO E100
LIGHTS BY EXHAUST HOOD
MANUFACTURER (TYP. OF 9)
H1
B1
B1
B1
LIGHTING COVE, REFER TO
A126 FOR DETAILS, TYP.
J3 LIGHTS TO BE CENTERED
FRONT TO BACK OVER
ISLAND TABLES
H1
CENTER LIGHT ON PLYWOOD PANEL
1 1/2" ±
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
LIGHTING COVE, REFER TO
A126 FOR DETAILS, TYP.
B1
A1
TECTUM PANEL SCHEDULE
48
B1
4' - 2"
SPIRAL
DUCTWORK, REFER
TO MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS AND
A210 FOR DETAILS
2' - 2 3/8" 2' - 2 3/8"
VINYL FACED LAY-IN
SUSPENDED CEILING TILE
CONDUIT GUIDELINES
EDGE
BEVELED
B1
8' - 1 7/8"
B1
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
LENGTH
48"
B.O. GYP. BD. SOFFIT
3
ALL EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED AND PATIO LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS INSTALLED BY G.C. CAREFULLY REVIEW LIGHTING
FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100.
WIDTH
24"
B1
B1
INVERTER, REFER
TO ELEC PLANS
REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR HOOD SUSPENSION DETAILS.
ALL EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED AND PATIO LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS PROVIDED BY TENANT'S LIGHT/LAMP SUPPLIER.
ALL EXTERIOR PARKING LOT LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS PROVIDED BY AND INSTALLED BY G.C. CAREFULLY REVIEW LIGHTING
FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100.
THICKNESS
1"
B1
TYP
A141
ALL CONDUIT AND PIPE PENETRATIONS OF THE SERVING LINE SOFFIT ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO THE DECK, WITHIN THE JOIST
SHELF SPACE. PLEASE CONSULT WITH THE CHIPOTLE CM SHOULD ANY CONFLICTS ARISE.
BATT INSULATION TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE THE RESTROOM CEILING.
ALL LAY-IN CEILING PENETRATIONS TO BE HELD TIGHT TO WALLS. REFER TO 12/A141 AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR
DETAILS.
QTY.
B1
6
9
SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SHATTER RESISTANT LAMP LOCATIONS.
ALL EMERGENCY FIXTURES, LIGHTS AND STROBES SHALL BE ALIGNED OR CENTERED ON WALLS.
FULL CERAMIC TILE COURSING SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT OVER ANY CEILING/HEADER DIMENSION INDICATED IN THE PLAN,
REFER TO A120.
NO FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT IS ALLOWED IN ANY AREAS WHERE IT WOULD BE EXPOSED TO VIEW,
ONLY RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (THICK-WALL OR THIN-WALL AS NEEDED) IS ALLOWED IN THESE AREAS.
B1
B1
6' - 4 1/8"
A1
6' - 6 7/8"
25.
C2
6' - 6 7/8"
22.
23.
24.
C2
6' - 6 7/8"
20.
21.
C2
J1 72" AFF
B.O. DECK
STRCUTURE
J1 72" AFF J1 72" AFF
J1 72" AFF
J1 72" AFF
P1 142" AFF
EQ
11" 2' - 6 1/2"
2' - 6 1/2"
7' - 5 7/8"
19.
C2
2' - 2 3/8" 2' - 2 3/8"
16.
17.
18.
ALL UNISTRUT, CONDUIT, SPRINKLER & WATER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DECK & PAINTED TO
MATCH THE DECK
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, OR CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
C2
1' - 9 3/8"
15.
3' - 0 3/8"
3 1/4"
14.
2' - 9"
3' - 2 7/8"
10.
11.
12.
UNISTRUT TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH STRUCTURE. PROVIDE MATCHING CLOSER STRIPS AND END CAPS. CLOSER STRIP TO BE
APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE UNISTRUT.
ALL HEIGHTS ARE TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
LIGHT DETAILS ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A141. FIXTURE AND LAMP SPECIFICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON E100.
ALL UNISTRUT SUPPORTING CEILING ELEMENTS AND/ OR DUCT WORK SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. ALL
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT MUST RUN IN SEPARATE UNISTRUT.
C2
A126
EQ.
9.
2' - 9"
B.O. GYP. BD. SOFFIT
± 9' - 0" AFF
PROVIDE BLOCKING ABOVE MENU BOARD ASSEMBLY FOR INSTALLATION.
REFER TO "09900 PAINTING - GENERAL" IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISHES AT EXPOSED CEILING AREAS IN ADDITION TO NOTES
LISTED ON THIS SHEET.
SOUND SYSTEM: REFER TO 'CHIPOTLE STEREO GUIDE'.
8.
2' - 9"
6' - 1 3/8"
4' - 10"
18' - 4"
6.
7.
2' - 9"
2' - 2 3/8"
1
ANSUL BOX & FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PROVIDED BY AND INSTALLED BY HS. HOOD INTERLOCK BY GC. ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION BY GC, RE: ELEC.
MENU BOARD ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY TMB, INSTALLED BY G.C.
5.
2' - 9"
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
10' - 0" AFF
A1
A1
± 10' - 0" AFF
EQ
4.
A1
SECURITY CAMERA, CENTER
IN CEILING TILE, TYP.
ALL INTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS PROVIDED BY TENANT'S LIGHT/LAMP SUPPLIER.
ALL INTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS INSTALLED BY GC. CAREFULLY REVIEW LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET
E100.
KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD PROVIDED BY HS AND INSTALLED BY GC. GC TO COORDINATE PRESSURE TEST AND VIRO GUARD
WITH ENVIROMATIC, INC.
3.
A1
STORE NO.: 2365
6
8
E1
E1
See Sheet E100
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
E2
GENERAL NOTES
1.
2.
architecture +
26' - 7 3/8"
3
r e d
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
QTY
1
1
3' - 3"
Concealed
Wall
1
DESCRIPTION
SECURITY MONITOR
SECURITY ALARM - MOTION DETECTORS
UTILITIES
ELEC GAS SEWER WATER
REMARKS
●
●
GC RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING
SEQUENCING OF PREWIRING WITH COMPLETION
OF INTERIOR FINISHES ( GYP. BD. FINISHES)
●
5' - 6"
K1
P1
REMARKS
See Sheet E100
See Sheet E100
3' - 2 7/8"
Ceiling
QTY
7
29
4
4
18
3
1
3
10
2
9
15
3' - 3"
J3
DESCRIPTION
2x2 Lensed Troffer
Recessed 6in Can light
Recessed 6in Can light
Low Profile Fluorescent 2ft
Low Profile Fluorescent 3ft
Emergency Light
Emergency Light - Single Head
Exit Light - Standard Red Letters
2' T8 Fluorescent Fixture
4' T5 Fluorescent Fixture
Hood Light
Pendant Light - Adjustable Height PAR20
Pendant Dome Light - Adjustable
Height - PAR20
Down Light
Swivel Spot Light - Single Head
7 3/8"
MOUNT
Lay-In
Ceiling
Ceiling
Surface
Surface
Various
Various
Wall
Surface
Surface
Surface
Ceiling
EQ.
ITEM #
A1
B1
B2
C1
C2
E1
E2
E4
F1
F4
H1
J1
SECUIRTY SYSTEM
1' - 9 5/8"
RCP SCHEDULE
Consultant:
2' - 6 1/2"
2' - 6 1/2"
Contents:
Reflected Ceiling Plan
P1 142" AFF
E4
P1 142" AFF
EQ
5' - 1"
3
A140
EXISTING
CANOPY
4
A140
SOFFIT DETAIL @ ROOF JOIST
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
2
A140
UNISTRUT AND DUCTWORK LAYOUT
1/4" = 1'-0"
1
A140
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
r e d
architecture +
planning
B.O. CEILING TILE
10'-0" AFF
EDGE OF WALL, TYP.
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
CEILING PENETRATION;
HOLD AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE
TO WALL; REFER TO
PLUMBING DRAWINGS
INSTALL LAY-IN CEILING TILE
GRID AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE
TO CEILING PENETRATION
LAY-IN CEILING TILE, TYP.
RIGID CONDUIT TO
NEAREST PERIMETER WALL
FRP
LAY-IN CEILING GRID TEE, TYP.
WHITE PVC OUTSIDE CORNER
GUARD CAULK AT EDGES
TECTUM PANEL MOUNTED TO METAL
STUDS ATTACHED TO BOTTOM OF
EXISTING DECK, REFER TO 5/A141
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
± 9'-0" AFF
EXISTING ROOF JOIST
13
A141
LAY-IN CEILING PENETRATION - PLAN DETAIL
3/4" EMT CONDUIT (3/4" IMC IF
WITHING 1-1/2" OF ROOF DECK)
UNISTRUT P2540A WIRING NUT
P1280W-EG ENDCAP
P1000KO UNISTRUT
P1280W-EG ENDCAP
UNISTRUT P3184PG WIRE
WAY COVER
9
A141
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
KITCHEN CEILING TRANSITION
3" = 1'-0"
BEAM CLAMP, TYPE TO
BE DETERMINED BY G.C.
WIRING RUN WITHIN UNISTRUT
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
METAL ROOF DECK
CLOSURE STRIP
TECTUM WHERE NOTED ON
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE SUFFICIENT
SLACK IN THE WIRE TO DRAPE AS SHOWN.
COORDINATE FINAL APPEARANCE WITH
CHIPOTLE'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
ROUTE ELECTRICAL
CONDUCTORS THROUGH
UNISTRUT, CLOSE WITH SNAP
ON WIRE WAY COVER
BEAM CLAMP, UNISTRUT, JUNCTION
BOX, AND WIRING BY G.C.
WALL BEYOND
LAMP, FIXTURE, CORD, DOWNROD AND
MOUNTING PLATE SUPPLIED BY TLS
AND INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. ANY
COMPONENTS THAT ARE REWIRED FOR
A COMPLETE INSTALLATION BUT ARE
NOT INCLUDED WITH THE LAMP SHALL
BE SUPPLIED BY THE G.C. COORDINATE
WITH THE TLS FOR THE DOWNROD
LENGTH FOR EACH FIXTURE.
HOLD EXPOSED CONDUIT
CLOSE TO DECK
3/4" EMT CONDUIT CONNECTOR
GYP. BD. CEILING
REFER TO A140
UNISTRUT, ELECTRICAL FITTINGS, JUNCTION
BOXES, BEAM CLAMPS AND ALL FASTENERS
AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE
INSTALLATION SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED
BY THE TENANT G.C. - SEE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS AND DETAILS THIS SHEET.
3/4" = 1'-0"
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
POWER CABLE FROM LIGHT
FIXTURE, CLIPPED TO DOWNROD
1 5/8" UNISTRUT TYPICAL - MOUNT WITH
OPENING FACING DOWN.
SQUARE OR OCTAGON J-BOX
AS REQUIRED BY FIXTURE
(COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE
MANUFACTURER)
10
A141
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE
8
A141
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
TYP. UNISTRUT MOUNTING DETAIL
7
A141
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
UNISTRUT DETAIL
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
NOT USED
N.T.S.
NOTES:
SUBSTRATE ASSEMBLY
OF BOX ELEMENT TO BE
CUT TO 1/8" LARGER
THAN SPEAKER BOX
DIMENSION
1.
2.
3.
4.
FINISHED WALL PANEL TO
PROVIDE CUTOUTS FOR THE
THREE DRIVERS, BY PANEL
SUPPLIER
SPEAKERS AND WIRING PROVIDED BY MUSIC
SYSTEMS SUPPLIER; INSTALLED BY G.C.
CONDUIT FOR SOUND SYSTEM PROVIDED AND
INSTALLED BY G.C.
SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND
INSTALLED BY MUSIC SYSTEM SUPPLIER.
G.C. TO FOLLOW SPEAKER LAYOUT FOR
ROUTING CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRES IF
REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO 'CHIPOTLE
STEREO GUIDE' FOR MORE INFORMATION.
1' - 3 1/2"
EXISTING ROOF DECK
SPEAKER BOX MOUNTED
TO REAR SIDE OF
SUBSTRATE W/
INVERTED L-CLIPS
3"
10 1/2"
10 1/2"
10 1/2"
10 1/2"
3"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
11
A141
UNISTRUT MOUNTING DETAIL
STORE NO.: 2365
12
A141
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
1' - 1 3/8"
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
Issue Record:
1' - 9 1/2"
1" THICK CEMENTITIOUS WOOD
FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS
FRONT VIEW
11/03/2015
#9 ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREW (VERIFY).
SCREW HEAD MUST BE LESS THAN 3/8"
DIAMETER. 1" MIN. EMBEDMENT INTO
BLOCKING. REFER TO 1/141 FOR DETAIL.
5 ROWS OF 2 1/2" 18. GA. MIN. METAL STUDS WITH SOLID
TRACKS AT ENDS SPACED AS SHOWN - FASTEN TO BOTTOM
FLUTES OF METAL DECK WITH #10-16 TEK SCREWS AT 16"
O.C. MAX ONLY IN AREAS TO RECEIVE TECTUM PANELS.
OUTER ROWS OF STUDS MUST BE TURNED WITH OPENING
INWARD AS SHOWN. PAINT ALL METAL STUDS TO MATCH
CEILING, REFER TO A140 FOR COLOR
SIDE VIEW
MENU BOARD PANELS AND ALUMINUM
EXTRUSION BY TENANT'S MENU BOARD
SUPPLIER
EXISTING ROOF JOISTS
FRONT ISOMETRIC VIEW
SPEAKER DIMENSIONS
REAR ISOMETRIC VIEW
(SPEAKER PANEL INSTALLATION)
EQ
4' - 0"
ORDERING
EQ
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
KITCHEN
(SPEAKER ATTACHMENT TO PANEL)
FIELD VERIFY JOIST SPACING
6
A141
SPEAKER INSTALLATION
5
A141
3/4" = 1'-0"
TECTUM DETAIL
4
A141
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
MENU BOARD BLOCKING DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
RUN HARDWIRE CONNECTION
TO J-BOX IN CEILING, NO
EXPOSED WIRING
1/2"
2-1/2" LONG SCREW
CMG411
Contents:
PROVIDE PLYWOOD
BLOCKING
3"
FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,
REFER TO E100
EDGE OF WALL, TYP.
GYP. BOARD CEILING
2' - 7"
HARDWIRE BOX
PANEL
2' - 7"
1"
2' - 7"
1"
PANEL
2' - 7"
1"
PANEL
3' - 8 1/2"
1"
PANEL
3' - 8 1/2"
1"
PANEL
PANEL
2 1/8"
2"
MALE/FEMALE CONNECTOR
3 5/8"
MENU BOARD, SEE
THIS SHEET FOR
MOUNTING DETAIL
MENU LIGHT, SEE 2/A141
FOR MOUNTING DETAIL
PROVIDE PLYWOOD BLOCKING
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
5"
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
5"
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
5"
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
2-1/2" x 3" BENT ALUM.
PAINT "MOONLIT SNOW"
BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER
1/2"
3"
1' - 4"
FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,
REFER TO E100
2-1/2" X 3" BENT. ALUM.,
PAINT "MOONLIT SNOW"
BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
5"
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
1' - 1 1/2"
2"
#8 X 1" PAN HEAD METAL
SCREWS,
SCREW HEAD MUST BE LESS THAN
3/8" DIAMETER, TYP.
4
2 1/2" LONG SCREW
A141
NOTE:
CEILING ASSEMBLY MAY
VARY PER PROJECT.
5"
Ceiling Details
10"
MENU BOARD PANELS AND
ALUMINUM EXTRUSION BY
TENANT'S MENU BOARD
SUPPLIER
A141
GYP. BD. CEILING
LENGTH OF MENU BOARD
LIGHTS TO BE CENTERED ON
THE LENGTH OF THE MENU
BOARD
HARDWARE
BOX BEYOND
Date of Last Print:
3
A141
MENU BOARD DETAIL
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
2
A141
MENU BOARD / ACCENT LIGHT DETAILS
3" = 1'-0"
1
A141
MENU - SCREW PATTERN PLAN
3/4" = 1'-0"
08/24/2015
HVAC EQUIPMENT
6.
7.
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
27' - 0 5/8"
VTR, SEE P110
13' - 10 5/8"
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
EPDM PIPE FLASHING
TPO POLYURETHANE
CAULK (BEADED)
ICE MACHINE REMOTE
CONDENSER
10'-0" RADIUS CLEARANCE
FOR FRESH AIR INTAKES
CU-2
PROVIDE TAPERED
INSULATION CRICKET AT
ALL EQUIPMENT CURBS
HOOD BELOW ROOF
EXISTING
CANOPY, TYP.
CU-1
EPDM SEALING
MASTIC
CLAMPING RING
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
EF-1
27' - 4 1/8"
25' - 9 7/8"
ROOF HYDRANT, SEE P100
EPDM LAP CAULK
(BEADED)
3' - 4 1/4"
EPDM PRE-MOLDED
PIPE BOOT
ANCHOR DISC AND
ACCEPTABLE
FASTENER (NOTE 1)
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
RTU-1
ROOF INSULATION
ROUND ROOF
PROJECTION
MAU-1
EPDM LAP CEMENT
RTU-2
EPDM TAPE
PRIMER/WASH
EPDM BONDING
CEMENT (FOR
ADHERED SPEC. ONLY)
13' - 6 1/4"
13' - 7 1/8"
NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
A150
WITH MECHANICALLY FASTENED OR BALLASTED SPECIFICATIONS, MEMBRANE MUST BE MECHANICALLY
ATTACHED WITH 2" (50 mm) ANCHOR DISC AND ACCEPTABLE FASTENERS (MINIMUM OF 4 PER PIPE).
DO NOT OVERLAP THE FLANGES FROM ADJACENT PIPE FLASHINGS.
ANY SEAM UNDER BOOT FLANGE TO BE TREATED AS T-JOINT.
BOTH SURFACES TO BE MATED MUST BE CLEANED WITH TAPE PRIMER/WASH. EPDM TAPE
PRIMER/WASH MUST BE COMPLETELY DRY AND TACK FREE BEFORE APPLYING EPDM LAP CEMENT.
EF-2
BOOT DETAIL
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
JOISTS FOR SHELL BUILDING WERE DESIGNED FOR THE RTU WEIGHTS AND PLACEMENT EXHIBITED.
IF LOCATION OR ORIENTATION OF A UNIT MUST CHANGE, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.
SEE M300 FOR PENETRATION DETAILS AT RTUS AND THE EXHAUST FAN.
PROVIDE INSULATED CURBS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT IN EXPOSED DECK AREA ONLY.
STORE NO.: 2365
5.
NOTE: UTILITIES BY GC, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.
10' - 7"
DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER OF THE PENETRATION AND ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ROOFING
CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST AS NECESSARY IN FIELD. CONTACT ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS FOR ANY
MAJOR MODIFICATIONS TO LAYOUT.
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
12' - 4"
4.
architecture +
15' - 8 7/8"
SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND SIZE OF STRUCTURAL ROOF REINFORCEMENTS.
SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT.
COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING, AND REPAIR W/ CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
●
●
23' - 7 1/2"
1.
2.
3.
●
●
r e d
REMARKS
Curb provided by HS, installed by GC
Curb provided by Trane, installed by GC
Curb provided by Trane, installed by GC
Provide HVAC Test & Balance per Tenant's National Account Program.
26' - 10 1/2"
GENERAL NOTES
●
●
SEWER
28' - 11 1/8"
ELEC
●
●
●
37' - 9 1/2"
SUPPLIED BY INSTALLED BY
RTU/HS
GC
HS
GC
RTU
GC
TB
-
UTILITY
GAS
WATER
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
1/2" = 1'-0"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
TENANT LEASE LINE
HVAC
Revisions:
LINE OF DEMISING WALL
BELOW
TREATED WOOD NAILER
EXISTING
AWNING
ANGULAR RING SHANK NAIL 12" O.C.
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
24 GA COUNTER FLASHING
EXISTING FULLY ADHERED TPO
ROOFING SYSTEM OVER
MECHANICALLY FASTENED RIGID
INSULATION
GROMMETED FASTENER 12" O.C.
VERTIBOND ADHESIVE
FASTENER AND PLATE 12" 0.C.
8" MIN.
DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Fans & Curbs
Make Up Air Unit & Curbs
Roof Top Units & Curbs
Test & Balance System
Consultant:
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
ADHESIVE
Project No.
HOT AIR WELD
CMG411
INSULATION*
EXISTING METAL JOISTS BELOW,
REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
SINGLE - PLY MEMBRANE
Contents:
Architectural Roof Plan
EXISTING METAL COPING,
TYP.
SUBSTRATE
NOTES:
1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.
3. USE PREFABRICATED OUTSIDE CORNERS.
4. INSULATION MUST BE SECURELY FASTENED.
5. *GLASS - FACED POLYISO INSULATION IS OPTIONAL AND MAY NOT BE REQUIRED ON EVERY PROJECT.
IF INSULATION IS NOT REQUIRED, THE MEMBRANE MUST BE ADHERED TO AN APPROVED SURFACE.
3
A150
CURB FLASHING
1/2" = 1'-0"
A150
EXISTING
CANOPY, TYP.
1
A150
ROOF PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
Consultant:
1.
REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS THIS SHEET FOR EXTERIOR SIGNAGE LOCATIONS,
SIZES & DESCRIPTIONS.
2.
EXTERIOR SIGNAGE PROVIDED BY TSV AND INSTALLED BY TSV. GC TO MAKE FINAL
CONNECTION.
r e d
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
TENANT LEASE LINE
EQ.2
TENANT LEASE
LINE
T.O. COPING
26'-4" AFF
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
EQ.2
T.O. COPING
26'-4" AFF
EQ. 2
EXISTING METAL COPING
EQ. 2
NOTE: SIGNAGE IS
SHOWN ONLY FOR
PLACEMENT AND
SCALE. ALL
SIGNAGE FOR
REVIEW UNDER
SEPARATE PERMIT,
NOT PART OF THIS
PERMIT SET.
T.O. COPING
22'-4" AFF
EQ. 1 EQ. 1
WALL MOUNTED
MEDALLION
SIGN BY TENANT
SIGN VENDOR
NOTE: SIGNAGE IS SHOWN
ONLY FOR PLACEMENT AND
SCALE. ALL SIGNAGE FOR
REVIEW UNDER SEPARATE
PERMIT, NOT PART OF THIS
PERMIT SET.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
T.O. COPING
22'-4" AFF
EQ.1 EQ. 1
EXISTING METAL COPING
BW-3 SIGN BY TENANT
SIGN VENDOR
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
2
EXISTING BEIGE
EIFS
EXISTING
OVERFLOW
SCUPPER
EXISTING CANOPY
EXISTING
AWNING
EXISTING CANOPY
6" VINYL ADDRESS LETTERS,
LOCATION AND COLOR TO
BE SPECIFIED BY THE FIRE
MARSHAL
EXISTING LIGHT
BROWN BRICK
EXISTING LIGHT
FIXTURE
EXISTING TRANSOM PANEL
EXISTING LIGHT
BROWN BRICK
XXXX
EXISTING MASONRY
REMOTE CO2 FILLER,
VERIFY LOCATION WITH
CHIPOTLE CM
DOOR BELL
EXISTING CLEAR ANODIZED
ALUMINUM STOREFRONT
AND STOREFRONT DOORS,
WOOD HANDLES BY TENANT
MILLWORK SUPPLIER
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
EXISTING LIGHT
FIXTURE
EXISTING
MASONRY BY
LANDLORD
EXISTING HOLLOW
METAL DOOR
EXT ELEV - NORTH
2
A200
1/4" = 1'-0"
EXT ELEV - SOUTH
1/4" = 1'-0"
EQ.2
EQ.2
T.O. COPING
26'-4" AFF
Issue Record:
NOTE: SIGNAGE IS SHOWN
ONLY FOR PLACEMENT AND
SCALE. ALL SIGNAGE FOR
REVIEW UNDER SEPARATE
PERMIT, NOT PART OF THIS
PERMIT SET.
11/03/2015
BW-3 SIGN BY TENANT
SIGN VENDOR
EXISTING METAL COPING
T.O. COPING
22'-4" AFF
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
2
EQ.1 EQ.1
3
A200
PATIO RAILING AND
FURNITURE BY TENANT
G.C., REFER TO A101
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
EXISTING BEIGE
EIFS
STORE NO.: 2365
EXISTING CANOPY
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
EXISTING BEIGE
EIFS
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
EXISTING CANOPY
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Exterior Elevations
EXISTING LIGHT
FIXTURE BY
LANDLORD
EXISTING LIGHT
BROWN BRICK
EXISTING
MASONRY
EXISTING LIGHT GRAY
SPANDREL GLAZING BY
LANDLORD
PATIO RAILING
AND FURNITURE
BY TENANT G.C.
EXISTING HOSE BIB
2
A200
EXISTING STOREFRONT
AND PATIO DOOR
1
A200
EXT ELEV - EAST
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
B.O. DECK
VARIES
TECTUM PANELS, REFER
TO A140 FOR MOUNTING
DETAILS, TYP.
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
T.O. PLYWOOD BOX
11'-6" AFF
TECTUM PANELS, REFER
TO A140 FOR MOUNTING
DETAILS, TYP.
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
GYP. BD.
PERFORATED
A/C PLYWOOD
2
PENDANT LIGHT
EXISTING MAIN ENTRY
DOORS WITH PANIC
HARDWARE
TRASH
ENCLOSURE
EXISTING COLUMN,
PAINT TO MATCH DECK
TABLES AND CHAIRS
HIGH TABLE WITH
MUSHROOM STOOLS
RICHLITE WAINSCOT
BLACK RUBBER BASE
3
INT ELEV - DINING
8
A210
1/4" = 1'-0"
TECTUM PANELS,
REFER TO A140
FOR DETAILS
JOIST SHELF REFER TO
4/A140 FOR DETAIL
EQ.
EQ.
2' - 6"
SPEAKER, REFER TO
A141 FOR DETAILS
A/C PLYWOOD
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
PENDANT LIGHT
MENU BOARD
BANQUETTE TABLE
AND CHAIRS
LICENSE AND AND
PERMIT FRAME BEYOND
LOW WINDOW TABLE
WITH
MARSHMALLOW
STOOLS
CERAMIC TILE REFER
TO A120 FOR
DETAILS
7
A210
EXISTING ALUMINUM
STOREFRONT SYSTEM
BEYOND
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
MENU BOARD
PENDANT LIGHT,
TYP.
CERAMIC TILE
REFER TO A120
FOR DETAIL
BAR HEIGHT TABLE
WITH MUSHROOM
STOOLS
DELFIELD SERVING
LINE UNIT
4' - 6"
2' - 6"
BLACK RUBBER BASE
RICHLITE WAINSCOT
BEYOND
GYP BD BEYOND
EQ.
T.O. PLYWOOD BOX
11'-6" AFF
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE, REFER TO A140
JOIST SHELF REFER TO
4/A140 FOR DETAIL
EQ.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
1/4" = 1'-0"
B.O. DECK
VARIES
TECTUM PANELS,
REFER TO A140 FOR
DETAILS
DUCTWORK BEYOND,
REFER TO A140 AND
MECHANICAL PLANS
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
INT ELEV - DINING
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
RICHLITE WAINSCOT
BEYOND
POLY-CRETE BASE
POLY-CRETE BASE
INT ELEV - DINING
BLACK RUBBER
BASE BEYOND
6
A210
1/4" = 1'-0"
INT ELEV - DINING
STORE NO.: 2365
B.O. DECK
VARIES
BLACK RUBBER
BASE BEYOND
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
LOW WINDOW TABLE WITH
MARSHMALLOW STOOLS
BLACK RUBBER BASE
9
A210
1/4" = 1'-0"
B.O. DECK
VARIES
B.O. DECK
VARIES
TECTUM PANELS,
REFER TO A140
FOR MOUNTING
DETAILS
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
JOIST SHELF REFER TO
4/A140 FOR DETAIL
GYP BD
EXISTING STOREFRONT
PATIO DOOR
EXISTING
COLUMNS, PAINT
TO MATCH DECK
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
CERAMIC TILE
REFER TO A120
FOR DETAIL
DELFIELD SERVING
LINE UNIT
TECTUM PANELS,
REFER TO A140
FOR MOUNTING
DETAILS
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
JOIST SHELF
REFER TO 4/A140
FOR DETAIL
GYP BD
LIGHTING FIXTURE
EXISTING
ALUMINUM
STOREFRONT
SYSTEM
TABLES AND
CHAIRS
MENU HOLDER
RICHLITE
WAINSCOT
4
A210
1/4" = 1'-0"
DUCTWORK, REFER TO
A141 AND MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
SEAMS IN PLYWOOD
CEILING TO ALIGN WITH
VERTICAL SEAMS ON FACE
OF BOX, TYP OF ONE (1)
EXISTING COLUMN,
PAINT TO MATCH DECK
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
EQ.
ALIGN SOFFIT
NOTCH OUT
WITH TOP OF
STOREFRONT
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
GYP BD
CERAMIC TILE
REFER TO A120
FOR DETAIL
PENDANT
LIGHT, TYP.
BAR HEIGHT
TABLE WITH
MUSHROOM
STOOLS
BAR HEIGHT TABLE WITH
MUSHROOM STOOLS
4' - 6 3/4"
GYP BD
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
MENU ASSEMBLY
INT ELEV - DINING
1/4" = 1'-0"
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
4' - 6 3/4"
4' - 6 3/4"
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
EQ.
2
A210
INT ELEV - DINING
1/4" = 1'-0"
TABLE AND
CHAIRS
ALIGN SOFFIT
NOTCH OUT
WITH TOP OF
STOREFRONT
Elevations - Interior
Dining
EXISTING
STOREFRONT
REFER TO A225
FOR DETAILS
POS COUNTER
DELFIELD SERVING
LINE UNIT
2' - 9 1/2"
DELFIELD
SERVING LINE
UNIT BEYOND
POLYCRETE BASE
TABLE AND CHAIRS
3
A210
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
CERAMIC TILE, REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
RICLITE PANELS
3
1
01/12/2015
Contents:
JOIST SHELF REFER TO
4/A140 FOR DETAIL
RESTROOM
DOOR BEYOND
BLACK RUBBER BASE
CONSTRUCTION SET
EQ.
LIGHT FIXTURE
A/C PLYWOOD
PENDANT LIGHT,
TYP.
TECTUM PANELS,
REFER TO A140
FOR MOUNTING
DETAILS, TYP.
EQ.
T.O. PLYWOOD BOX
11'-6" AFF
TECTUM
PANELS, REFER
TO A140 FOR
MOUNTING
DETAILS, TYP.
2' - 0"
LIGHT FIXTURE
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
BID SET
08/24/2015
1/4" = 1'-0"
B.O. DECK
VARIES
PAINT EXISTING
STRUCTURE,
REFER TO A140
03/02/2015
INT ELEV - DINING
B.O. DECK
VARIES
DUCTWORK, REFER
TO A141 AND
MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
Revisions:
POLY-CRETE BASE
INT ELEV - DINING
TECTUM PANELS, REFER TO
A140 FOR MOUNTING
DETAILS, TYP.
11/03/2015
BLACK RUBBER
BASE
BLACK RUBBER
BASE
B.O. DECK
VARIES
Issue Record:
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
DELFIELD SERVING
LINE UNIT
RICHLITE
WAINSCOT
5
A210
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
EXISTING STOREFRONT
PENDANT LIGHT, TYP.
BANQUETTE TABLES
AND CHAIRS
architecture +
GYP BD
T.O. STOREFRONT
10'-0" AFF
A/C PLYWOOD
r e d
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
DUCTWORK
BEYOND, REFER TO
A141 AND
MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
B.O. DECK
VARIES
1
A210
A210
POLY-CRETE BASE
INT ELEV - DINING
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
r e d
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
WALL FINISH VARIES,
REFER TO A120
FIRST AID KIT, CONFIRM
LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE
CM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
11 1/2"
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
6"
TANK SOAP DISPENSER
B.O. LAY-IN CEILING TILE
10'-0" AFF
HAND SINK, INSTALL TWO (2)
SCREWS WITH FINISH
GROMMETS INTO BACKSPLASH.
SCREWS TO BE 1/4" x 3 1/2"
STAINLESS STEEL LAG BOLT WITH
OVAL HEAD AND STAINLESS
STEEL TRIM WASHER. PROVIDE
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT EACH
SCREW LOCATION
EQ
5' - 0"
4' - 0"
3' - 7"
2' - 10"
FRP
WATER
FILTER ABOVE
ELEC PANEL
LOCATION, SEE
ELEC PLANS
35.3
STAINLESS STEEL
SHROUD, REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
6
37.1
37
REAR ENTRY
DOOR
EQ
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
23
38
7
8
9
POLYCRETE BASE
16.1
11
A220
1/2" = 1'-0"
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
30
FRP
29.2
29.1
29.4
31.1
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
33
LIGHT FIXTURE
OPEN BEYOND
10
10
11
12
OPEN
BEYOND
35.3
29
OFFICE DOOR
35.3
OPEN
BEYOND
10
22.1
22
22.2
17
POLYCRETE BASE
8
A220
1/4" = 1'-0"
DIAMOND PLATE PANELS
ON COOLER WALL UP TO
48" A.F.F.
16
25
26
HAND SINK, REFER TO
12/A220 FOR DETAILS
47
POLYCRETE BASE
1
35.3
32
32.2
CERAMIC TILE, REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
24.2
24.1
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
FRP
HOOD ABOVE
23
11
35.1
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
B.O. LAY-IN CEILING TILE
10'-0" AFF
ALUM. PLATE JAMB AT OPENING, REFER TO 3/A126
ALUM. PLATE JAMB
AT OPENING, REFER
TO 3/A126
12
1/4" = 1'-0"
PROVIDE TOP CORNER AT TRANSITION FROM GYP BD CEILIING TO FRP WALL
PROVIDE TOP CORNER AT TRANSITION
FROM GYP BD CEILIING TO FRP WALL
B.O. LAY-IN CEILING
10'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
B.O. LAY-IN CEILING TILE
10'-0" AFF
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
10
A220
1/4" = 1'-0"
POLYCRETE BASE
16.1
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
7
A220
1/4" = 1'-0"
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
1/4" = 1'-0"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
TYP ELEV - HAND SINK
POLYCRETE BASE
STORE NO.: 2365
12
A220
9
A220
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
FRP
NOTE: REFER TO SHEET
A002 FOR ALL REQUIRED
ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING
HEIGHTS. CONTACT
ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY
WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES
STAINLESS STEEL
SHROUD, REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
B.O. LAY-IN CEILING TILE
10'-0" AFF
EXISTING STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
EXISTING STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
EXISTING STRUCTURE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
Issue Record:
GYP BD
11/03/2015
JOIST SHELF, REFER TO 4/A140
JOIST SHELF, REFER TO 4/A140
JOIST SHELF, REFER TO 4/A140
DIFFUSER, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
DIFFUSER, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
DIFFUSER, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
FRP, REFER TO
FINISH PLAN
CERAMIC TILE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN
6
A126
3
6
A126
6
A126
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±10'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±10'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±10'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
HOOD ABOVE
MENU ASSEMBLY
ALUM. PLATE
JAMB, REFER
TO 9/A126
OPEN BEYOND
STAINLESS STEEL
SHROUD, REFER TO
FINISH PLAN
8.2
32
32.2
8.1
7
1.1
1
2
3
1
POLYCRETE BASE
41.2
OPEN BEYOND
7.3
24.2
LAUNCHPORT
WALLSTATION, REFER
TO 13/A126 AND
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
FOR DETAILS
LIGHT FIXTURE
25
1.1
11
10
24
17
BEHIND
22.2
22
13.1
17
BEHIND
16
47
12
19
14
1.1
2
DELFIELD SERVE LINE
UNIT
24.1
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
1
15
POLYCRETE BASE
26
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
HAND SINK, REFER TO
12/A220
18
11
POLYCRETE BASE
1
MENU ASSEMBLY
23
13
1
49
10
Revisions:
01/12/2015
MENU BOARD
LIGHT. SEE A141
3'-6" MIN.-5'-0" MAX
MENU ASSEMBLY
10
11
12
POLYCRETE BASE
EXISTING ALUMINUM
STOREFRONT SYSTEM
Project No.
CMG411
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
6
A220
5
A220
1/4" = 1'-0"
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
4
A220
1/4" = 1'-0"
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Contents:
Elevations - Interior
Kitchen
B.O. CEILING TILE
10'-0" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
FRP
CERAMIC TILE, REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
OPEN BEYOND
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±9'-0" AFF
MENU ASSEMBLY
41.1
CERAMIC TILE, REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
HOOD ABOVE
8.2
30
41.2
29.4
37.1
37
9
29
SEE 4/A225
FOR DETAILS
3
A220
1/4" = 1'-0"
39
STAINLESS STEEL
SHROUD, SEE
FINISH PLAN
POLYCRETE BASE
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
2
8.1
2
3
13.1
49
7
9
11
40
2
A220
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
1/4" = 1'-0"
12
1
2
3
17
2
10
24.1
11
13
POLYCRETE BASE
ORDERING BEYOND
LIGHT FIXTURE
OPEN BEYOND
1.1
SEE 1/A225 FOR DETAILS
A220
AREA FOR FUTURE
SMART SAFE
1
6
POLYCRETE BASE
15
SEE 5/A225 FOR DETAILS
1
A220
INT ELEV - KITCHEN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
r e d
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
J-BOX FOR (1) JACK CASH
DRAWER CONNECTION (
LABEL "CASH DRAWER")
CHIP SHELVES, SEE A131 FOR
MOUNTING HEIGHTS
1' - 9"
6' - 8 1/8"
1' - 3"
TORTILLA PRESS RECEPTACLE
3"
4"
4"
9"
4 1/2"
J-BOX FOR (1) JACK CASH
DRAWER CONNECTION
(LABEL "CASH DRAWER")
HOT TABLE RECEPTACLE (SEE E110)
J-BOX FOR (2) JACKS
(LABEL "PHONE" & "FAX")
CENTER OF J-BOX
31" AFF
4' - 5"
CHIP TABLE
FAX MACHINE
RECEPTACLE
(LABEL "FAX")
COLD TABLE RECEPTACLE (SEE E110)
FOOD WARMER
RECEPTACLE (SEE E110)
3' - 0"
TORTILLA PRESS
RECEPTACLE (SEE E110)
CASH DRAWER
CENTER OF J-BOX
18" AFF
FUTURE J-BOX FOR
ALTERNATE FAX LOCATION
(LABEL "PHONE" &"POS")
8 3/4"
1' - 4"
4"
10 1/2"
4' - 11 1/2"
CHIP CABINET ELEVATION
4
A225
3/4" = 1'-0"
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
1' - 1 5/8"
3 5/8"
STORE NO.: 2365
3 1/2"
5
A225
UNDER SHELF TASK
LIGHTING RECEPTACLE
(LABEL "LIGHT ONLY")
4' - 8 7/8"
4 5/8"
PROVIDE EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT
2' - 0"
BLENDER RECEPTACLE
6"
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
CENTER OF J-BOX
57" AFF
NOTE: BOXES LABELED "FUTURE"
ARE NOT FINISHED, PROVIDE
BLANK COVER AND CONDUIT ONLY
CENTER OF J-BOX
55" AFF
UNDER SHELF TASK LIGHTING
RECEPTACLE (LABEL "LIGHT ONLY")
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
CENTER OF J-BOX
71" AFF
J-BOX FOR (2) JACKS
(LABEL "PHONE" & "POS")
1' - 2"
CENTER OF J-BOX
68" AFF
4 5/8"
BATTERY PROTECTED POS
RECEPTACLE (LABEL "POS
ONLY") (ORANGE)
GENERAL RECEPTACLE
(LABEL "PHONE/PRINTER")
119" FAXLINE ELEVATION - LEFT
3/4" = 1'-0"
G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL
24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD
ABOVE OFFICE CEILING FOR
TELEPHONE 66 BLOCK.
Issue Record:
PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG J-BOX
WITH 1" CONDUITS IN WALL
TO ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING
CENTER OF J-BOX
7'-10" AFF
PROVIDE BATTERY-PROTECTED
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR T1
ROUTER (LABEL "T1 ROUTER")
PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
LABEL "SECURITY SYSTEM"
1' - 0"
1' - 3 1/2"
1' - 5 1/4"
G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 24" X 18"
PLYWOOD BACK BOARD. PAINT BACK
BOARD WHITE. ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER
SHALL PROVIDE SECURITY SYSTEM PANEL,
CELL BACK UP, AND WIRELESS RECEIVER
AND CONNECT TO RJ31X JACK.
BATTERY-PROTECTED DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE FOR DVR
EQUIPMENT (LABEL "DVR ONLY")
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
B.O. CEILING TILE
9'-0" AFF AFF
10"
4"
LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR
VIDEO CABLE W/ PULL STRING
IN WALL TO BOX RING BELOW
1' - 7"
CENTER OF J-BOX
7'-10" AFF
Revisions:
4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR
STEREO (LABEL "STEREO")
3/4" WHITE MEL. SHELVES
WITH 16" STANDARDS AND
36" BRACKETS, SECURE OFFICE
SHELVING THROUGH STUD
WITH 2 1/2" WOOD SCREWS
1' - 2"
CENTER OF J-BOX
8'-6" AFF
J-BOX FOR (2) DATA
OUTLET FOR DVR & MUZAK
PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND
ALL SHELVING, SEE SHEET
A115, GENERAL NOTE 13
(1) UNDERCOUNTER WIRE
SHELVES FOR DSL
EQUIPMENT BY TENANT
5"
6"
10"
LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR
VIDEO CABLE W/ PULL STRING
IN WALL TO BOX RING BELOW
PANIC BUTTON, CONFIRM LOCATION WITH
CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
COLOR LCD SECURITY
MONITOR BY TENANT W/
VMP LCD-1 MOUNTING ARM
5"
4"
4"
1' - 5"
J-BOX FOR TELEPHONE OUTLETS
BATTERY-PROTECTED QUAD
RECEPTACLE FOR COMPUTER
EQUIPMENT (LABEL
"COMPUTER ONLY")
CUP DISPENSER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED
BY DELFIELD, MOUNT CENTERED LEFT TO
RIGHT IN THIS COMPARTMENT
J-BOX FOR FAX OUTLET
4"
10"
J-BOX FOR DATA AND CREDIT CARD JACKS
SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR
FAX (LABEL "FAX")
BATTERY-PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FOR POS EQUIPMENT (LABEL "POS ONLY")
CENTER OF J-BOX
3'-0" AFF AFF
2' - 8 1/2"
PRINTER/FAX/COPIER
PROVIDED BY TENANT
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Elevations - Interior
Kitchen Large Scale
(1) VOICE
RECEPTACLE FOR SMART SAFE
GENERAL PURPOSE
4-PLEX RECEPTACLE
A225
CASH DROP BOXES
2 DRAWER LOCKABLE FILE
CABINET BY TENANT
GENERAL PURPOSE
4-PLEX RECEPTACLE
03/02/2015
(1) COIN CHANGER, (1) RECEIPT
PRINTER AND GENERAL RECEPTACLE
1' - 7"
CENTER OF J-BOX
1'-6" AFF
2
PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR CASH DRAWER
1 1/2" PLAN COUNTERTOP
WITH WHITE METAL BRACKETS
DOUBLE GANG J-BOX
FOR DATA OUTLETS
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
J-BOX FOR STEREO
SPEAKER WIRES
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY
MONITOR (LABEL "MONITOR")
CENTER OF J-BOX
4'-6" AFF
15" MONITOR AND SERVER
INSTALLED BY TENANT
1
01/12/2015
STEREO: HI/FI
RECEIVER BY TENANT
1' - 2"
G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL
24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD ON
SIDE WALL. PAINT BACK BOARD
WHITE. PHONE COMPANY SHALL
PROVIDE T1 ROUTER ON BACK BOARD.
11/03/2015
2' - 4 1/2"
PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG J-BOX WITH 1"
CONDUITS IN WALL TO ABOVE THE OFFICE
CEILING FOR T1 AND SECURITY JACKS
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND
ALL SHELVING, SEE SHEET
A115, GENERAL NOTE 13
PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND
ALL SHELVING, SEE SHEET
A115, GENERAL NOTE 13
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
GENERAL RECEPTACLE (LABEL "GENERAL")
SAFE
J-BOX FOR DATA JACKS FOR SMART SAFE
POLY-CRETE BASE
3
A225
TYP ELEV - OFFICE DOOR
3/4" = 1'-0"
2
A225
TYP ELEV - OFFICE SHELVING
3/4" = 1'-0"
NOTE:
COUNTERTOP AND SHELVING
PROVIDED BY TEM, INSTALLED BY G.C..
1
A225
TYP. ELEV - POS
3/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
GENERAL NOTES
RESTROOM ACCESSORY SCHEDULE
ITEM #
DESCRIPTION
1A Grab Bar - 36in
1B
Grab Bar - 42in
MANUF
ASI
MODEL
3501-36
ASI
3501-42
PROVIDED INSTALLED
BY
BY
WA
GC
QTY
2
2
WA
UTILITY
GAS
WATER SEWER
ELEC
GC
MOUNTING HEIGHT
36" AFF to Top of Grasping Surface
36" AFF to Top of Grasping Surface
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to
Wall
1C
Grab Bar - 18in
ASI
3501-18
2
WA
GC
40" AFF to Centerline of Bottom Return
3
Mirror
ASI
0600B 18x36
2
WA
GC
5
7
Tank Type Soap Dispenser
Recessed Toilet Paper Dispenser
ASI
ASI
0345
0031
2
2
WA
WA
GC
GC
Bottom Edge of Reflecting Surface at 40"
AFF
42" AFF to Bottom of Unit
29" AFF to Top of Unit
8
Utility Shelf
ASI
0692
1
WA
GC
48" AFF To Top Of Shelf
9
Recessed Convertible Paper Towel
Dispenser and Waste Receptacle,
Recess Mounted in Wall
Napkin Disposal - Recessed
Bobrick
B-3944
2
WA
GC
Bottom of Unit at Top of Base, Recess
Mounted
ASI
0473
1
WA
GC
Top of Rough Opening @ 29" AFF
Restroom Hand Sink
Restroom Hand Sink Faucet
Kohler
T&S
K-2084
EC-3102-TMV-LF-05
2
2
GC
GC
GC
GC
12
14
14.1
1.
2.
3.
REMARKS
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to
Wall
Consultant:
r e d
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTES.
REFER TO A126 FOR TILE NOTES.
ALL ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN SPECIALTIES
INC OR TENANT APPROVED EQUIVALENT UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE.
PROVIDE SOLID FRT WOOD BLOCKING AS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE SHEET A002 FOR ACCESSIBILITY
GUIDELINES & MOUNTING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.
architecture +
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to
Wall
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to
Wall
Recess Mounted in Wall - Rough Opening:
6 1/4"W X 12 1/4"H X 3 3/8"D
Top of Rough Opening: 29 1/4" AFF
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to
Wall - Provide in Women's Only
Provide Plywood Blocking to Mount to
Wall
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
Recess Mounted in Wall - Rough Opening:
11 1/4"W X 15 3/4"H X 4"D
●
●
planning
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
To Be Furnished With .5 GPM Aerator
Installed. Thermostatic mixing valve is also
included.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
3' - 6"
1' - 0 5/8"
1B
7
1' - 0"
1' - 6 5/8"
3' - 4"
2' - 0"
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
3
1A
2
4
A230
111
STORE NO.: 2365
MEN
3
5
7 7/8" 1' - 2 1/8"
14
1/4" ALUMINUM RAISED
BORDER, SATIN
HORIZONTAL FINISH
DOOR FRAME
RAISED SYMBOL, SATIN
HORIZONTAL FINISH
FIELD, COLOR BY TENANT
1' - 0 3/4"
RAISED FONT: GOTHAM,
SATIN HORIZONTAL FINISH
NOTE: ALL
DIMENSIONS TO
FACE OF STUD
ADJACENT
TENANT
(N.I.C.)
SIGN HEIGHT AS REQUIRED
PER THE LOCAL JURISDICTION
(FOR BOTH MEN AND WOMEN)
9
CLEAR, RASTER STYLE BRAIL
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
(FOR BOTH MEN AND WOMEN)
10
A230
TYP WASHROOM SIGN
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
1' - 2 3/4" 7 1/2"
3
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±8'-7 1/4" AFF
LIGHT FIXTURE
1B
1A
1B
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
8
5
14
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±8'-7 1/4" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
POLYCRETE BASE
8
9
1B
3
7
POLYCRETE BASE
POLYCRETE BASE
WOMEN'S ROOM - ELEV
7
A230
1/4" = 1'-0"
2' - 0"
1A
1' - 0"
1' - 6 5/8"
9 1/2"
3
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
POLYCRETE BASE
WOMEN'S ROOM - ELEV
6
A230
1/4" = 1'-0"
WOMEN'S ROOM - ELEV
5
A230
1/4" = 1'-0"
Project No.
WOMEN'S ROOM - ELEV
1/4" = 1'-0"
3' - 4"
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±8'-7 1/4" AFF
3
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
LIGHT FIXTURE
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
1C
1B
1B
7
POLYCRETE BASE
1' - 0 5/8"
4
A230
MEN'S ROOM - ELEV
1/4" = 1'-0"
MEN'S ROOM - ELEV
1/4" = 1'-0"
9
A230
14
5
POLYCRETE BASE
3
A230
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
3
1A
7
9
POLYCRETE BASE
1/2" = 1'-0"
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
5
1B
ENLARGED PLAN
LIGHT FIXTURE
6
A126
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±8'-7 1/4" AFF
CERAMIC TILE
12
3' - 6"
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±8'-7 1/4" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
1A
7
Restroom Details
6
A126
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
9
A230
DB UPDATES
08/19/2015
Contents:
112
1B
03/02/2015
CMG411
WOMEN
8
2
5
14
8
A230
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
CERAMIC TILE; REFER
TO FINISH PLAN
7
8
1
01/12/2015
LIGHT FIXTURE
12
12
9
A230
CONSTRUCTION SET
1A
14
6
BID SET
08/24/2015
Revisions:
6
A126
6
A126
1C
5
03/02/2015
AS REQUIRED PER THE LOCAL JURISDICTION
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±8'-7 1/4" AFF
B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING
±7'-7 1/4" AFF
5
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
3" = 1'-0"
1' - 0 1/2"
9
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
1
2
A230
MEN'S ROOM - ELEV
1/4" = 1'-0"
POLYCRETE BASE
1
A230
MEN'S ROOM - ELEV
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
#12 X 1-1/2" STAINLESS
PHILLIPS HEAD #3 SCREWS.
SCREW HEADS ARE TO BE
FLUSH WITH PANEL FACES.
INSTALLED 1" FROM EDGE OF
PANEL IN ALL DIRECTIONS, TYP.
Consultant:
r e d
1' - 10"
FRAMING
HOLD SUBSTRATE 1/2" MIN.
BELOW THE TOP OF THE
FINISH 'AC' PLYWOOD
T.O. PLYWOOD BOX
11'-6" AFF
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
FRAMING
'AC' PLYWOOD BY
MILLWORK PROVIDER
B.O. PLYWOOD SOFFIT
8'-6 5/8" AFF
B.O. PLYWOOD SOFFIT
7'-6 5/8" AFF
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
1"
TYP.
B.O. SOFFIT FRAMING
7'-8" AFF
1' - 0"
FINISH
LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP.
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
LIGHT FIXTURE ALIGN WITH
PLYWOOD SOFFIT LIP, TYP.
'AC' PLYWOOD PANELS
BY MILLWORK PROVIDER
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
'AC' PLYWOOD PANELS BEYOND
SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER
DINING
BLACK RUBBER BASE
TYP UTENSIL SECTION
1' - 10"
HOLD SUBSTRATE 1/2" MIN.
BELOW THE TOP OF THE
FINISH 'AC' PLYWOOD
FRAMING
T.O. PLYWOOD BOX
11'-6" AFF
#12 X 1-1/2" STAINLESS PHILLIPS
HEAD #3 SCREWS. SCREW HEADS
ARE TO BE FLUSH WITH PANEL
FACES. INSTALLED 1" FROM
EDGE OF PANEL IN ALL
DIRECTIONS, TYP.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
3/4" = 1'-0"
STORE NO.: 2365
2
A300
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Issue Record:
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
11/03/2015
'AC' PLYWOOD BY
MILLWORK PROVIDER
FRAMING
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
B.O. PLYWOOD SOFFIT
8'-6 5/8" AFF
GYP. BD. BEHIND PERFORATED
PANELS TO BE PAINTED
"AUTUMN RIDGE"
B.O. PLYWOOD SOFFIT
7'-6 5/8" AFF
1" TYP.
B.O. SOFFIT FRAMING
7'-8" AFF
1' - 0"
FINISH
3" SPACE BETWEEN
PLYWOOD SHEATHING AND
PERFORATED WOOD PANELS
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
LIGHT FIXTURES, TYP
AC PLYWOOD PANELS BY
MILLWORK PROVIDER
PERFORATED WOOD PANELS TO
END AT TOP OF CUSTOM BENCH
DINING
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
'AC' PLYWOOD
PANELS BEYOND
Contents:
LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO E100
Building Sections
PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR
ATTACHMENT OF BANQUETTE AND
MILLWORK PACKAGE AS REQ'D
CUSTOM BANQUETTE BENCH
BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER
A300
BLACK RUBBER BASE
1
A300
TYP BANQUETTE SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
r e d
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE
PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A
DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.
LICENSE NO. 16007, EXPIRATION DATES: 11.02.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN
BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE
MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
STORE NO.: 2365
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Issue Record:
11/03/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
3
08/19/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
BP, TC
JW
Project No.
CMG411
Contents:
Perspectives
A400
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
SECTION 033000 - CAST_IN_PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A. Basic specification: Perform work of this Section according to ACI 301_05, "Specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buildings", except as specifically modified herein. Numbers in parentheses (0.00) indicate a
related paragraph of ACI 301.
B. Work included: All cast_in_place concrete work shown on the Drawings and required by these
Specifications. Allow for the installation of cast_in items furnished under other Sections. Install anchor bolts
and embeds for structural steel. Provide and install grout under steel column base plates and beam bearing
areas.
C. Provide concrete pads, piers, curbs, and bases required for equipment of all trades. Coordinate dimensions
and details with requirements of equipment being supplied, prior to placing concrete.
D. Cooperate with other trades who will provide and install items of work (sleeves, piping, conduit, inserts, etc.)
to be cast in the concrete. Place no concrete until all such items are in place.
E. Inspection and testing services required by this Section to establish mix designs are to be performed by an
agency retained by the Owner (1.6.4).
1.2
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference standards:
FLOOR DRAIN
MOP SINK, SEE ARCH.
1. Place within 6 feet of final position. Spreading with vibrators is prohibited.
2. In walls and columns, deposit concrete in uniform horizontal layers, with a maximum depth of 4 feet (18
inches for architectural concrete).
3. Maximum free fall without chutes or elephant trunks to be 5 feet (3 feet for architectural concrete).
4. Place architectural concrete continuously to a designed joint.
E. Records: Keep a complete log of pours, including date, location, quantity, weather, and identification of test
cylinders for each pour.
3.3 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor retarders are required under all slabs on grade that are to receive moisture-sensitive floor covering,
and in humidity controlled areas. Vapor retarders are not required under industrial slabs on grade nor under
those in non-humidity controlled area.
B. Vapor retarder shall be installed in accordance with ASTM E1645 “Standard Practice for Installation of Water
Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs”.
C. Where required, thickness of vapor retarder and placement shall conform to the following:
locate at openings, walls, columns, grid lines, inside corners. For reinforced or unreinforced slabs, maximum
joint spacing to be 2 1/2 times slab thickness (ie., for 4" slabs, at 10'-0" on center). Schedule slab pours and
sawcutting operations such that sawing is completed prior to onset of shrinkage cracking (5.3.5).
2. Provide isolation joints at columns (1/2 inch thick) and at walls (1/8 inch thick). Where isolation joint will be
exposed to view, set top of joint filler below top of slab a distance equal to the filler thickness, to receive
sealant. Where not exposed to view, set top of filler flush with top of slab.
B. Exterior slabs on grade: Locate joints as shown on Drawings. In the absence of information on Drawings,
provide the following (for sidewalks only):
EXIST. SLAB
ON GRADE
sidewalks, at abrupt changes in width, and at a spacing not exceeding 30 feet.
2. Control joints: Tooled, 1 inch deep, 4'_0" to 6'_0" on center between expansion joints.
3.5 FINISHES
A. Schedule of finishes on flatwork is as follows:
1. Typical interior floor areas to receive carpet, resilient floor covering, or to remain exposed: troweled finish
(5.3.4.2.c).
2. Interior floor areas to receive quarry tile, or ceramic tile: floated finish (5.3.4.2.b).
3. Exterior slabs and garage ramps: broom finish (5.3.4.2.d).
1. Minimum flatness of F (f) 30 and a minimum levelness of F (l) 25, are required for typical slabs on grade.
Preceding values are average values to be obtained over a given area. Minimum local values (one-half bay)
of F (f) 25 and F (l) 20 shall be obtained.
C. Any bay not conforming to the above flatness and levelness requirements is subject to repair or removal and
replacement. All repair and retesting shall be performed at no expense to the Owner (1.7.1).
D. "F Numbers" shall be submitted to the Owner, Engineer and Architect immediately after the testing laboratory
determines them.
3.6 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Temperature:
E. Reinforcing (3.2.1):
1. When air temperature during placement is less than 40 degrees, or will be within 24 hours, temperature of
concrete as placed is to be between 50 and 90 degrees (55 and 90 degrees for sections less than 12 inches
thick) and a non-chloride accelerator shall be used. Maintain concrete temperature within these limits for the
full curing period of 7 days. (4.2.2.7 and 5.3.1.6).
2. When air temperature during placement is greater than 80 degrees, a water-reducing retarder shall be used.
B. Curing:
1. All other slab areas may be either moist-cured or receive an application of curing compound (5.3.6.4.e),
1. Conform to ASTM E1745 “Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs”.
2. Minimum thickness of vapor retarder shall be 10 mils if placed below granular fill, 20 mils when placed above
granular fill.
I. Granular Fill below slabs on grade: 4" of ODOT 304 or approved equal.
J.
Structural Bonding Compound: Epoxy adhesive, 100% solids, two-component material suitable
for use on dry
or damp surface. The following are acceptable:
1. Euco Epoxy #352
by The Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Sikadur Hi-Mod by Sika Chemical Co.
3. Epoxtite 2390
by A. C. Horn, Inc.
K. Patching Compound, Epoxy Type: 100% solids, suitable for use on dry or damp surface. The following are
acceptable:
FLOOR SINK LOCATION
COORDINATE W/ FLOOR
PLAN & PLUMBING PLAN
(TYP.)
SEE FLOOR
SLAB NOTE #6
TYP.
3.8 ACCEPTANCE
A. When observations or tests indicate that the Contract requirements have not been met, the Contractor is to
bear the costs of any additional testing and analysis to determine acceptability, and also the cost of removal
and replacement, if such is required (1.6.5.1, 1.7.1.5, 1.7.4, and 1.7.5).
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Obtain concrete for required tests at point of placement. If concrete is pumped, obtain concrete for tests at
discharge end (1.6.4.3).
B. For each concrete class other than lean concrete, perform one strength test for each 50 yards or fraction
thereof, for one-day placement of up to 300 yards (1.6.4.2.d). Perform one strength test for each 100 yards
or fraction thereof, for one-day placements of greater than 300 yards.
C. Determine slump for each strength test (1.6.4.2.f).
D. Air Content:
1. Euco Epoxy #456 mortar by The Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Sikadur Lo-Mod Mortar
by Sika Chemical Co.
3. Epoxitite 2390 Mortarby A. C. Horn, Inc.
2.2 MIXES
The following classes of concrete are required (4.2.2.8):
Type
F'c(28 day)
Min. Cement Max. W /C ratio
TYP. CONTROL/
CONSTRUCTION JT.
SEE 1/S100
Class I
All Interior Concrete
4,000 PSI
540
0. 45
Class II
4,000 PSI
All exterior concrete
540
0.45
STORE NO.: 2365
H. Vapor Retarder:
FLOOR DRAIN
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
except that when concrete above grade is placed in the open, and the air temperature exceeds 75 degrees,
the concrete is to be moist-cured for the first 24 hours.
2. Curing is to commence immediately after placement (5.3.6.1). Do not allow curing to be delayed overnight.
3.7 CLEANING AND PATCHING
A. Repair any slabs that do not meet the finish requirements. The Architect will determine whether grinding,
filling of cracks, or patching and leveling procedures are required.
B. For slabs that are dusting, or showing other signs of improper curing, any corrective measures attempted will
be subject to prior approval of the Architect, and will be performed at Contractor's expense. These may
include additional applications of sealer or hardener, or grinding, or covering with a topping.
C. Immediately prior to final acceptance, remove from all interior and exterior surfaces which are exposed to
view, any stain-producing elements, such as pyrites, nail, wire, reinforcing steel, and form ties.
D. Remove all stains completely. Use of weak acids or patented cleaners is acceptable, but surface is to be
completely neutralized after use.
Air Content
1. Determine air content for each strength test of Class III concrete (1.6.4.2.h). At first strength test of Class III
concrete in the project, determine air content by the pressure method or the volumetric method (1.6.4.2.h).
2. At each subsequent strength test of Class II concrete, and at least twice each day when class II is being
5 to 7%
placed, monitor the air content.
E. Determine concrete temperature for each strength test (1.6.4.2.g).
F. Testing Laboratory shall provide inspection of all reinforcing steel, post-tensioning tendons, and shear stud
rail assemblies in place. Verify that the reinforcing and stud rails have been placed in strict accordance with
approved shop drawings, to include verification of:
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Verify that excavations are free of water and ice, are of the required dimensions, and have been approved by
the Soils Engineer, prior to placing concrete (5.3.1).
B. Determine field conditions by actual measurement.
C. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours in advance of placing concrete. Place concrete only when Architect is
present, unless this requirement is specifically waived.
3.2 DELIVERY AND PLACEMENT
A. Preparation before placement:
FLOOR SINK LOCATION
COORDINATE W/ FLOOR
PLAN & PLUMBING PLAN
(TYP.)
G. Do not place concrete when slump, air content, or temperature vary from allowable (1.6.8).
H. Testing laboratory shall determine the flatness and levelness of all concrete slabs with flatness requirements
of F(f) 30 or greater. Tests shall be made on the day following placement of the first concrete pour. Tests
shall be made in accordance with ASTM E1155.
I. Maintain records of all tests, indicating exact location of the structure represented by each test.
J. Test cylinders shall be stored at the jobsite for the first 20 hours, plus or minus 4 hours, in a protected
location, with the temperature maintained between 60 and 80 degrees, or the results of the strength tests
shall be considered unacceptable.
K. All field-testing and inspections shall be performed by an ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician Grade 1, or
equivalent (16.2).
END OF SECTION 033000
Delivery:
1. Conform to ASTM C94.
2. Delivery tickets to contain the following, in addition to the information required by C94:
FLOOR DRAIN
a. Reading of revolution counter at first addition of water.
b. Type and brand of cement.
c. Amount of cement.
d. Total water content by producer.
e. Maximum size of aggregate.
3. Water may be added at the site only with the Architect or Engineer’s prior approval. Secure approver’s
signature on the delivery ticket that indicates the quantity of water added.
4. ASTM C94 requires discharge within 1-1/2 hours or 300 revolutions, whichever comes first, after the
introduction of water to cement and aggregates, or the introduction of cement to the aggregates. Architect
may require an earlier discharge during hot weather, or when high-early strength cement is being used.
C. Conveying: Keep delivery carts and buggies on runways; do not allow them to bear on reinforcing or uncured
concrete.
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
1
1/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
CMS
ASH
2 1/2"
14.34.116
8"
EL. SEE PLAN
3"
t
11/03/2014
Project No.
Contents:
1
2
SLAB ON GRADE NOTES:
1. REFERENCE ELEVATION = TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION = 100'-0".
6"
SEE PLAN
TRENCH DRAIN BY
PLUMBING
CONTRACTOR
SL. DN.
CUT EVERY OTHER WIRE
IN MESH AT JOINT
1/8"
8"
SAWED JOINT TO
BE FILLED WITH
JOINT FILLER
3. G.C.TO REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXTERIOR PADS AND
DOOR STOOPS.
SLAB PLAN
6"
TYPICAL FLOOR CONSTRUCTION JOINT
2. DRAWINGS INDICATE SLAB ON GRADE IS THE ONLY NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOWN. ALL OTHER STRUCTURE
SHOWN IS EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN RELATION TO THE SLAB ON GRADE. G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL
EXISTING COLUMNS OR WALL LOCATIONS, MECHANICAL PLUMBING DRAINS & LOCATIONS.
4. DEVIATIONS FROM SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT/CONTROL JOINT PATTERN SHOWN MUST BE APPROVED BY
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.
SLAB PLAN
2 1/2"
EXIST. SLAB
ON GRADE
3/4"
SEE FLOOR
SLAB NOTE #6
TYP.
Issue Record:
1. Bar size and spacing.
2. Bar clearances. Bar placement within listed tolerances.
3. Adequate support and tying of bars to prevent dislodging during concrete placement.
1. Do not use additives or salts to remove ice. Non-chloride deicers may be used.
2. In cold weather, maintain temperature of forms and reinforcing within a range of 55 - 90 degrees F.
B.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
2. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185. Provide in sheet form for all uses.
F.
Premolded expansion joint filler: ASTM D1751, (2.2.1.4).
G. Curing compound and sealer: ASTM C309 moisture retention. The compound shall be a water -based
membrane forming liquid, 15% solids content minimum , and shall meet all specifications of the floor finish
products that are to be used.
4" CONC. SLAB ON GRADE
W/ 6x6 W1.4/1.4 WWF.
TOP OF SLAB EL. 100'-0"
SEE FLOOR
SLAB NOTE #6
TYP.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS
SUCH REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN
GRILL, INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS
LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN
AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
B. Surfaces of floor slabs shall be finished to the following tolerances, per ACI 117 (5.3.4.3):
1. Deformed bars: ASTM A615, A616, A617, or A706. Minimum yield strength to be 60 ksi
1.1. Lap splices for reinforcing bars shall be a minimum of 36 bar diameters unless noted otherwise.
FLOOR DRAIN
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
1. Expansion joints: Full depth, with 1/2 inch joint filler, where slabs abut vertical surfaces at intersections of
1. Water_reducing: ASTM C494, Type A or D (4.2.1.4).
2. Mid-range water-reducing admixture: ASTM C494, Type A (4.2.1.4).
3. Air_entraining: ASTM C260 (4.2.1.4).
4. High-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): ASTM C494, Type F or G (4.2.1.4).
5. Non_chloride, non_corrosive accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E (4.2.1.4).
6. Fly ash: ASTM C618, Type C or F (4.2.1.1.c).
7. Ground granulated blast-furnace slag: ASTM C989 (4.2.1.1.d).
8. Calcium chloride is NOT permitted (4.2.2.6).
9. Use of admixtures other than those listed will be permitted only when approved prior to bid.
FLOOR DRAIN
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
1. Locate control (contraction) joints as shown on the Drawings. In the absence of information on Drawings,
D. Submit test data for aggregates proposed for use, indicating source and compliance with specification
requirements. Date of test to be no more than 90 days prior to submittal. Resubmit in advance of any
proposed change in source.
E.
Submit product literature for admixtures and curing compounds proposed for use.
F. Submit reports of all required testing and inspection.
1.4
FIELD REFERENCE MANUALS
A. Provide at least one copy of the ACI Field Reference Manual, SP_15 (1.3.3), and one copy of CRSI’s “Placing
Reinforcing Bars”, in the field office at all times.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cement (4.2.1.1): Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type I. Type II or III (high early strength) may be used
with written approval and at the Contractor's expense. All cement for concrete exposed to view to be from
the same mill.
B. Water: Potable.
C. Aggregates: ASTM C33, (4.2.1.2). Use size no. 57. Conform to ODOT Material Specifications 703.02.
D. Admixtures (where required or permitted):
FLOOR SINK LOCATION
COORDINATE W/ FLOOR
PLAN & PLUMBING PLAN
(TYP.)
planning
granular fill. Granular fill shall be a minimum of 4" of well-graded granular material, equivalent to ODOT 304.
3.4 JOINTING
A. Interior slabs on grade:
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for approval the name of the agency proposed for the required inspection and testing services.
B. Submit a mix design for each class of concrete required (1.6.3). Concrete proportions shall be established on
the basis of previous field experience or trial mixtures (4.2.3).
C. Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing. Indicate strength, size, and details of all bar reinforcing, and style
and specification of all welded wire fabric (3.1.1).
FLOOR SINK LOCATION
COORDINATE W/ FLOOR
PLAN & PLUMBING PLAN
(TYP.)
architecture +
1. The vapor retarder shall be a minimum of 10 mils thick and placed on the prepared subgrade, below the
1. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
2. "Placing Reinforcing Bars", CRSI & WCRSI Recommended Practices.
2
S100
r e d
D. Placement:
t/4
EL. SEE PLAN
1
(2) #5 CONT.
t
S100
1
1/4" = 1'-0"
5. REFERENCE DETAIL 1 FOR SLAB CONTROL AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. PROVIDE (2 #4 x 4'-0" LONG, SET
1-1/2" FROM TOP OF SLAB, AND CENTERED ON ALL RE-ENTRANTSLAB CORNERS.
6. PROVIDE #4 x 16" LG. DOWELS TO ADJACENT EXISTING SLAB @ 24" O.C. DRILL & EPOXY 4 1/2" INTO EXISTING
SLAB W/ HILTI HIT-HY200 ADHESIVE.
TYPICAL FLOOR CONTROL JOINT
SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
1
SEE PLUMBING
1' - 2"
DETAIL
3/4" = 1'-0"
2
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
r e d
architecture +
planning
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
GOVERNING CODE: 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
DESIGN LOADS:
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
ROOF LIVE LOADS: (IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1607.12)
- FLAT ROOFS
FRAME PER
10/S300
30 PSF
SNOW LOADS: (IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1608)
- GROUND SNOW LOAD (Pg)
- FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD (Pf)
- SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR (Ce)
- SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Is)
- THERMAL FACTOR (Ct)
- ROOF MINIUM DESIGN SNOW LOAD
300#
100#
FRAME PER
10/S300
1
1
30 PSF
21 PSF
1.0
1.0
1.0
30 PSF+DRIFT
WIND LOADS: (IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1609)
1
- BASIC WIND SPEED (V)
- WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Iw)
- EXPOSURE CATEGORY
- INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (Gcpi)
11
S300
[22KSP4]
[22KCS4]
1
[22KCS4]
260#
[22KCS4]
[22KCS4]
1
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS
SUCH REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN
GRILL, INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS
LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN
AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
115 MPH (ULTIMATE)
1.0
EXPOSURE 'B'
+/- 0.18
SEISMIC LOADS: NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 13 OF ASCE 7)
- COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Ip)
- Rp PER TABLE 13.5-1 OR 13.6-1
- ap PER TABLE 13.5-1 OR 13.6-1
- Sds
950#
1.0
VARIES FROM 1.0 TO 12.0
VARIES FROM 1.0 TO 2.5
0.102
1300#
1.
WT#
1300#
2.
INDICATES ROOF OPENING. DETERMINE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION FROM ARCHITECTURAL AND
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE A FRAME PER SECTION 6/S300, AT ALL OPENINGS GREATER
THAN 8" PERPENDICULAR TO THE DECK SPAN.
3.
CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY AND STABILITY OF EXISTING STRUCTURE
DURING DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION.
4.
EXISTING PORTIONS OF PLANS ARE FROM ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, FIELD INSPECTIONS, OR
ENGINEERING ASSUMPTIONS. ALL EXISTING MATERIAL, DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND GENERAL
CONDITIONS OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE PURCHASE OF MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION.
IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND BETWEEN WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND WHAT EXISTS IN THE
FIELD, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND ARCHITECT TO DETERMINE WHAT
SHOULD BE DONE TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED. BEGINNING OF STEEL FABRICATION
MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.
650#
[32G7N]
[28G6N]
FRAME PER
10/S300
INDICATES MECHANICAL LOADS SUPPORTED ON ROOF. COORDINATE THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND
WEIGHT OF ALL UNITS WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE A ROOF FRAME AT UNIT
CURBS SIMILAR TO SECTIONS 1/S300 AND 2/S300, AND REINFORCE JOISTS AT CONCENTRATED
LOAD SUPPORT LOCATIONS PER SECTION 4/S300. PROVIDE RTU CURB TO MATCH SLOPE OF
ROOF STRUCTURE (FIELD VERIFY ROOF SLOPE) TOP SURFACE SHALL BE LEVEL FOR MOUNTING
OF EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE OF EQUIPMENT.
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
[W14x22]
100#
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
CHANNEL PER
2/S300
ROOF FRAMING NOTES:
STORE NO.: 2365
HOOD SUPPORT
PER 7/S300
[W14x22]
CHANNEL PER
2/S300
CONSTRUCTION FIRE PROTECTION NOTE
DURING WELDING OR ANY OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY THAT GENERATES SPARKS OR INTENSE HEAT, THE
GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE FIRE PROTECTION TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND
CONTENTS.
AS A MINIMUM:
Issue Record:
1. REMOVE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS FROM AREAS OF WELDING SPARKS
2. PROVIDE FIRE PROOF BLANKETS AND SHIELDS TO CONTAIN SPARKS WHERE COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS CANNOT BE REMOVED.
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
1
3. PROVIDE A FIRE SAFETY OBSERVER WITH A FIRE EXTINGUISHER ON BOTH THE ROOF AND
BELOW THE ROOF DURING WELDING NEAR THE ROOF STRUCTURE.
[22KSP4]
Revisions:
[W14x22]
[22KCS4]
1
[22KCS4]
[22KCS4]
[22KCS4]
1
11/03/2014
1
1/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
3
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
Drawn:
Checked:
CMS
ASH
Project No.
14.34.116
Contents:
EXIST. ROOF FRAMING
PLAN
[W16x26]
[W18x35]
[W14x22]
EXIST. ROOF FRAMING PLAN
S110
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
ROOF TOP UNIT SUPPORT NOTES:
r e d
1. INSTALL C6x8.2's OVER DECK.
2. POSITION CURB OVER CHANNELS AND LOCATE REQUIRED DUCT PENETRATIONS THRU
ROOF. REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZES..
architecture +
3. REMOVE DECK AT DUCT PENETRATION LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. FIELD WELD NEW DECK
SUPPORT ANGLES BETWEEN CHANNELS. DECK SUPPORT ANGLE MAY BE OMITTED IF
EDGE OF PENETRATION IS WITHIN 6" OF AN EDGE OF JOIST.
855 GRANDVIEW AVENUE
SUITE 295
COLUMBUS, OHIO
43215
PHONE:
614.487.8770
FAX:
614.487.8777
4. SCREW EXISTING DECK EDGE TO DECK SUPPORT ANGLES AS SHOWN.
3"
MIN.
ROOF JOISTS
TYP.
REMOVE DECK AT DUCT
PENETRATIONS ONLY.
THRU
DECK
TYP.
ROOF JOISTS
3
S300
1/8"
1
TYP.
3"
MIN.
3
S300
MECHANICAL UNIT
CURB
REMOVE DECK AT DUCT
PENETRATIONS ONLY.
C6 x 8.2 CURB
SUPPORT CHANNELS.
IF LOCATION VARIES
FROM THE LOCATIONS
SHOWN ON THE ROOF
FRAMING PLAN,
CONTACT STRUCTURAL
ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY.
planning
CONT. C6 x 8.2
EXTEND CHANNEL 3"
BEYOND ADJACENT
JOIST
1/8"
ROOF LOAD
ROOF LOAD
EXISTING
MTL. DECK
L3x3x1/4‚ BETWEEN
CHANNELS. COPE
VERTICAL LEG AT
CHANNEL.
TYP.
5
S300
@ EA.
JOIST
1
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
ROUND BAR NOT ACCEPTABLE
(REINFORCE W/ ANGLE AS SHOWN
AT LEFT)
HANGER
LOAD
1/8"
ROOF DECK
1
THRU
DECK
TYP.
NOTE: REINFORCE JOIST PER
DETAIL 4/S300 AS REQ'D
LONG DIMENSION OF UNIT PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS
1/2" = 1'-0"
TYP.
HANGER
LOAD
(TYP. @ ALL MECH. UNITS)
ROOF DECK
RTU FRAMING PLAN
EXISTING JOIST
MODIFICATION IS TYP. FOR ALL JOISTS
SUPPORTING LOAD FROM TOP OR BOTTOM
CHORD BETWEEN PANEL PTS. VERIFY LOC.
& NO. OF LOADS W/ ARCH., MECH., PLUMB.,
& ELEC. DWGS.
LONG DIMENSION OF UNIT PARALLEL TO JOISTS
RTU FRAMING PLAN
1
1/2" = 1'-0"
SECTION
2
3/4" = 1'-0"
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS
SUCH REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN
GRILL, INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS
LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN
AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
FIELD WELD ANGLE FROM LOAD
LOCATION TO NEAREST TOP OR BOTTOM
CHORD PANEL POINT. USE
L2 x 2 x 3/16 FOR "K" SERIES JOIST
USE L3 x 3 x 1/4 FOR "LH" SERIES JOISTS.
JOIST REINF. DETAIL
3
3/4" = 1'-0"
4
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
3/16"
1/8
L4 x 4 x 5/16"
(4 SIDES)
A
[email protected]
EXISTING DECK
9
S300
1/2"Ø THREADED ROD
WITH DOUBLE NUT AND PL.
WASHERS EA. END. @ EA.
HOOD HANGING POINT
LOCATION
EXISTING
STEEL JOIST
L3x3x1/4
DETAIL A
P1000 UNISTRUT FOR (3)
JOIST BAYS, MIN. DO NOT
CANTILEVER.
3/16"
SCREW DECK TO
ANGLE W/ #10 TEK
SCREWS @ 12" O.C.
L2x2x3/16
STORE NO.: 2365
TYP.
ROOF OPENING
SEE MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR
FOR SIZE AND
LOCATION
NOTE: REINFORCE JOIST PER
DETAIL 4/S300 AS REQ'D
TYPICAL.
REINFORCE JOISTS AS
REQUIRED PER DETAIL 4/S300.
EXISTING
STEEL JOIST
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
EXISTING DECK
FIELD VERIFY
Issue Record:
NOTE: ALL WELDING TO JOISTS SHALL BE
DONE WITH CARE SO AS NOT TO
IMPAIR THE JOISTS.
VENT HOOD, SEE MECH.
EL. SEE ARCH
11/03/2014
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
03/02/2015
BID SET
08/24/2015
CONSTRUCTION SET
LONG DIMENSION OF HOOD PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS
SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
SECTION
5
3/4" = 1'-0"
VENT HOOD SECTION
6
Revisions:
3/4" = 1'-0"
EXISTING DECK
NOTE: REINFORCE JOIST PER
DETAIL 4/300 AS REQ'D
TYPICAL
EXISTING DECK
NOTE: REINFORCE JOIST PER
DETAIL 4/300 AS REQ'D
TYPICAL
IF DECK OPENINGS ARE
REQUIRED FOR UNIT,
COORD. PER DETAIL 6/S300
EXISTING JOIST
& DECK.
EXISTING
STEEL JOIST
VENT HOOD, SEE MECH.
DETAIL A
1/2"Ø A307 BOLT
WITH PL. WASHERS
THRU EA. JOIST
CHORD
P1000 UNISTRUT
OR P1001 UNISTRUT
AS NOTED.
EXISTING
STEEL JOIST
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
2
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
1
Drawn:
Checked:
CMS
ASH
14.34.116
P1001 UNISTRUT.
1/2"Ø THREADED ROD
WITH DOUBLE NUT AND PL.
WASHERS EA. END. @ EA.
HOOD HANGING POINT
LOCATION
1/12/2015
Project No.
NOTE: REINFORCE JOIST PER
DETAIL 4/S300 AS REQ'D
TYP.
1
1/8
A
9
S300
7
L5 x 3 1/2 x 5/16
LLV (2 SIDES).
LOCATE DIRECTLY
UNDER EQUIPMENT
CURB.
REINFORCE JOISTS AS
REQUIRED PER DETAIL 4/S300.
EXISTING
STEEL JOIST
9
S300
P1001 UNISTRUT.
Contents:
TYP.
VENT HOOD,
SEE MECH.
L4 x 4 x 1/4 x 1'-2" LG.
W/ (2) 1/2"Ø HILTI KWIK
BOLT TZ W/ 4" EMBED.
(TYP. 2 LOCATIONS)
1/2"Ø THREADED ROD
WITH DOUBLE NUT AND PL.
WASHERS EA. END. @ EA.
HOOD HANGING POINT
LOCATION
ROOF FRAMING DETAILS
FIELD VERIFY
EL. SEE ARCH.
EL. SEE ARCH.
NOTE: ALL WELDING TO JOISTS SHALL BE
DONE WITH CARE SO AS NOT TO
IMPAIR THE JOISTS.
LONG DIMENSION OF HOOD PARALLEL TO JOISTS
VENT HOOD SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
8
SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
9
SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
S300
LONG DIMENSION OF HOOD PARALLEL TO JOISTS
10
SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
11
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
APPROXIMATELY 2217 SF
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
MATERIAL SCHEDULE
APPLICATION
CATEGORY
108
ALLOWABLE MATERIAL
KITCHEN
FOR CONSTRUCTION
EXPOSED STRUCTURE CEILING
PLYWOOD CEILING
SPRINKLER
HEAD
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
CHROME UPRIGHT
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
BRONZE CONCEALED
PENDENT WITH
BRASS COVER PLATE
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
CHROME RECESSED
PENDENT WITH
CHROME
ESCUTCHEON
110
LAY-IN CEILING
COOLER
CHROME RECESSED
PENDENT WITH
CHROME ESCUTCHEON
107
COOKING
109
OFFICE
FIRE PROTECTION SCHEDULE
ROOM NUM. DESCRIPTION
CEILING
HEIGHT
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
HAZARD
100
MAIN ENTRY
EXPOSED STRUCTURE
VARIES
LIGHT
101
102
103
104
105
DINING
UTENSIL
PASSAGE
POS
ORDERING
EXPOSED STRUCTURE
PLYWOOD
PLYWOOD
GYPSUM BOARD
EXPOSED STRUCTURE
VARIES
7'-6"
7'-6"
9'-0"
VARIES
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
ORD. HAZ. 1
LIGHT
106
107
108
109
110
SERVING
COOKING
KITCHEN
OFFICE
COOLER
GYPSUM BOARD
GYPSUM BOARD
LAY-IN
LAY-IN
INTEGRAL
9'-0"
9'-0"
10'-0"
9'-0"
9'-4"
ORD. HAZ. 1
ORD. HAZ. 1
ORD. HAZ. 1
ORD. HAZ. 1
ORD. HAZ. 1
111
112
MENS
WOMENS
GYPSUM BOARD
GYPSUM BOARD
7'-7"
7'-7"
LIGHT
LIGHT
106
SERVING
104
POS
111
105
MENS
ORDERING
FIRE PROTECTION SCHEDULE NOTES
A
CEILING HEIGHT SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
FOR EXACT CEILING HEIGHT.
103
PASSAGE
FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES
A
B
FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE, NFPA, LOCAL
FIRE DEPARTMENT STANDARDS, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR
THE PREVAILING CODES.
MODIFY THE EXISTING HEAD LAYOUT AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN THE SPACES SHOWN TO SUIT THE
NEW FLOOR PLAN. PROVIDE NEW HEADS AND DEVICES AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.
PROVIDE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR REVISED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM.
C
COORDINATE HEAD LAYOUT WITH EXPOSED DUCTWORK, LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND
ARCHITECTURAL CEILING ELEMENTS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS.
PROVIDE HEADS IN LAY-IN CEILINGS AT QUARTER POINTS ALONG LONG AXIS OF CEILING TILES.
SUBMIT HEAD LAYOUT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FOR PERMIT
APPROVAL.
D
OBTAIN PERMITS, APPROVALS, AND INSPECTIONS FOR REVISED FIRE PROTECTION AND ALARM
SYSTEMS.
CEILING HEIGHTS AND CEILING FIXTURE PLACEMENTS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. SEE
ARCHITECTURAL RCP FOR EXACT CEILING HEIGHTS AND CEILING FIXTURE DIMENSIONS.
E
F
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
FREEZE-PROOF
PENDENT
STORE NO.: 2365
WALK-IN COOLER
Issue Record:
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
101
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
DINING
#
102
112
Revisions:
UTENSIL
WOMENS
THE TERM "FURNISH" MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING,
UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE TERM "INSTALL" DESCRIBES
THE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING,
ASSEMBLY, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING,
CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS TO
FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE.
HOLD VERTICAL SPRINKLER PIPE ABOVE THE PLYWOOD
DINING ROOM ELEMENT THAT'S VISIBLE FROM THE
DINING ROOM TIGHT TO THE DEMISING WALL
FOR REFERENCE ONLY:
FIRE PROTECTION AND ALARM
SYSTEMS ARE TO BE DESIGNED
BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
100
13203
MAIN ENTRY
Contents:
Fire Protection Plan
1
F100
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN
F100
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 15732 - PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings.
B. Comply with ASHRAE 15.
C. EER: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Building,
except Low Rise Residential Buildings."
D. Warranties: Submit a written warranty, signed by the manufacturer, agreeing to the repair or replacement
of components that fail within 5 years of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PACKAGED UNITS, 5 TO 20 TONS
A. Factory assembled and tested, consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils, condenser and
evaporator fans, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers.
1. Refer to Rooftop Heating/Cooling Unit Schedule on drawing M200 for capacities, and manufacturers.
2. Evaporator Fans: Belt driven, forward curved centrifugal.
3. Exhaust/Relief Fans: Direct drive, forward curved centrifugal or propeller.
4. Condenser Fans: Direct drive propeller.
5. Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum fins and copper coil.
6. Compressors: Serviceable hermetic or fully hermetic, with safety controls, hot gas bypass, and timed off
controls.
7. Heat Exchangers: Gas fired, with gas controls, electronic ignition, high limit cutout, and forced draft
proving switch.
8. Economizer controls (Comparative Enthalpy, 100% capacity).
9. Low ambient controls.
10. Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric.
11. Operating Controls: Two stage heating and two stage cooling on units 8-1/2 tons and over.
12. Roof curb.
13. Control Wiring from T-stat to rooftop unit: Shall be 18ga / 7 conductor, rated for plenum applications.
14. Control Wiring from T-stat to remote sensor: Shall be a separate 18ga / 2 conductor shielded, rated for
plenum applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install units level and plumb and firmly anchored.
B. Connect gas piping to burner with pipe same size as gas train inlet, and provide union with sufficient
clearance for burner removal and service.
C. Connect to supply and return hydronic piping with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection.
D. Install ducts to termination in roof mounting frames. Terminate return air duct through roof structure.
E. Connect units to wiring systems and to ground.
END OF SECTION 15732
SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OUTLETS AND INLETS
A. Diffusers:
1. Refer to Grills, Registers, and Diffusers Schedule for equipment schedule
2. Manufacturer: As scheduled (NO SUBSTITUTIONS)
3. Material: As scheduled.
4. Finish: As scheduled.
5. Mounting: As scheduled.
B. Wall and Ceiling Registers:
1. Refer to Grills, Registers, and Diffusers Schedule for equipment schedule
2. Manufacturer: As scheduled (NO SUBSTITUTIONS)
3. Material: As scheduled.
4. Finish: As Scheduled.
5. Mounting: Countersunk screw.
C. Wall and Ceiling Grilles:
6. Refer to Grills, Registers, and Diffusers Schedule for equipment schedule
7. Manufacturer: As scheduled (NO SUBSTITUTIONS)
8. Material: As scheduled.
9. Finish: As Scheduled.
10. Mounting: Countersunk screw or lay in depending location.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate location and installation with duct installation and installation of other ceiling and wall mounted
items.
B. Locate ceiling diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction "reflected ceiling
plans." Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of acoustical ceiling panels.
END OF SECTION 15855
SECTION 15900 - HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Summary: Electric/electronic control sequences for HVAC systems and equipment.
B. Submittals: Shop Drawings detailing operating control sequences of each item of HVAC equipment and
system and Product Data for controllers, sensors, operators, control panels, thermostats, humidistats,
actuators, control valves and dampers.
C. System Description: Control systems consists of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements,
interface equipment, and other apparatus, accessories, required to operate mechanical systems
according to sequences of operation indicated and specified.
D. Operation Sequence:
1. Unoccupied Cycle: During unoccupied hours as set by a programmable thermostat the outside air and
return dampers for the HVAC unit close, and the thermostat set point resets to 65° F (user adjustable).
Upon a call for heating, the HVAC unit energizes.
2. Occupied Cycle: During occupied hours, as set by a programmable thermostat the outside air and
return dampers open to a minimum set point. The furnace and exhaust fans run continuously. Upon a
call for heating, the furnace heating energizes. Upon a call for cooling, the condensing unit energizes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install control wiring concealed, except in mechanical rooms, and according to requirements specified in
Division 16 Sections.
END OF SECTION 15900
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
SECTION 15554 - FLUES AND VENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GAS VENTS
A. Vent/air intake for high efficiency domestic water heater. Size per manufacturer's recommendation.
B. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, draft hood connectors, metal cap with bird barrier, adjustable roof
flashing, storm collar, support assembly, thimbles, firestopping spacers, and fasteners; fabricated of
similar materials and designs as vent-pipe straight sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install vents according to stipulated minimum clearances from combustibles.
B. Seal between sections of positive pressure vents using only sealants recommended by manufacturer.
C. Support vents at intervals to support the weight of the vent and all accessories, without exceeding loading
of appliances.
END OF SECTION 15554
SECTION 15810 - DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Submittals: Product Data for fire and smoke dampers.
B.
Comply with NFPA 90A for systems serving spaces more than 25,000 cu. ft. in volume or building Types
II, IV, and V construction more than 3 stories in height.
C.
Comply with NFPA 90B for systems serving spaces in 1 or 2 family dwellings or serving spaces less
than 25,000 cu. ft..
D.
Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,"
Chapter 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, except single family residential usage, unless
otherwise indicated.
E.
Comply with UL 181 and UL 181A for ducts and closures.
F.
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency Qualifications: AABC certified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
DUCTS
A.
Spiral Duct: Spiral Lock Seam, without insulation, G90 galvanized finish, ASTM A-653/924
1. Basis of Design Manufacturers: Lindab SPIROsafe, alternates to the basis of design must be
submitted for review.
2. Fittings: Factory produced standing seam construction with internal sealing. Fittings with a major axis
of 36" or smaller shall be 20 gauge. Fittings with a major axis of 37"-48" shall be 18 gauge.
B.
Galvanized Steel Sheet: Forming steel, ASTM A 653/653M, G90 coating designation.
C.
Duct Liner: ASTM C 1071, Type II, with an airstream surface coated with a temperature resistant
coating. Thickness: 1-1/2 inch. R-value : 6.3.
1. Adhesive: ASTM C 916, Type I.
2. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel pin, length as required to penetrate liner plus a 1/8 inch
projection maximum into the airstream.
D.
Joint and Seam Tape: Comply with UL 181A.
E.
Joint and Seam Sealant: Comply with UL 181A.
F.
Rectangular Metal Duct Fabrication: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standard" for
metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie rod applications, and joint types and intervals.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A.
Volume-Control Dampers: Factory fabricated volume control dampers, complete with required
hardware and accessories. Single blade and multiple opposed blade, standard leakage rating, and
suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.
B.
Fire Dampers: Factory-fabricated fire dampers, complete with required hardware and accessories. UL
labeled according to UL 555, "Fire Dampers".
C.
Flexible Connectors: Flame retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying
with UL 181, Class 1.
D.
Flexible Ducts: Factory fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 2 inch thick,
glass fiber insulation, R-value: 6.0, around a continuous inner liner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Duct System Pressure Class: Construct and install each duct system with 2 inch positive and negative
duct pressure classifications.
B.
Conceal ducts from view in finished and occupied spaces. Except where noted as exposed.
C.
Avoid passing through electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.
D.
Support and connect metal ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standard".
E.
Install duct accessories according to applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA
standards.
F.
Install liner on all supply and return duct.
G.
Install volume control dampers in lined duct with methods to avoid damage to liner and to avoid erosion
of duct liner.
H.
Install fire and smoke dampers according to manufacturer's UL approved written instructions.
I.
Install fusible links in fire dampers.
J.
Provide saddle taps at tees for exposed ductwork.
3.2
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
A.
The owner will supply an independent balance agent to to balance and adjust the HVAC installation.
The balance agent will be responsible for any pulley or belt changes required.
B.
The general contactor is to have trained staffed available during the balancing to correct issues noted by
the balance agent.
C.
The balance agent is to balance airflow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and
terminals to indicated quantities +/- 10%. The hood exhaust system shall be balanced to a tolerance of
-0+10% and the make-up air system to a tolerance of -10+0%.
D.
The balance agent is to supply a copy of the balance report to the owner, engineer and general
contractor for review.
END OF SECTION 15810
STORE NO.: 2365
SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
B. Quality Assurance: Labeled with maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and maximum smoke developed
rating of 50 according to ASTM E 84.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE INSULATION
A. Preformed Glass Fiber Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Class 1, with factory applied, all purpose, vapor
retarder jacket.
B. Polyolefin Pipe Insulation: Unicellular polyethylene, preformed pipe insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534,
Type I, except for density.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install vapor barriers on insulated pipes with surface operating temperatures below 60 deg F.
B. Insulate fittings, valves, and specialties.
C. Seal vapor barrier penetrations for hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections.
D. Coat glass fiber pipe insulation ends with vapor barrier coating.
E. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with the top of the roof flashing.
F. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush with
mechanical sleeve seal.
G. Interior Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions,
except fire rated walls and partitions.
H. Fire Rated Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Terminate insulation at penetrations through fire rated walls
and partitions. Seal around penetration with through penetration firestop systems.
I.
Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at the underside of the floor assembly and at the floor support at
top of floor. Seal around penetration with through penetration firestop systems.
J. Glass Fiber Insulation Installation: Bond insulation to pipe with adhesive. Seal seams and joints with
vapor barrier compound.
K. Interior Piping System Applications: Insulate the following piping systems:
1. Domestic hot and cold water.
2. Exposed sanitary drains of fixtures for the disabled.
3. Refrigerant piping.
L.
Do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment:
1. Flexible connectors.
2. Fire protection piping systems.
3. Sanitary drainage and vent piping.
4. Chrome plated pipes and fittings, except for plumbing fixtures for the disabled.
5. Piping specialties, including air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow
regulators.
M.
Pipe Insulation Thickness Application Schedule: Insulate piping with the following materials and
thicknesses:
1. Domestic Hot and Cold Water: 1/2-inch preformed glass fiber pipe insulation.
2. Sanitary Drains: 1/2-inch polyolefin pipe insulation.
END OF SECTION 15080
Issue Record:
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
#
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
13203
Contents:
Mechanical
Specifications
M010
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
S
DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR
15
M
MOTOR-OPERATED DAMPER
16
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER
GREASE DUCT CLEANOUT
MITERED CORNER WITHOUT TURNING VANES
17
THERMOSTAT
S
REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
#
PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON
THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING
18
CONNECT TO EXISTING
XX-#
EQUIPMENT TAG: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ON SHEET M200 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION
A
AUDIO/VISUAL REMOTE SMOKE DETECTOR
ANNUNCIATOR WITH REMOTE KEY
OPERATED RESET
20
21
ABBREVIATIONS
AFF
AFG
CD
CU
EF
ER
EXT'G
HD
MUA
OBD
RG
RTU
SR
VSC
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
CEILING DIFFUSER
CONDENSING UNIT
EXHAUST FAN
EXHAUST REGISTER
EXISTING
HOOD
MAKEUP AIR UNIT
BLADE DAMPER
RETURN GRILLE
ROOFTOP UNIT
SUPPLY REGISTER
VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL
GC
HES
TAB
TCC
TES
THS
TLS
TMB
TMS
TP
TRS
TSV
WCS
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
TENANT'S HVAC EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER
TENANT'S TEST AND BALANCE VENDOR
TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR
TENANT'S KITCHEN EQUIPEMNT SUPPLIER
TENANT'S HOOD SUPPLIER
TENANT'S LIGHT/LAMP SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MENU BOARD SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MILLWORK SUPPLIER
TENANT'S PHONE SUPPLIER
TENANT'S RAILING SUPPLIER
TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR
TENANT'S WALK-IN COOLER SUPPLIER
22
23
24
25
26
27
THE TERM "FURNISH" MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR
UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE TERM
"INSTALL" DESCRIBES THE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL
UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO
DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE TERM
"PROVIDE" MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE.
CU-2
ON ROOF
19
S S
13
FOR CONSTRUCTION
3
M300
15
CU-1
ON ROOF
18
INSTALL CHIPOTLE-FURNISHED KITCHEN HOOD, HD-1. SUPPORT HOOD PER MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL HOOD ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITS LISTING, IN
COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 96, THE BUILDING CODE, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. HOOD
SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL DUCT COLLAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO AUTOMATICALLY ENERGIZE THE
EXHAUST AND MAKEUP AIR FANS IF COOKING TEMPERATURES ARE DETECTED. EXHAUST DUCT SYSTEM
TO BE WELDED OR FACTORY-MANUFACTURED WATER AND AIR TIGHT. INSTALL CLEANOUTS PER CODE
AND AS SHOWN. INSTALL HOOD PER DETAILS 4, AND 5/M300. CHIPOTLE WILL PROVIDE AN
INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY FOR TESTING THE INTEGRITY OF THE GREASE DUCT SYSTEM.
INSTALL REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT FOR WALK-IN COOLER ON ROOF. INSTALL REFRIGERANT LINE SET,
THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE, SOLENOID VALVE, TEMPERATURE CONTROL, SIGHT GLASS, FILTER
DRIER, PRESSURE CONTROL, LOW AMBIENT CONTROLS, AND WEATHERPROOF HOUSING. TRAP AND
SLOPE REFRIGERANT LINES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEAL PIPING PENETRATIONS
THROUGH COOLER ROOF. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ASHRAE/ANSI STANDARD 15. INSTALL
THE REFRIGERANT LINE SET UNDER THE ROOF DECK TO WITHIN 3' OF THE CONDENSING UNIT. CUT
2-1/2" HOLE IN WALK-IN COOLER ROOF FOR REFRIGERANT LINE SET AND SEAL PER THE COOLER
MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AFTER LINE SET IS INSTALLED.
INSTALL REMOTE CONDENSER FOR ICE MACHINE ON ROOF. INSTALL REFRIGERANT LINE SET,
THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE, SOLENOID VALVE, TEMPERATURE CONTROL, SIGHT GLASS, FILTER
DRIER, PRESSURE CONTROL, LOW AMBIENT CONTROLS, AND WEATHERPROOF HOUSING. TRAP AND
SLOPE REFRIGERANT LINES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEAL PIPING PENETRATIONS
THROUGH ROOF. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ASHRAE/ANSI STANDARD 15. INSTALL THE
REFRIGERANT LINE SET UNDER THE ROOF DECK TO WITHIN 3' OF THE REMOTE CONDENSER. IF
REFRIGERANT PIPING TO ICE MAKER IS EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW CONCEAL WITHIN A STAINLESS STEEL
SHROUD AS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
1900 CFM
12ø
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
22
EF-1
ON ROOF
HD-1
17
11
EF-2
ON ROOF
16
6Ø CD1
100 CFM
6ø
6
10ø
SR2
300 CFM
RG2
1700 CFM
9
4
20/14
20/14
22/16
16/16
12
18/12
18/20
4/8
RTU-1
ON ROOF
20
4/8
5
INSTALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
PROVIDE WATER HEATER COMBUSTION AIR AND FLUE VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF PER DETAIL 1/P300.
MAINTAIN 10' MINIMUM SEPARATION BETWEEN FLUE VENT AND VENTILATION AIR INTAKES.
TERMINATE PER THE WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
23
75 CFM
ER1
10Ø CD3
75 CFM
10Ø CD3
300 CFM
PROVIDE AUDIO/VISUAL REMOTE SMOKE DETECTOR ANNUNCIATOR WITH REMOTE KEY OPERATED
RESET. WIRE A UNIT BACK TO EACH SMOKE DETECTOR. MOUNT UNIT 60" AFF. TYPICAL.
INSTALL RETURN GRILL ABOVE RESTROOM DOOR PER 3/M100.
PROVIDE EXHAUST REGISTER CONCEALED IN RESTROOM COVE AS SHOWN IN SECTION 2/M100.
ER1
300 CFM
12/8
8Ø CD2
12/20
10ø
INSTALL EXHAUST FAN EF-1 PER DETAIL 6/M300. INSTALL GREASE VIROGUARD SYSTEM FURNISHED BY
CHIPOTLE ON EXHAUST FAN, EF-1.
PROVIDE SUPPLY DIFFUSER CONNECTION TO SUPPLY SYSTEM PER DETAIL 1/M300. TYPICAL.
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
8
1
4/8
ER1
7
20/18
75 CFM
225 CFM
8Ø CD2
225 CFM
12/16
RTU-2
ON ROOF
26
20
EF-2
ON ROOF
SUPPORT EXPOSED ROUND DUCTWORK PER DETAIL 7/M300. CONSTRUCT EXPOSED SPIRAL DUCT
USING FITINGS MANUFACTURED BY SPIRAL DUCT MANUFACTURER. USE COMBINATION OF FITTINGS
AVAILABLE TO MATCH DUCT LAYOUT ON PLAN.
MAU-1
ON ROOF
20
SR1
600 CFM
SR1
600 CFM
SR1
600 CFM
SR1
600 CFM
10
2
3
RG2
HVAC BOX SECTION
1/4" = 1'-0"
14
1700 CFM
25
10ø
3
M100
8/4
V
19
INSTALL CHIPOTLE-FURNISHED "LIGHTSTAT" THERMOSTATS FOR RTU-1 AND RTU-2 AT THIS LOCATION
AT 48" AFF. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL SWITCHING IN THIS AREA AND EXTEND WIRING TO
REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND ROOFTOP UNITS. LABEL EACH THERMOSTAT ACCORDINGLY.
COORDINATE THERMOSTAT LOCATION WITH WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SO THAT THERMOSTATS
ARE NOT BLOCKED BY SHELVING, COAT RACKS, OR DOORS.
K
RG1
S
T
PROVIDE REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR RTU-2 ON GYPSUM BOARD WALL. COORDINATE
LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT.
INSTALL REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR HOOD HD-1 AT THIS LOCATION @ 5'-0" AFF.
COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE (2) #18 G. THERMISTOR CABLE FROM
TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO HOOD CONTROL PANEL.
REPLACE AIR FILTERS WITH NEW, CLEAN MERV 7 AIR FILTERS AT TURNOVER.
[email protected]
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
14
J
24
450 CFM
STORE NO.: 2365
RECTANGULAR TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION
I
8" DIA. DUCT DOWN TO AC PSP DUCT CONNECTION. TRANSITION TO SUPPLY PLENUM OPENING SIZE.
TYPICAL. CAP UNUSED DUCT CONNECTIONS.
PROVIDE REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR RTU-1 AT THIS LOCATION @ 5'-0" AFF. COORDINATE
LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT.
(614) 328-2036
12Ø CD1
12ø
13
COORDINATE ROOF WORK WITH THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION.
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS GREATER THAN 45° SHALL BE MITERED
ELBOWS WITH DOUBLE-THICKNESS TURNING VANES AND RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS 45° OR
LESS SHALL BE RADIUSED ELBOWS WITH AN INSIDE RADIUS OF AT LEAST 1/2 THE WIDTH OF THE
DUCT.
Andy Demancsik
8/14
DUCTWORK INTERNAL FREE
DIMENSIONS (WIDTH/HEIGHT)
H
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
14/10
12
DUCT DIMENSIONS ON PLANS INDICATE DIMENSIONS OF INTERNAL FREE AREA.
PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 4-WAY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
12ø
MITERED CORNER WITH TURNING VANES
F
G
20/18
10
11
W/H
FLEXIBLE DUCT
10/14 DUCTS UP FROM HOOD TO 20/14 DUCT THROUGH ROOF TO EF-1. PROVIDE RADIUSED ELBOWS
WITH AN INSIDE RADIUS OF 0.5W AT ELBOWS IN GREASE DUCT.
8/6 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO EF-2.
16/10 DUCT DOWN TO MAKEUP AIR PSP DUCT CONNECTION. TRANSITION TO SUPPLY PLENUM
OPENING SIZE. TYPICAL FOR 4.
20/14
9
Fax:
21
12ø
8
1
12ø
20/18 DUCT UP FROM BUILDING SUPPLY TO RTU-2 SUPPLY CONNECTION. RTU-2 SHALL HAVE AN
INTEGRAL SMOKE DETECTOR MOUNTED IN THE SUPPLY AIR STREAM. TRANSITION IN ROOF CURB.
16/16 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF. TRANSITION TO MAU-1 SUPPLY CONNECTION IN ROOF CURB.
12ø
7
E
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
14/8
22/16 DUCT UP FROM BUILDING SUPPLY THROUGH ROOF. RTU-1 SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL SMOKE
DETECTOR MOUNTED IN THE SUPPLY AIR STREAM. TRANSITION TO RTU-1 SUPPLY CONNECTION IN
ROOF CURB.
COORDINATE WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS,
REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, AND OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE.
DRAWINGS FOR THE MECHANICAL WORK ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, SHOWING THE GENERAL
LOCATION, TYPE, LAYOUT, AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. THE DRAWING SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR
EXACT MEASUREMENTS, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS. REFER TO
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSTALLATION DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE DUCTWORK, CONNECTIONS, OFFSETS, ACCESSORIES,
AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.
22/16
RETURN GRILLE
6
D
8/4
SUPPLY REGISTER
CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF THE CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS.
20/18
5
C
V
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR SUPPLY REGISTER ELEVATIONS AND LOCATIONS.
22/16 DUCT UP FOR TRANSITION TO RTU-1 RETURN CONNECTION IN ROOF CURB. INTERLOCK SMOKE
DETECTOR TO RTU-1 OPERATION.
20/18 DUCT UP FOR TRANSITION TO RTU-2 RETURN CONNECTION IN ROOF CURB. INTERLOCK SMOKE
DETECTOR TO RTU-2 OPERATION.
A
3
4
GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO HVAC SHEETS.
WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AS APPROVED AND
AMENDED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF NFPA,
THE MECHANICAL CODE, AND ANY INTERIM AMENDMENTS AT THE TIME OF THE PROPOSAL.
PURCHASE PERMITS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK. OBTAIN INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE. SEE
SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES.
V
2
CEILING-MOUNTED RETURN
OR EXHAUST REGISTER
A
B
A
SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT LOCATION.
TYPICAL.
PAINT DUCTWORK VISIBLE THROUGH DINING ROOM SUPPLY REGISTERS BLACK. TYPICAL.
T
1
HVAC GENERAL NOTES
8/4
CEILING DIFFUSER
PLAN NOTES
T
#
6/8
HVAC SYMBOLS
27
Issue Record:
ER1
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
75 CFM
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
MATERIAL SCHEDULE
8/4
#
CATEGORY
APPLICATION
ALLOWABLE MATERIAL
EXPOSED SUPPLY
RECT. LINED OR
ROUND AS SHOWN,
PAINTED TO MATCH
ROOF DECK
1
Revisions:
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
26
2
M100
RESTROOM HVAC SOFFIT SECTION
1/4" = 1'-0"
EXPOSED RETURN
GRILLS, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS SCHEDULE
Furnished
By
Installed
By
CD1
GC
CD2
GC
Tag
CD3
GC
GC
Manufacturer
Nailor
Model
4320A Type L
Description
Perforated Ceiling Diffuser
GC
Nailor
4320A Type S
Perforated Ceiling Diffuser
GC
Nailor
4320A Type S
Perforated Ceiling Diffuser
ER1
GC
GC
Nailor
51FH
0° Fixed Blade Return Grill
RG1
GC
GC
Nailor
4330R Type L
Perforated Ceiling Return
Size
Face: 12" x 12"
Neck: 8"Ø
Material
Aluminum
Finish
White
Mounting
Lay-in
Ceilings
Notes
Provide integral
OBD
Aluminum
White
Ceiling
Provide integral
OBD, Remove
4-way deflector
Provide integral
OBD
Provide integral
OBD
Face: 20" x 20"
Neck: Varies
Neck: 8" x 4"
Aluminum
Aluminum
White
Wall
Aluminum
White
Aluminum
Aluminum
White
White
Lay-in
Ceilings
Wall
Wall
Aluminum
Paint to
match duct
RG2
SR1
GC
GC
GC
GC
Nailor
Seiho
51FH
NT12
0° Fixed Blade Return Grill
Adjustable Turbo Nozzle
Face: 24" x 24"
Neck 22" x 22"
Neck: 36" x 18"
Neck: 12"Ø
SR2
GC
GC
Seiho
NTX 8R
Adjustable Turbo Nozzle
Neck: 10"Ø
White
Ceiling
Duct
Provide with
face-accessible
OBD
Provide with
face-accessible
OBD
EXPOSED GEN. EXHAUST
2
ER1
M100
75 CFM
RECTANGULAR,
PAINTED TO MATCH
ROOF DECK
RECTANGULAR,
PAINTED TO MATCH
ROOF DECK
SR2
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
300 CFM
Project No.
13203
CONCEALED, SUPPLY
RECT. OR ROUND AS
SHOWN,
LINED OR INSULATED
3
Contents:
M100
DUCT
CONCEALED, RETURN
RECT. OR ROUND AS
SHOWN,
LINED OR INSULATED
CONCEALED, GEN. EXHAUST
RECT. OR ROUND AS
SHOWN
CONCEALED, TYPE I
HOOD EXHAUST
RECTANGULAR 16
GA. BLACK IRON
W/ WRAP OR UL 1978
FACTORY-MANUFACTURED
DUCT W/ WRAP (SUBMIT
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR
FACTORY-MANUFACTURED
DUCT PRIOR TO ORDERING
FOR APPROVAL)
HVAC Plan
M100
1
M100
HVAC FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
FAN SCHEDULE
Exhaust Flow
2925 CFM
150 CFM
E.S.P.
1.20 in-wg
0.60 in-wg
Weight
300
100
Basis for Design
Manufacturer
Model
Captive-Aire
NCA24HPFA
Captive-Aire
DR12HFA
Installed
By
GC
GC
Remarks
WITH DISCONNECT AND VENTED ROOF CURB
WITH DISCONNECT, VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER,
BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND ROOF CURB
AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE
OUTSIDE AIR
CFM
Tag
MAU-1
Tag
CU-1
CU-2
Description
Makeup Air Unit
Airflow
Supply Flow
E.S.P.
[CFM]
[IN. W.C.]
1775
0.80
Description
Walk-in Cooler Remote
Condensing Unit
Ice Maker - Remote
Condenser
Heating Capacity
Output
Maximum
[MBH]
Turndown
220
12.5:1
Input [MBH]
225
EAT
11 °F
MAKEUP AIR UNIT SCHEDULE
Electrical
Approximate
Weight [LBS] Motor Power
V/P/H
650
2 HP
208/3/60
Basis for Design
Furnished
By
THS
Installed
By
GC
Manufacturer
Captive-Aire
Model
A1-D.250-G10
CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE
Electrical
Nominal
Capacity
[Tons]
--
No. of
Compressors
1
No. of
Circuits
1
Refrigerant
Type
R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge
10.7 lbs
Weight
260
--
0
1
R-404A
4.0 lbs
100
MOCP
20 A
FLA
16.2 A
Remarks
FURNISHED WITH DISCONNECT, ROOF CURB, SCREEN
INTAKE, AND WASHABLE ALUMINUM FILTERS
CONTROL FUNCTIONS
EXHAUST
CFM
NET
CFM
EF-1
2925
-2925
EF-2
150
-150
TAG
MAU-1
1775
1775
RTU-1
500
500
RTU-2
1000
1000
A. THE MAIN COOKING EXHAUST FAN AND MAKE-UP AIR UNIT
SHALL BE INTERLOCKED TO OPERATE TOGETHER. THIS
CONTROL CIRCUIT IS ACTIVATED BY A SWITCH AND
INCLUDES A FIRE PROTECTION OVERRIDE.
B. THE TEMPERATURE IN EACH ZONE IS CONTROLLED BY SPACE
TEMPERATURE SENSORS CONNECTED TO THE THERMOSTATS
LOCATED IN THE OFFICE. ALL ZONES SHALL OPERATE WITH
CONTINUOUS FAN OPERATION DURING OCCUPIED TIMES
AND INTERMITTENTLY AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN SET POINTS
DURING UNOCCUPIED TIMES. OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL
BE OPEN CONTINUOUSLY WHEN EITHER IN OCCUPIED MODE
OR WHEN THE HOOD SYSTEM IS ON AND SHALL BE CLOSED
DURING UNOCCUPIED PERIODS.
C. THE THERMOSTATS SHALL DETERMINE
OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED STATUS USING A BUILT-IN LIGHT
SENSOR, SUCH THAT WHEN THE AMBIENT LIGHT IS ABOVE
AN ADJUSTABLE SETPOINT THE SYSTEM SHALL BE IN
OCCUPIED MODE AND WHEN THE AMBIENT LIGHT IS BELOW
AN ADJUSTABLE SETPOINT THE SYSTEM SHALL BE IN
UNOCCUPIED MODE.
Basis for Design
V/P/H
208/3/60
Furnished Installed
By
By
WCS
GC
120/1/60
TES
KES
Manufacturer
Norlake
Model
NASD150RL3
Remarks
FURNISHED WITH WALK-IN COOLER
Hoshizaki
URC-14F
FURNISHED WITH ICE MAKER
TOTAL
1
M200
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
Issue Record:
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
200
Exhaust Plenum
Duct Collars
Tag
HD-1
Description
Type I Canopy Hood with
Perforated MAU and AC
Supply Plenums
Max Cooking
Temp.
450°F
Airflow
[CFM]
2925
SP [in. w.c]
0.77
No.
2
Width
10"
Length
14"
Filter Face
Vel.
--
Length
13' - 0"
Width
4' - 3"
Supply
Plenum
Length
14' - 0"
SP [in. w.c.]
0.1
Supply
Plenum
Width
22"
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE
N.T.S.
#
1
KITCHEN HOOD SCHEDULE
Perforated Supply Plenums
MAU Plenum
Duct Collars
Airflow
[CFM]
No.
Width
Length
1775
4
10"
16"
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
Drive Type
Belt
Direct
Furnished
By
THS
THS
STORE NO.: 2365
Tag
EF-1
EF-2
Electrical
Motor Power
V/P/H
2 HP
208/3/60
0.18 HP
120/1/60
1
Revisions:
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
Basis for Design
AC Plenum
Duct Collars
Airflow
[CFM]
No.
Diameter
800
7
8"
No. of Light
Fixtures
9
Approximate Furnished Installed
Weight [lbs]
By
By
950
THS
GC
Manufacturer
Captive-Aire
Model
5424
ND-2-ACPSP-F
Remarks
MAT'L: 18 GA. TYPE 430 SS. PROVIDE WITH (1) 16"X16" AND (7) 20" X
16" HE SS FILTERS, INTEGRAL UTILITY CABINET, ANSUL SYSTEM, DUCT
COLLAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR & PREWIRE PACKAGE
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
13203
Contents:
ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE
Airflow
Tag
RTU-1
Description
Kitchen
Rooftop Unit
RTU-2
Dining
Rooftop Unit
Nominal Capacity
[Tons]
6
7-1/2
EER
12.6
Total
[CFM]
2400
OA
[CFM]
500
ESP
[in. w.c.]
1.0
Total
[MBH]
69
13
2700
1000
1.0
91
Cooling Capacity
Sensible EAT [Deg. F]
[MBH]
DB
WB
46
80
69
58
82
71
Heating Capacity
Cond. EAT
[Deg. F]
98
Input
[MBH]
120
Output
[MBH]
96
98
150
120
Electrical
Number of
EAT
[Deg. F] Compressors
58
1
48
2
HVAC Schedules
Basis for Design
Number of
Circuits
1
Refrigerant
Type
R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge
14.3 LBS
Approximate
Weight [LBs]
1300
MOCP
50 A
FLA
32.3 A
V/P/H
208/3/60
2
R-410A
25 LBS
1300
50 A
41.9 A
208/3/60
Furnished Installed
By
By
HES
GC
HES
GC
Manufacturer
Trane
Model
YHC072
Trane
YHC090
Remarks
FURNISHED WITH COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER W/ BAROMETRIC RELIEF, HINGED PANELS,
MERV 8 FILTERS, HAIL GUARD, CIRCUIT BREAKER,UNPOWERED CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE, SUPPLY
AIR SMOKE DETECTOR, LIGHTSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR, AND ROOF CURB
FURNISHED WITH COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER W/ BAROMETRIC RELIEF, HINGED PANELS,
MERV 8 FILTERS, HAIL GUARD, CIRCUIT BREAKER,UNPOWERED CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE, SUPPLY
AIR SMOKE DETECTOR, LIGHTSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR, AND ROOF CURB
M200
1
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WELD
CONNECTION BETWEEN THE
VIROGUARD AND THE GREASE DUCT
U.L. LISTED GREASE
UPBLAST EXHAUST FAN
1/2" WASHER AND NUT
EXHAUST FAN HINGE ON THIS SIDE
1/2" EYE BOLT
SWAGE COMPATIBLE WITH AIRCRAFT CABLE
AND SUPPORTED WEIGHT (TYPICAL)
6"
GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE
EXPOSED ROUND DUCT.
SEE HVAC PLAN FOR SIZES
DUCT SHALL EXTEND MINIMUM 18" ABOVE ROOF DECK
Minimum 40" Discharge Height
1-1/4" PVC GREASE DRAIN VALVE
5' MAX
VIROGUARD GREASE CONTROL DEVICE
SPIN-IN COLLAR WITH
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER
SUPPORT WITH 1"-WIDE STRAP TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
1-1/2" HOSE BARB
INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT 6'-0" MAX
RAIN SHIELD HINGE
Fax:
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
PROVIDE FLASHING,
COUNTER-FLASHING, AND
CANT. STRIP AS REQUIRED
TRANSITION TO 18" SQUARE
MIN. OF 3" BELOW TOP OF CURB
SUPPLY DUCT
Andy Demancsik
METAL CLAMP AROUND FLEX DUCT &
COLLAR TO BE DRAWN TIGHT & TAPED
1'-6" MIN
1-5/8" SLOTTED
UNISTRUT (P1000T)
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
ROOF
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
DWGS. FOR CEILING TYPE
CEILING DIFFUSER PROVIDE SQUARE
TO ROUND ADAPTOR AS NEEDED
FOR CONSTRUCTION
NOTE:
1. AIRCRAFT CABLE MUST ALWAYS
HANG PLUMB AND PERPENDICULAR
TO DUCT
DECKING
SHIM CURB AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN 18"
CLEARANCE FROM BOTTOM OF VIROGUARD
TO ROOF SURFACE AND OTHER COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
FOR ANY REQUIRED CONNECTION DETAILS.
GREASE DUCT
2
6
M300
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
NOTE:
1. INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 96 REQUIREMENTS.
2. THE INSIDE DIMENSION OF THE GREASE DUCT AT THE CURB TERMINATION SHOULD BE 18"
SQUARE FINISHED SIZE FOR THE TOP 3".
3. HINGE FAN SO IT TIPS BACK TOWARD FAN DRAIN AND TOWARD VIROGUARD DRAIN.
1
M300
GREASE EXHAUST FAN
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
DIFFUSER CONNECTION
N.T.S.
N.T.S.
EXPOSED DUCT SUPPORT
N.T.S.
FIRE RATED ENCLOSURE - GREASE DUCTS
2.
INSULATION APPLIED IN TWO LAYERS WITH TIGHT COMPRESSION
JOINT ON INSIDE LAYER AND 3 INCH MINIMUM OVERLAPS ON BOTH
PERIMETER AND LONGITUDINAL OVERLAPS ON OUTSIDE LAYER.
DUCT PROTECTION NOZZLE
DETECTORS
3.
GREASE EXHAUST DUCT RUNS FROM THE HOOD EXHAUST
CONNECTION UP TO THE EXHAUST FAN ON THE ROOF WITH MINIMAL
TURNS OR BENDS AND MAINTAINING MINIMUM 1/4 UNIT VERTICAL
RISE PER 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL RUN.
4.
INSTALL UL LISTED AND WATER TIGHT ACCESS DOORS AT ALL CHANGES
IN DIRECTION AND AT MINIMUM EVERY 20 FT ON HORIZONTAL RUNS.
SEE DETAIL 3/THIS SHEET FOR ACCESS DOOR SPECIFICATION.
5.
ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN IS MOUNTED ON A HINGED BASE
WHICH ALLOWS ACCESS TO THE DUCT FROM THE ROOF.
6.
SUPPORT HANGER SYSTEMS DO NOT NEED TO BE WRAPPED PROVIDED
THE HANGER RODS ARE AT LEAST A MINIMUM OF 3/8 IN. DIAMETER.
USE MINIMUM 2 X 2 X 1/8 IN. STEEL ANGLE OR SMACNA
EQUIVALENT SUPPORT SYSTEM.
NOTE:
7.
HOOD FIRE PROTECTION NOZZLES AND DETECTORS ARE
SCHEMATIC ONLY. HOOD SUPPLIER SHALL PREPARE HOOD
SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ACTUAL DEVICE LAYOUT AND
SHALL OBTAIN PERMITS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK.
THERMAL CERAMICS DUCT ENCLOSURE SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED
IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
8.
THERMAL CERAMICS DUCT WRAP SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE DUCT
FROM THE HOOD CONNECTION TO THE CONNECTION TO THE FAN.
DETECTION LINE
APPLIANCE PROTECTION NOZZLE
AGENT LINE
SYSTEM CONTROL AUTOMAN
WITH AGENT TANK ENCLOSED
REMOTE MANUAL PULL
STATION WITH WIRE GUARD
3 IN. (76MM) MIN. PERIMETER
OVERLAP ON OUTSIDE LAYER
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
2 x 2 x 1/8 IN. MIN. ANGLE
1/2 IN. (13MM) MIN. CARBON OR STAINLESS STEEL
BANDING - 0.015 IN. MIN. THICKNESS TYPICAL - PLACED
AT 10-1/2 IN. SPACING AND CENTERED OVER OVERLAPS
3 IN. (76 MM) MIN.
LONGITUDINAL OVERLAP ON
OUTSIDE LAYER
Thermal Ceramics
TIGHT COMPRESSION
JOINT ON INSIDE LAYER
P.O. Box 923
Augusta, Georgia 30903-0923
Phone: (706) 560-4038
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
THERMAL CERAMICS FIREMASTER FASTWRAP XL OR PYROSCAT XL HAS
BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E2336 TO PROVIDE ZERO
CLEARANCE TO COMBUSTIBLES AND MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR
ONE OR TWO HOUR ENCLOSURES. THROUGH PENETRATIONS
FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ARE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH EITHER ASTM
E 814 OR UL 1479. ICC-ES APPROVAL PER REPORT ESR 2213 OR ESR
2832. UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES (UL) LISTINGS SHOW
COMPLIANCE TO UL 1479 FOR THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP
SYSTEMS.
STORE NO.: 2365
1.
PLENUM PROTECTION NOZZLE
5
M300
NOTE:
1. METHOD OF INSTALLATION FOR AIRTIGHT SEAL IS TYPICAL
FOR ALL FLEX CONNECTIONS TO AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES.
Issue Record:
N.T.S.
2
M300
UL-LISTED HIGH TEMP INCANDESCENT
LIGHT FIXTURE ASSEMBLY INCLUDING
CLEAR THERMAL AND SHOCK RESISTANT
GLOBE
N.T.S.
ENCLOSURE PANEL TO BE
APPROXIMATELY 2" ABOVE FINISHED
CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR
CEILING HEIGHT.
MUA PLENUM SUPPLY RISERS
WITH VOLUME DAMPERS
EXHAUST RISERS WITH DUCT
COLLAR TEMPERATURE SENSORS
HANGING ANGLE
(TYPICAL)
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
FIREMASTER DUCT WRAP - UL HNKT-G18
EF-1
ON ROOF
#
2
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
AC PLENUM SUPPLY RISERS WITH
VOLUME DAMPERS
6"
SLOPE HORIZONTAL GREASE DUCT A
MINIMUM OF 1/4" PER FOOT DOWN
TOWARD THE CONNECTION TO THE
HOOD.
2'
16"-TALL CAPTRATE SOLO FILTERS
WITH HOOK
20/14
7
M300
INSTALL PREFABRICATED VENTED
ROOF CURB FURNISHED BY CHIPOTLE
1'
AC PERFORATED SUPPLY PLENUM
1'-10"
1" LAYER OF FACTORY-INSTALLED
INSULATION IN 3" INTERNAL STANDOFF
TO MEET 0" CLEARANCE TO
COMBUSTIBLE SURFACE REQUIREMENTS
PROVIDE FIRE RESISTANT INSULATION ON
TYPE I HOOD EXHAUST DUCT FROM
CONNECTION TO HOOD TO
CONNECTION TO EXHAUST FAN PER
DETAIL 2/M300
MUA PERFORATED SUPPLY PLENUM
33" MIN, 48" MAX
10/16
14/20
GREASE DRAIN WITH REMOVABLE
CUP
23" QUARTER END PANELS AT EACH
END
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
13203
MAINTAIN SYMMETRY IN
GREASE EXHAUST DUCT'S
TRANSITION TO THE
EXHAUST RISER
Contents:
GREASE DUCT CLEANOUTS SHALL BE UL-LISTED DUCTMATE
PREINSULATED CLEANOUT DOORS MODEL D128ULWSBI FOR
DUCTS AT LEAST 17" TALL AND DW128ULWSBI FOR DUCTS
LESS THAN 17" TALL. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY
OWNER. COORDINATE NUMBER AND SIE REQUIRED WITH
ENVIROMATIC. INSTALL AS SHOWN IN THE HVAC FLOOR
PLAN
HD-1
6'-8"AFF
COOKING
EQUIPMENT
HVAC Details
M300
4
M300
HOOD SECTION VIEW
N.T.S.
3
M300
DUCT SECTION AT HOOD
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 15110 - VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL DUTY VALVES
A. End Connections: Threads shall comply with ANSI B1.20.1. Flanges shall comply with ANSI B16.1 for
cast iron valves and ANSI B16.24 for bronze valves. Solder-joint connections shall comply with ANSI
B16.18.
B. Ball Valves: Rated for 150 psig saturated steam pressure, 400 psig WOG pressure; 2 piece construction;
with bronze body, standard (or regular) port, chrome plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE" seats
and seals, blowout proof stem, and vinyl covered steel handle.
C. Plug Valves: Rated at 150 psig WOG; bronze body, with straightaway pattern, square head, and threaded
ends.
D. Swing Check Valves: Class 125, cast bronze body and cap; with horizontal swing, Y-pattern, and bronze
disc.
E. Valves for Copper Tube: Solder ends, except provide threaded ends for heating hot water and low
pressure steam service.
F. Valves for Steel Pipe: Threaded ends.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Use gate and ball valves for shutoff duty and ball for throttling duty.
B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C. Install valves for each fixture and item of equipment.
D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
E. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement.
F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow in horizontal position with hinge pin level.
END OF SECTION 15110
SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Pressure Requirement for Soil, Waste and Vent: 10 feet head.
B. Comply with NSF 14 "Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPES AND TUBES
A. PVC Plastic, DWV Pipe: ASTM D 2665, Schedule 40, plain ends.
2.2 FITTINGS
A. PVC Plastic, DWV Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311; socket type; drain, waste, and
vent pipe patterns.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Install cleanout and extension to grade at connection of building sanitary drain and building sanitary sewer.
B. Locate drainage piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains.
3.2 INSPECTION
A. Inspect and test piping systems following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 15150
SECTION 15198 - NATURAL GAS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Quality Assurance: Comply with NFPA 54 and the Plumbing Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND SPECIALTIES
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type S (Seamless), Grade B, Schedule 40, plain ends.
B. Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150.
C. Manual Valves: Comply with standards listed or, if appropriate, to ANSI Z21.15.
D. Gas Stops: AGA certified, bronze-body, plug type with bronze plug, for 2-psig
E. or less natural gas. Include AGA stamp, flat or square head or lever handle, and threaded ends
complying with ASME B1.20.1.
F. Gas Valves: 150-psig WOG, cast-iron or bronze body, bronze plug, straightaway pattern, square head,
tapered-plug type.
G. Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18, single stage, steel jacketed, corrosion resistant pressure
regulators. Include atmospheric vent, elevation compensator. Regulator pressure ratings, inlet and outlet
pressures, and flow volume in cubic feet per hour of natural gas at specific gravity are as indicated.
1. Line Gas Pressure Regulators: Inlet pressure rating not less than system pressure.
H. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.
I.
Strainers: Bronze body, Y-pattern, full size of connecting piping. Include stainless-steel screens with 3/64
inch perforations and a pressure rating of 125-psig- minimum, WOG working pressure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage
test as specified to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section.
B. Install shutoff valve, downstream from gas meter, outside building at gas service entrance.
C. Install gas stops for shutoff to appliances with NPS 2" or smaller low pressure gas supply.
D. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of gas
meters. Locate where readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where
condensate would be subject to freezing.
E. Install gas piping at uniform slope of 0.1 percent upward toward risers.
F. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.
G. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
H. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, gas pressure regulator, solenoid valve, and
elsewhere as indicated.
I.
Install valves in accessible locations, protected from damage. Tag valves with metal tag indicating piping
supplied. Attach tag to valve with metal chain.
J. Install gas valve upstream from each gas pressure regulator. Where two gas-pressure regulators are
installed in series, valve is not required at second regulator.
K. Connect gas piping to equipment and appliances with shutoff valves and unions. nstall gas valve
upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance using gas. Install union or flanged connection
downstream from valve.
L. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to NFPA 54, Part 4, "Gas Piping Inspection, Testing, and
Purging", and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 15198
SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
B. Comply with requirements of Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act", regarding water flow rate and
water consumption of plumbing fixtures.
C. Comply with applicable standards below:
1. Enameled, Cast Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
2. National Sanitation Foundation Construction: NFS2.
3. Porcelain Enameled Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.
4. Slip Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462.
5. Stainless Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.3M.
6. Vitreous China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Refer to the fixture schedule on drawing P200
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fitting insulation kits on fixtures for the disabled.
B. Install fixtures with flanges and gasket seals.
C. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of
compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for the disabled to reach.
D. Fasten wall hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when supports
are specified, and to building wall construction where no support is indicated.
E. Fasten floor mounted fixtures to substrate. With fixtures having holes for securing fixture to wall
construction, fasten to reinforcement built into walls.
F. Fasten wall mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls.
G. Fasten counter mounted plumbing fixtures to casework.
H. Secure supplies to supports or substrate within pipe space behind fixture.
I.
Set shower receptors and mop basins in leveling bed of cement grout.
J. Install individual supply inlets, supply stops, supply risers, and tubular brass traps with cleanouts at fixture.
K. Install water supply stop valves in accessible locations.
L. Install traps on fixture outlets. Omit traps on fixtures having integral traps. Omit traps on indirect wastes,
unless otherwise indicated.
M. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within
cabinets and millwork. Use deep pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.
N. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary type, one part, mildew resistant,
silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color.
O. Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment. Install
insulation on supplies and drains of fixtures for the disabled.
P. Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to UL 486A and UL 486B.
END OF SECTION 15410
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
SECTION 15425 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Working Pressure Rating for Products:
1. Water Distribution Piping: 80 psig.
B. Submittals: Product Data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Refer to fixture schedule on drawing P200.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install backflow preventers at each water-supply connection to mechanical equipment and where required
by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Install hose bibbs with integral or field-installed vacuum breaker.
C. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas and where indicated. Set tops of drains flush with
finished floor.
1. Trap drains connected to sanitary building drain.
2. Install drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain
integrity of waterproof membranes.
END OF SECTION 15425
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
B. Quality Assurance: Labeled with maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and maximum smoke developed
rating of 50 according to ASTM E 84.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE INSULATION
A. Preformed Glass Fiber Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Class 1, with factory applied, all purpose, vapor
retarder jacket.
B. Polyolefin Pipe Insulation: Unicellular polyethylene, preformed pipe insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534,
Type I, except for density.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install vapor barriers on insulated pipes with surface operating temperatures below 60 deg F.
B. Insulate fittings, valves, and specialties.
C. Seal vapor barrier penetrations for hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections.
D. Coat glass fiber pipe insulation ends with vapor barrier coating.
E. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with the top of the roof flashing.
F. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush with
mechanical sleeve seal.
G. Interior Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions,
except fire rated walls and partitions.
H. Fire Rated Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Terminate insulation at penetrations through fire rated walls
and partitions. Seal around penetration with through penetration firestop systems.
I.
Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at the underside of the floor assembly and at the floor support at
top of floor. Seal around penetration with through penetration firestop systems.
J. Glass Fiber Insulation Installation: Bond insulation to pipe with adhesive. Seal seams and joints with
vapor barrier compound.
K. Interior Piping System Applications: Insulate the following piping systems:
1. Domestic hot and cold water.
2. Exposed sanitary drains of fixtures for the disabled.
3. Refrigerant piping.
L.
Do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment:
1. Flexible connectors.
2. Fire protection piping systems.
3. Sanitary drainage and vent piping.
4. Chrome plated pipes and fittings, except for plumbing fixtures for the disabled.
5. Piping specialties, including air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow
regulators.
M.
Pipe Insulation Thickness Application Schedule: Insulate piping with the following materials and
thicknesses:
1. Domestic Hot and Cold Water: 1/2-inch preformed glass fiber pipe insulation.
2. Sanitary Drains: 1/2-inch polyolefin pipe insulation.
END OF SECTION 15080
SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated minimum pressure requirements for water piping
are as follows:
1. Service Entrance Piping: 100 psig.
2. Domestic Water Piping: 80 psig.
B. Comply with NSF 14 "Plastic Piping Components and Materials."
C. Comply with NSF 61 "Drinking Water System Components -- Health Effects."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPES AND TUBES
A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper.
B. PVC Plastic, Water Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80, plain ends.
2.2 FITTINGS
A. Wrought Copper, Solder Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.22.
B. Cast Copper Alloy, Solder Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18.
C. Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24, Classes 150 and 300.
D. Copper Unions: ASME B 16.18, cast copper alloy body, hexagonal stock, with ball and socket joint, metal
to metal seating surfaces, and solder joint, threaded, or solder joint and threaded ends. Threads
complying with ASME B 1.20.1.
E. PVC Plastic, Schedule 80, Socket Type Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2467.
2.3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B 32, lead free.
B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, alloys to suit system requirements.
C. Solvent Cements: As recommended by manufacturer.
D. Plastic Pipe Seals: ASTM F 477, elastomeric gasket.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Install gate valves close to main on each branch and riser serving two or more plumbing fixtures or
equipment connections and where indicated.
B. Install gate or ball valves on inlet to each plumbing equipment item, on each supply to each plumbing
fixture not having stops on supplies, and elsewhere as indicated.
C. Install drain valve at base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and where required to drain water
distribution piping system.
D. Install swing check valve on discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as indicated.
E. Install ball valves in each hot water circulating loop and discharge side of each pump.
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONS
A. Install hangers and supports at intervals indicated in the applicable plumbing code and as recommended
by pipe manufacturer.
B. Support vertical piping at each floor.
3.3 INSPECTING AND CLEANING
A. Inspect and test piping systems following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 15140
STORE NO.: 2365
SECTION 15055 - COMMON PIPING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A.
SECTION REQUIREMENTS
1. Comply with the requirements of the Building Code and the local authority having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A.
Hanger and Pipe Attachments: Factory fabricated with galvanized coatings; nonmetallic coated for
hangers in direct contact with copper tubing.
B.
Building Attachments: Powder actuated type, drive pin attachments with pullout and shear capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials; UL listing and FM approval for fire protection
systems.
C.
Mechanical Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pullout and shear capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials; UL listing and
FM approval for fire protection systems.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
B.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
C.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum board partitions, and
concrete floor and roof slabs.
D.
Exterior Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Mechanical sleeve seals installed in steel or cast iron pipes for wall
sleeves.
E.
Fire Barrier Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations with through-penetration firestop systems.
F.
Install unions adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
G.
Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in gas piping.
H.
Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in water piping.
I.
Provide full ring escutcheons at plumbing penetrations through walls or ceilings. Tightly seal escutcheons
to the adjacent surface.
3.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel. Install additional attachments at
concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in
direction of piping.
B.
Install powder actuated drive pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is cured. Do not use in lightweight
concrete or in slabs less than 4 inches thick.
C.
Install mechanical anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is cured. Do not use in lightweight concrete
or in slabs less than 4 inches thick.
D.
Support fire protection system piping independent of other piping.
E.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loading and stresses from
movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
END OF SECTION 15055
Issue Record:
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
#
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
13203
Contents:
Plumbing Specifications
P010
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES
GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO PLUMBING SHEETS.
B
PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING CODE,
LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING
JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES.
PIPING LAYOUTS ON DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE TO BE
COORDINATED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.
GAS
G
GAS (ON ROOF)
G
G
G
G
G
XX-#
EQUIPMENT TAG: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ON SHEET P200 FOR EQUIPMENT
INFORMATION
G
RH-1
G
G
G
G
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
GR-1
G
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
G
G
1/2"
10
G
ET-2
G
18
FB-1
RN-1
HS-2
RTU-2
ON ROOF
WC-1
16
10
GR-1
GAS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
3
P100
MATERIAL SCHEDULE
RC-1
MAU-1
ON ROOF
22
GM
EXISTING GAS LINE
VALVE
WH-1
24
G
THROUGH ROOF
1/2"
GAS METER
RTU-1
ON ROOF
G
DWH-1
GM
F
F
G
PROVIDE WATER SERVICE ENTRY PER DETAIL 3/P300.
PROVIDE GAS CONNECTION TO THE RICE COOKER PER DETAIL 9/P300.
CONNECT TO EXISTING
WATER METER
G
G
G
1/2"
3/4"
PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON
THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING
WM
8
RC-1
RN-1
1"
PROVIDE CIRCUIT-SETTER BALANCE VALVE WITH STRAINER IN PIPE TO FLUSH VALVES UPSTREAM FROM ET-2. ADJUST
THIS VALVE SO THAT THE EXPANSION TANK REFILLS IN 30-45 SECONDS FOLLOWING A SINGLE FULL WATER CLOSET
FLUSH.
REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER
FB-1
F
RTU-2
G
X
14
G
PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER PIPES ABOVE THE RESTROOMS BELOW THE TOP OF THE PLYWOOD BOX ELEMENT UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE.
PROVIDE AN ACCESSIBLE MAIN DOMESTIC WATER SHUTOFF VALVE ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING AS SHOWN. VALVE SHALL
BE 12" ABOVE THE TOP OF THE LAY-IN CEILING. PERMANENTLY INSTALL THE "WATER SHUTOFF" SIGN TO THE CEILING
GRID BELOW THE VALVE.
MAU-1
10
G
G
RTU-1
20
23
24
17
STORE NO.: 2365
DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC.
N.T.S.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
SK-2
16
F
PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE VALVE IN WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURE AS SHOWN.
PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ON WATER SUPPLY PIPE TO WATER CLOSET.
HOLD EXPOSED DOMESTIC WATER PIPES TIGHT TO THE DECK AND TIGHT TO THE DEMISING WALL AS SHOWN. PAINT
THE PIPE INSULATION TO MATCH THE ROOF DECK.
DOMESTIC HOT WATER (110 DEGREES)
13
5
17
18
19
22
CHEMICAL DISPENSER DETAIL
HS-2
G
DOMESTIC SOFTENED COLD WATER
HB-2
11
G
S
G
G
DOMESTIC FILTERED COLD WATER
G
G
PROVIDE ASSE 1016/1070 POINT-OF-USE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, WATTS USG-B, ON WATER SUPPLY TO
KITCHEN HAND SINKS. PROVIDE ANGLE STOP BELOW SINK, FASTEN MIXING VALVE TO WALL, AND MAKE FINAL
CONNECTION FROM ANGLE STOPS TO MIXING VALVE AND FROM MIXING VALVE TO FAUCET USING BRAIDED
STAINLESS STEEL HOSE. ADJUST MIXING VALVE FOR A DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE OF APPROXIMATELY 110° F.
21
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
G
F
4
P100
PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER ROUGH-INS FOR THE CHEMICAL DISPENSER FAUCET (HB-1) AT 52" AFF. SEE
ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR DETAIL.
PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER ROUGH-INS FOR THE VICTORY WASH DISPENSER FAUCET (HB-2) AT 52" AFF. SEE
ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR DETAIL.
16
DOMESTIC COLD WATER
G
9
PROVIDE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT GAS SHUTOFF 6" BELOW THE CEILING PER DETAIL 10/P300.
CONNECT CHEMICAL DISPENSER TO HB-1. CHEMICAL DISPENSER HAS AN INTEGRAL AIR GAP AS IS SHOWN IN DETAIL
4/THIS SHEET.
ELBOW DOWN
SK-1
HB-1
1
DISCHARGE TUBE
1/2"
ELBOW UP
FOR CONSTRUCTION
17
HS-2
PRODUCT PICK-UP INLET
14
15
PLUMBING SYMBOLS
12
15
G
13
PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO ANY EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM PERFORM A DIE TEST TO
VERIFY THE TYPE OF SYSTEM AND THE DIRECTION OF FLOW. REPORT ANY
DEVIATION FROM THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO THE TENANT'S
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
DWH-1
G
12
3
21
P-1
G
10
11
4
G
SUPPORT THE GAS PIPE ON THE ROOF PER DETAIL 5/P300. WOOD BLOCKING IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE METHOD OF
SUPPORTING THE GAS PIPE.
PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE LINE-SIZED GAS VALVE, DIRT LEG, AND UNION AT GAS CONNECTION TO THE EQUIPMENT.
PAINT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR EXPOSED GAS PIPING WITH ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER AND ONE FINAL COAT OF
EXTERIOR ENAMEL. FINAL COLOR SHALL MATCH SURROUNDING FINISHES
15
F
9
[email protected]
6
F
CONNECT TO THE EXISTING GAS METER.
PROVIDE GAS CONNECTIONS TO THE COOKING EQUIPMENT PER DETAIL 2/P300.
1
1/2"
THE TERM "FURNISH" MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY
FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR
OPERATIONS. THE TERM "INSTALL" DESCRIBES THE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT
SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTING,
PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING,
PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS
TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE.
7
8
PRODUCT FEED
(614) 328-2036
BFP-1
F
BFP-2
1/2"
PRIOR TO TURNOVER PERFORM A VIDEO INSPECTION OF THE SANITARY AND
GREASE LINES FROM THE MAIN LINES WITHIN THE TENANT SPACE TO THE MAIN
SEWER TO VERIFY THAT THE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM IS CONNECTED, CLEAN, AND
FREE OF SAGS, BELLIES, BREAKS, AND DEBRIS. DELIVER A REPORT AND COPY OF THE
VIDEO TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO TURNOVER.
VENTURI PROPORTIONER
PROVIDE WATER HEATER DWH-1 PER DETAIL 1/P300.
PROVIDE WATER FILTERS MOUNTED TO WALL PER DETAIL 11/P300. PROVIDE 1/2" SUPPLY PIPES FROM FILTERS TO ICE
MAKER AND SODA CARBONATOR AS SHOWN.
PROVIDE 1/2" FILTERED WATER TO THE ICE MAKER AT 56" AFF.
PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER ROUGH-INS FOR THE MOP BASIN FAUCET AT 36" AFF. PROVIDE DOMESTIC WATER
ROUGH-INS FOR THE CHEMICAL DISPENSER FAUCET (HB-1) AT 64" AFF DIRECTLY ABOVE THE MOP BASIN FAUCET. SEE
ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR DETAIL.
5
6
17
Andy Demancsik
2
WM
1/2"
O
3
4
23
AIR GAP EDUCTOR
G
N
CONNECT TO THE EXISTING 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE.
PROVIDE 1/2" FILTERED WATER TO THE BAG-IN-BOX SODA CARBONATOR AT 102" AFF. SODA CARBONATOR SHALL
HAVE AN INTEGRAL ASSE 1022-RATED CARBONATED BEVERAGE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE.
G
M
1
2
HB-1
MB-1
NOZZLE
1/2"
PROVIDE GAS SHUT-OFF VALVES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE
ACCESSIBLE DIRT LEG AT THE BOTTOM OF VERTICAL SECTIONS OF GAS PIPE AND AT
THE CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.
PLUMBING FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, AND MATERIALS PROVIDED FOR DOMESTIC
WATER SHALL BE LEAD FREE.
PLAN NOTES
G
K
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
#
1/2"
INSULATE THE HOT AND COLD WATER, CONDENSATE DRAINAGE, AND STORM
PIPING PER THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL 6/P300.
Fax:
GM
7
PIPING IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE INSULATION AND
THE INTERIOR WALL FINISHING MATERIAL.
J
L
WATER INLET PORT
1/2"
I
PROVIDE STOP VALVES AT FIXTURES.
PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR FLOOR DRAINS.
WHERE THE WATER OR GAS SUPPLY LINE SIZE SHOWN IN THE PLUMBING DIAGRAMS
DIFFERS FROM THE FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SIZE, PROVIDE LINE SIZE
PIPE TO WITHIN 6" OF THE FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT BEFORE TRANSITIONING TO THE
CONNECTION SIZE.
G
F
G
H
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
3/4"
E
CONCEAL PIPING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WATER SUPPLY PIPES SHALL BE
INSTALLED LEVEL.
PROVIDE SHUT-OFF VALVES FOR ISOLATION OF FIXTURE GROUPS AS SHOWN ON
DRAWINGS IN ADDITION TO STOP VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE.
G
D
G
C
HS-1
N.T.S.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
A
SOLENOID-OPERATED VALVE
WALL HYDRANT/ROOF HYDRANT
ALLOWABLE
MATERIAL
APPLICATION
CATEGORY
CHECK VALVE
Issue Record:
WATER
SUPPLY PIPE
GC
HES
TAB
TCC
TES
THS
TLS
TMB
TMS
TP
TRS
TSV
WCS
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
TENANT'S HVAC EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER
TENANT'S TEST AND BALANCE VENDOR
TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR
TENANT'S KITCHEN EQUIPEMNT SUPPLIER
TENANT'S HOOD SUPPLIER
TENANT'S LIGHT/LAMP SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MENU BOARD SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MILLWORK SUPPLIER
TENANT'S PHONE SUPPLIER
TENANT'S RAILING SUPPLIER
TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR
TENANT'S WALK-IN COOLER SUPPLIER
SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE,
MALLEABLE IRON
THREADED FITTINGS
CONCEALED
NATURAL GAS
PIPE
SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE,
MALLEABLE IRON THREADED
FITTINGS, PAINTED
EXPOSED
DWH-1
FB-1
150
95
86
90
GRIDDLE
MAKEUP AIR UNIT
RICE COOKER
RANGE
ROOFTOP UNIT
GR-1
MAU-1
RC-1
RN-1
RTU-1
107
225
35
192
120
102
76
94
94
58
ROOFTOP UNIT
Grand total
RTU-2
150
1074
84
MAX: 102
1.
2.
#
1
20
Revisions:
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
HS-1
PRESSURE REQUIRED AFTER METER: 2 PSI
DISTANCES ARE APPROXIMATE
18
WC-1
RH-1
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
THROUGH ROOF
3/4"
PROVIDE WATER
HAMMER ARRESTORS
1/2"
1"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1"
Contents:
3/4"
1"
1"
3/4"
Plumbing Plan Water &
Gas
1-1/4"
3/4"
1/2"
1"
1"
1/2"
3/4"
13203
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
3/4"
WATER HEATER
FRYER
19
NOTES:
P-1
EXISTING
1-1/2"
MBH
FIXTURE
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
1/2"
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
CEILING DIFFUSER
EXISTING
FLOOR CLEANOUT
FLOOR DRAIN
FLOOR SINK
GRADE CLEANOUT
TAG
EQUIVALENT LENGTH
FROM METER [FT[
TYPE L
COPPER TUBE
ABOVE GRADE
ABBREVIATIONS
AFF
AFG
CD
EXT'G
FCO
FD
FS
GCO
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
CONNECTED GAS LOAD
CIRCUIT-SETTER BALANCE VALVE RATED
FOR POTABLE WATER
STRAINER
WM
BFP-2
MB-1
HB-1
SK-1
HB-1
SK-1
HS-2
2
P100
PLUMBING SUPPLY DIAGRAM
N.T.S.
HS-2
HS-1
HS-1
WC-1 WC-1
SK-2 HB-2
WH-1
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
DWH-1
1/2"
TO ICE
MACHINE
1/2"
1/2"
ET-2
1/2"
TO BAGIN-BOX
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
BFP-1
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
P100
HS-2
1
P100
PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
3
PLUMBING SYMBOLS
Contact:
FD-1
ELBOW UP
FD-1
(614) 328-2036
MB-1
[email protected]
GW
GW
14
GW
GW
Andy Demancsik
14
ELBOW DOWN
SANITARY WASTE
(614) 552-5240
GREASE WASTE
TD-1
2
SANITARY VENT
GW
FLOOR SINK
2
PROVIDE DRAIN CONNECTIONS TO THE FOUR COMPARTMENT SINK PER DETAIL 4/P300.
CLEANOUT
3
PROVIDE A 6" SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONDUIT SODA LINE SLEEVE UNDER THE SLAB FROM THE BAG-IN-BOX RACK TO
THE SODA FOUNTAIN PER DETAIL 7/P300. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN FOR THE LOCATIONS OF THESE
STUBS.
PROVIDE DRAINAGE PIPES FROM THE ICE MACHINE TO THE FLOOR SINK PER THE MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE A CODE-APPROVED AIR GAP AT THE DISCHARGE TO THE FLOOR SINK.
EQUIPMENT TAG: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ON SHEET P200 FOR EQUIPMENT
INFORMATION
4
6
MATERIAL SCHEDULE
7
GW
GW
GW
CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" GREASE WASTE LINE LEADING TO EXISTING SHARED 2000 GALLON INTERCEPTOR.
CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY SEWER.
PROVIDE 3/4" VALVED DRAIN FROM HOT FOOD TABLE TO THE FLOOR SINK. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP.
PROVIDE INSULATED COPPER DRAIN LINES FROM THE TEA TRAY DRAIN AND THE SODA MACHINE DRAIN TO THE
FLOOR SINK. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP.
GW
14
FS-1
FD-1
1
CD
GW
2 1/2"ø
GW
13 DO NOT PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUTS OFF TILE AND PLYWOOD SURFACES. IF A WALL CLEANOUT IS REQUIRED IN
A TILE SURFACE COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
14 PROVIDE INDIRECT WASTE AND CONDENSATE DRAINS FROM FIXTURES OTHER THAN KITCHEN SINKS CONCEALED
IN THE WALL AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 12/P300.
PVC PLASTIC DWV
PIPE AND FITTINGS
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
GW
GW
4
PROVIDE DRAIN LINES FROM THE FOOD PREP SINK TO THE FLOOR SINK. PROVIDE AN AIR GAP AT THE DISCHARGE
TO THE FLOOR SINK.
PROVIDE A 3" VENT THROUGH THE ROOF PER DETAIL 8/P300.
SK-2
GW
ABOVE GROUND,
CONCEALED
5
11 PROVIDE EXPOSED INDIRECT DRAIN FROM THE SALAD SPINNER DRAIN CONNECTION TO THE FLOOR SINK
BELOW. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP.
12 HOLD HORIZONTAL VENT PIPES ABOVE THE RESTROOM BELOW THE TOP OF THE PLYWOOD BOX ELEMENT.
PAINT EXPOSED VERTICAL VENT PIPES TO MATCH THE ROOF DECK.
ALLOWABLE
MATERIAL
APPLICATION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
FS-1
GW
7
8
9
10
6
11
FS-2
GW
5
HS-2
8
PROVIDE 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN FROM THE WALK-IN COOLER EVAPORATOR TO THE FLOOR SINK BELOW THE
ICE MAKER AS SHOWN. SLOPE CONDENSATE DRAIN A MINIMUM OF 1" PER FOOT. HOLD EXPOSED CONDENSATE
DRAIN IN WALK-IN COOLER AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. CONCEAL DRAIN PIPING WITHIN FRAMED WALLS AS SHOWN.
DISCHARGE THROUGH AN AIR GAP.
2 1/2"ø
CD
FLOOR DRAIN
2 1/2"ø
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
1 1/4"ø
GW
ABOVE GROUND PREP
SINK AND WARE
WASHING SINK DRAINS
GW
ABOVE GROUND HAND
SINK DRAINS
GW
GREASE INTERCEPTOR SIZE CALCULATION
(S) x (GS) x (HR/12) x (LF)
BRASS WITH CHROME
FINISH
(48 seats) x (10 gallons) x (11 hrs/12) x (1.50) =
GW
WC-1
660 gallons
FD-1
HS-2
STORE NO.: 2365
SANITARY
WASTE &
VENT PIPE
PVC PLASTIC DWV PIPE
AND FITTINGS
9
FS-1
2000 GALLON SHARED GREASE INTERCEPTOR INSTALLED BY LANDLORD IS SUFFICIENT.
PVC PLASTIC DWV
PIPE AND FITTINGS
BELOW GROUND
S: NUMBER OF SEATS IN DINING ROOM
GS: GALLONS OF WASTE PER SEAT
(10 GALLONS FOR RESTAURANTS WITH NO DISHWASHERS)
HR: NUMBER OF HOURS RESTAURANT IS OPEN
LF: LOADING FACTOR
(1.50 FOR OTHER FREEWAYS)
13
FD-1
2 1/2"ø
HS-1
2"ø
1
12
Issue Record:
FD-1
FD-1
2"
FS-1
GW
4"
3"
3"
2"
FD-1
FS-2
2"
GW
FD-1
HS-1
4"
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
FS-1
GW
4"
GW
3
Revisions:
2"
4"
GW
1
3"
GW
4"
4"
GW
4"
3"
#
TD-1
3"
GW
GW
GW
4"
FS-1
3"
MB-1
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
FS-1
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
CATEGORY
2"ø
FOR CONSTRUCTION
CD
1
CONNECT TO EXISTING
XX-#
PLAN NOTES
GW
#
GW
#
2 1/2"ø
3" VTR
GW
PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON
THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING
2 1/2"ø
GW
GW
SK-1
GW
FS-1
CONDENSATE DRAIN
CD
GW
GW
C.O.
13
FD-1
4"
EXISTING 4" GREASE
10
2"ø
1-1/4"
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
1-1/4"
2"
Project No.
13203
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
2"
1-1/4"
WC-1
Contents:
FS-1
3"
2"
FD-1
2"
C.O.
4"
4"
HS-2
WC-1
3"
Plumbing Plan Waste &
Vent
2"
3"
FD-1
2"
2"
WC-1
HS-1
2"
HS-1
HS-2
FS-1
3"
C.O.
4"
EXISTING 4" SEWER
1
P110
2
P110
SANITARY WASTE & VENT DIAGRAM
N.T.S.
P110
SANITARY WASTE & VENT PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
HW
CONNECTION SIZES
CW
WASTE
HW
SUBTOTAL FIXTURE UNITS
CW
Total
SAN
BFP-1
RPZ BACKFLOW PREVENTER
GC
GC
CONBRACO
4ALF-203-T2F
LEAD FREE REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER WITH AUTOMATIC
DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE
1
1/2"
0
1
0
0
BFP-2
RPZ BACKFLOW PREVENTER
GC
GC
CONBRACO
4ALF-207
LEAD FREE REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER WITH AUTOMATIC
DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE AND AIR GAP FITTING
1
1 1/2"
0
1
0
0
ET-1
EXPANSION TANK
GC
GC
AMTROL
ST-12
4.4 GALLON CAPACITY
1
3/4"
0
0
0
0
ET-2
EXPANSION TANK
GC
GC
AMTROL
WX-200
14.0 GALLON PRE-CHARGED EXPANSION TANK WITH 4.1 GALLON ACCEPTANCE FROM
60 TO 40 PSI.
1
3/4"
0
0
0
0
FD-1
FLOOR DRAIN
GC
GC
SIOUX CHIEF
842-2-PNR
ADJUSTABLE FLOOR DRAIN, ROUND POLISHED METAL RING AND STRAINER
6
2"
0
0
0
12
FS-1
FLOOR SINK
GC
GC
SIOUX CHIEF
861-3PU2
HEAVY DUTY PVC FLOOR SINK WITH ALUMINUM DOME BOTTOM STRAINER AND
OPEN HALF PVC GRATE
5
3"
0
0
0
25
FS-2
FLOOR SINK
GC
GC
SIOUX CHIEF
860-3P_3
HIGH CAPACITY PVC FLOOR DRAIN WITH PVC OPEN-QUARTER STRAINER AND
ALUMINUM DOME BOTTOM STRAINER
1
3"
0
0
0
5
HB-1
HOSE BIBB
TES
GC
T&S
B-2345-01-XX
COMMERCIAL QUALITY HOT & COLD MIXING WALL HYDRANT. SUPPLY ARMS SHALL
HAVE INTEGRAL SHUT-OFF STOP AND CHECK VALVE.
2
1/2"
3
3
4
0
HB-2
HOSE BIBB
TES
GC
T&S
B-0730
SILL FAUCET WITH 1/2" NPT FEMALE INLET AND 3/4" GARDEN HOSE THREADED
OUTLET.
1
1/2"
0
1.5
1.5
0
HS-1
RESTROOM HAND SINK
GC/TES
GC
KOHLER
K-2084
ADA-ACCESSIBLE, WALL-MOUNTED, PORCELAIN LAVATORY. INSTALL PLUG-IN
AUTOMATIC FAUCET WITH 0.5 GPM AERATOR AND THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE
FURNISHED BY KES. PROVIDE ZURN Z1231 (Z1231-D FOR BACK-TO-BACK
APPLICATIONS) CONCEALED ARM CARRIER IN WALL.
2
1/2"
1/2"
1 3/4"
3
3
4
2
HS-2
KITCHEN HAND SINK
TES
GC
FURNISHED BY TES
--
STAINLESS STEEL SINK WITH WALL MOUNTING BRACKET AND BACKSPLASH MOUNTED
FAUCET WITH SWIVEL GOOSENECK
3
1/2"
1/2"
2"
4.5
4.5
6
3
MB-1
MOP BASIN
GC/TES
GC
CREATIVE INDUSTRIES
TERRAZZO PRODUCTS
MC3624-10
PROVIDE TERRAZZO 36"x24"x10" HIGH MOP BASIN (COLOR: ICE) WITH STAINLESS
STEEL CAPS. CONTACT TERI GRENATO OR CAROLYN DEVIVO WITH CREATIVE
INDUSTRIES TERRAZZO PRODUCTS AT (773) 235-9088 TO ORDER. INSTALL SERVICE
SINK FAUCET WITH BUILT IN STOPS, LEVER HANDLES, AND WALL BRACE FURNISHED
BY TES.
1
1/2"
1/2"
3"
2.25
2.25
3
3
P-1
RH-1
1/2"
Issue Record:
RECIRCULATING PUMP
GC
GC
TACO
003-BC4-PNP
DOMESTIC HOT WATER CARTRIDGE-TYPE CIRCULATOR WITH INTEGRAL TIMER.
PROVIDE WITH AQUASTAT SET AT APPROXIMATELY 100° F.
1
1/2"
0
0
0
0
FREEZE PROOF ROOF HYDRANT
GC
GC
HOEPTNER
2131R
AUTOMATIC DRAINING, FREEZLESS WALL HYDRANT WITH ASSE 1052 ANTI-SIPHON
VACUUM BREAKER HOEPTNER PRODUCTS (408) 847-7615
1
3/4"
0
1
0
0
1/2"
1.5
1.5
2
0
3
3
4
0
2"
0
0
0
2
3"
0
10
10
12
1
FOUR COMPARTMENT SINK
TES
GC
FURNISHED BY TES
--
FOUR-COMPARTMENT WARE-WASHING SINK FURNISHED WITH (1) PRE-RINSE UNIT
WITH ADD-ON FAUCET AND (1) MIXING FAUCET WITH 12" SWING NOZZLE
1
SK-2
PREP SINK
TES
GC
FURNISHED BY TES
--
STAINLESS STEEL PREP TABLE WITH INTEGRAL PREP SINK. FURNISHED WITH "BIG FLO"
FAUCET
1
TD-1
TRENCH DRAIN
GC
GC
ZURN
(2)Z883
(2) 6" X 40" HDPE TRENCH DRAINS (80" OVERALL LENGTH) WITH (2) CLOSED END
CAPS, (1) 2" NO-HUB BOTTOM OUTLET, AND CLASS-A HEEL-PROOF POLYETHYLENE
GRATE
1
WC-1
WATER CLOSET
GC
GC
AMERICAN STANDARD
WC: 2257.001,
SEAT: 5901.100
ADA-COMPLIANT AFWALL ELONGATED WALL-MOUNT 1.6 GPF FLUSH VALVE TOILET.
INSTALL WITH SEAT HEIGHT SET AT 17" AFF. PROVIDE WITH SLOAN ECOS 8111-1.6/1.1
BATTERY-POWERED AUTOMATIC DUAL-FLUSH FLUSH VALVE AND ZURN ZN1203-N4
(ZURN ZN1203-ND4 FOR BACK-TO-BACK APPLICATIONS) SERIES WATER CLOSET
CARRIER.
2
AUTOMATIC DRAINING, FREEZELESS WALL HYDRANT WITH ANTI-SIPHON VACUUM
BREAKER
1
FROST PROOF WALL HYDRANT
GC
GC
WOODFORD
MODEL 65
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
#
SK-1
WH-1
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
FIXTURE
INSTALLED
BY
STORE NO.: 2365
TAG
FURNISHED
BY
1/2"
1"
3/4"
0
1
1
1
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
0
Project No.
Grand total
17.25
32.75
35.4
64
13203
Contents:
Plumbing Schedule
WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
MARK
DWH-1
DESCRIPTION
GAS WATER HEATER
FURNISHED
BY
INSTALLED
BY
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
STORAGE
INPUT
RECOVERY RATE [GPH]
TEMP. RISE
WATER CONN.
WEIGHT
TANK DIAMETER
GC
GC
A. O. Smith
BTH-150
100 gal
150000 Btu/h
247
70 °F
1 1/2"
555
27 3/4"
NOTES
P200
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
WATER HEATER DETAIL NOTES
BFP-2
1
5
1.
ROOF DECK
3
2.
COLD
P-1
4
ET-1
2
RECIRC.
3.
HOT
4.
GAS
G
5.
G
6.
7.
FINISHED CEILING
8.
G
9.
7
DWH-1
10.
8
9
11.
11
12.
13
13.
6
PROVIDE TWO 90° ELBOWS AND A SCREEN
FOR THE FLUE TERMINATION THROUGH ROOF.
PROVIDE RECIRCULATION PUMP P-1 AS SHOWN.
SUPPORT PUMP FROM WALL OR STRUCTURE ABOVE.
THE PUMP SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A TIME
CLOCK SET FOR THE OCCUPIED HOURS OF THE
STORE AND AN AQUASTAT INSTALLED ON THE
RECIRC. PIPE UPSTREAM FROM THE PUMP.
PROVIDE LINE-SIZE CHECK VALVES IN COLD AND
RECIRCULATION WATER PIPES AS SHOWN.
PROVIDE EXPANSION TANK ET-1 AS SHOWN.
SUPPORT TANK FROM WALL OR STRUCTURE ABOVE.
PROVIDE A SCREENED AIR INTAKE WITH TWO 90°
ELBOWS ABOVE THE ROOF PER THE
MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
PROVIDE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. PIPE PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE TO FLOOR DRAIN.
INSULATE EXPOSED AND CONCEALED HOT AND COLD
WATER PIPING TO WITHIN 3" OF THE WATER HEATER.
PROVIDE LINE-SIZE BALL VALVES IN COLD AND HOT
WATER PIPES AS SHOWN.
IF THE COLD, HOT, OR GAS PIPE LINE SIZE AS
SHOWN ON THE PLUMBING PLANS IS LARGER THAN
THE WATER HEATER CONNECTION SIZES, PROVIDE
REDUCERS WITHIN 6" OF THE WATER HEATER.
PIPE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE AND
WATER HEATER CONDENSATE DRAIN TO THE FLOOR
DRAIN. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP.
PROVIDE AN EXPOSED DRIP LEG AND LINE-SIZE GAS
VALVE ON THE GAS SERVICE TO THE WATER HEATER.
PROVIDE A 4"Ø PVC FLUE FROM WATER HEATER TO
THE POINT OF DISCHARGE.
PROVIDE A 4"Ø PVC INTAKE PIPE FROM THE WATER
HEATER TO THE POINT OF INTAKE.
TO REMOTE METER
READOUT. SEE P100
FOR LOCATION.
FOUR-COMPARTMENT SINK
90° STREET ELBOW
90°
STREET
ELBOW
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
GAS STUBBED THRU
WALL AT 27"AFF
QUICK DISCONNECT
WATER METER
PROVIDE FULL-SIZE
DRAIN FROM REDUCED
PRESSURE ZONE
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
TO FLOOR DRAIN.
DRAIN THROUGH AN
AIR GAP.
BALL VALVE
SWIVEL CONNECTION
SWIVEL CONNECTION
FINISHED FLOOR
Fax:
Contact:
[email protected]
2"
FLEXIBLE GAS LINE
ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT ACTUAL CONDITIONS.
MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
PROVIDE WELDED FITTINGS/JOINTS IN ANY CONCEALED, UNSLEEVED LOCATION.
FLOOR DRAIN
12
2
P300
FOR CONSTRUCTION
MAKE NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WITH WATER COMPANY TO INSTALL
NEW WATER SERVICE PER LOCAL CODES & WATER COMPANY
REGULATIONS AND PAY ALL CHARGES. SERVICE SHALL BE SIZED PER
THE PLUMBING PLAN & INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE OF WATER
COMPANY REGULATIONS. ANCHOR METER, BACKFLOW PREVENTER, AND
PIPING TO THE WALL OR THE FLOOR. CERTIFY THE BACKFLOW
PREVENTER PER THE WATER COMPANY'S REQUIREMENTS.
3
P300
PROVIDE
CLEANOUTS IN
THE ENDS OF THE
PIPES
2"
MAINTAIN AN AIR
GAP AT DISCHARGE
TO THE FLOOR SINK
NOTES:
RESTRAINING CABLE
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
6" DIRT LEG
KITCHEN
EQUIPMENT
(614) 552-5240
FLOOR SINK
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
GREASE WASTE: SEE
SHEET P110 FOR
CONTINUATION
WATER SERVICE ENTRY DETAIL
4
P300
N.T.S.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
WARE-WASHING SINK DETAIL
N.T.S.
KITCHEN GAS EQUIPMENT DETAIL
N.T.S.
7 1/2"
RICE COOKER
FINISHED FLOOR
WATER HEATER INSTALLATION NOTES
B.
C.
D.
E.
1
P300
HOLE IN RICE
COOKER TABLE
CLEAN INLET STRAINERS AFTER CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED
AND PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF THE BUILDING TO THE OWNER.
INSTALL PIPING WITH AS FEW ELBOWS AS POSSIBLE.
MAINTAIN REQUIRED CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.
ADJUST WATER HEATER TO A SETPOINT OF 120° F.
ROOF INSULATION
ROTATE WATER HEATER SO THAT ACCESS PANELS, FLUE DRAIN TRAP, AND
CONTROL PANEL ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE.
N.T.S.
MITER THE INSULATION AT TEES
AND ELBOWS SO THAT THERE
ARE NO GAPS AT JOINTS.
PROVIDE ONE-PIECE
PRE-MOULDED PVC FITTING
COVERS.
SEE PLUMBING
DRAWINGS FOR PIPE SIZE
DRAINAGE PORTS ON
THE SIDES OF THE
PIPE STAND BASE
PROVIDE DECK PLATE
COMPATIBLE WITH THE
ROOFING SYSTEM
ANCHOR VENT PIPE TO
ROOF DECK OR JOIST
WITH U-BOLT AROUND
PIPE AND ANGLE IRON
SECURED TO THE DECK
OR A JOIST
ROOF DECK
WATER HEATER DETAIL
TAPE JOINTS OF
FIBERGLASS INSULATION
PROVIDE A ONE FOOT LENGTH
OF NONCOMPRESSIBLE
INSULATION AT HANGERS FOR
PIPE 2" AND LARGER
INSTALL GAS QUICK DISCONNECT
FITTING BELOW TABLE AS SHOWN SO
RICE COOKER AND GAS PIPE CAN BE
REMOVED FROM TABLE WHEN QUICK
DISCONNECT IS DISCONNECTED. SEE
DETAIL 2/THIS SHEET FOR
CONTINUATION.
PROVIDE SLEEVE IF
REQUIRED BY ROOFING
SYSTEM
RICE COOKER TABLE
REFER TO PLANS FOR VTR PIPE SIZES AND LOCATIONS. LOCATE VTR MINIMUM TEN FEET
HORIZONTAL OR THREE FEET VERTICAL ABOVE ANY BUILDING OPENING OR FRESH AIR
INTAKE, AND ONE FOOT FROM ANY VERTICAL SURFACE. PROVIDE 1" FIBERGLASS
INSULATION WITH ALL-SERVICE JACKET ON VENT PIPE INSIDE BUILDING WITHIN SIX FEET
OF VENT THRU ROOF LOCATION. FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING ARE TO BE
COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOFING SYSTEM.
INSULATE VALVE BODIES. LEAVE
UNIONS FREE OF INSULATIONS.
PROVIDE INSULATION ON PIPES
WITHIN WALLS AND CHASES
9
P300
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
RICE COOKER GAS CONNECTION DETAIL
8
P300
N.T.S.
VENT THROUGH ROOF
N.T.S.
CENTER PIPE STAND
ON DECK PLATE
PROVIDE PILLOW BLOCK
PIPE STAND OF
POLYCARBONATE RESIN
MATERIAL (MIRO
INDUSTRIES MODEL 1.5)
STUB PIPE ABOVE FLOOR AT LOCATIONS
SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR
PLAN. TRIM PIPE 6" AFF. TYPICAL FOR
BOTH ENDS.
STRAP THE PIPE
TO THE PIPE STAND
PLAN
PILLOW BLOCK
PIPE STAND
STACK PIPE STANDS TO SECURELY
SUPPORT THE PIPE. WOOD BLOCKING
OR SHIMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
DECK PLATE
ROOFING MATERIAL
PROVIDE INSULATION ON INTERIOR COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING, CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE, AND STORM PIPE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
REGARDING INSULATION. INSTALL ITEMS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER ON COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE PIPING BY
MEANS OF SEALANT AND TAPE. FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES SHALL NOT EXCEED 25/50. SEAL EXPOSED ENDS OF FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE
MASTIC. PROVIDE PREFORMED GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION WITH PRE-MOLDED PVC JACKETS, SLEEVES, AND FITTING COVERS ON EXPOSED WATER PIPE SO THAT EXPOSED WATER
PIPE IS COVERED ENTIRELY WITH PVC INSULATION COVERS.
6
P300
SEAL FLOOR PENETRATION WITH
FLEXIBLE, WATERPROOF MATERIAL TO
COMPENSATE FOR PIPE EXPANSION.
TYPICAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS.
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
A.
STORE NO.: 2365
FLOOR DRAIN
12" MINIMUM
ABOVE ROOF AND
EXTENDED ABOVE THE
LEVEL OF THE PARAPET
PROVIDE 1/2" GAS PIPE FROM RICE
COOKER GAS CONNECTION DOWN
THROUGH HOLE IN TABLE AS SHOWN
10
PVC CAP
Issue Record:
FINISHED FLOOR
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
MIN.
12"
PIPE INSULATION DETAIL
N.T.S.
ELEVATION
5
P300
#
LENGTH AS
REQUIRED
PROVIDE PIPE STANDS AS SHOWN FOR STEEL PIPE FROM 1/2" TO 1-1/2" DIAMETER. SUPPORT SPACING FOR PIPE
SIZE: 1/2"=6'; 3/4"-1"=8'; 1 1/4" AND LARGER=10'; PROVIDE DECK PLATES ON ROOFING AND SET PIPE STAND
FREE ON DECK PLATES. STACK PIPE STAND WHERE REQUIRED TO ELEVATE PIPING. INSTALL GAS PIPE TO ALLOW FOR
EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. PRIMER COAT AND PAINT EXTERIOR GAS PIPE. GAS PIPE ON THE ROOF SHALL BE
PAINTED YELLOW AND GAS PIPE INSTALLED EXPOSED ON EXTERIOR WALLS SHOULD BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE
WALL FINISH.
2
Revisions:
03/02/2015
DB UPDATES
PROVIDE SIX INCH SCHEDULE 40 PVC ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND
FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT-WELDED JOINTS. USE MINIMUM QUANTITY OF
FITTINGS. PROVIDE LONG SWEEP ELBOWS AT BOTH ENDS, WITH
MINIMUM 16 INCH RADIUS. AVOID ELBOWS IN HORIZONTAL RUN. SEAL
ENDS OF CONDUIT WITH FOAM AFTER SYRUP LINE IS INSTALLED IN
CONDUIT. INSTALL PVC CAP WITH HOLE FOR SODA LINES ON EACH END
OF THE CONDUIT. SEAL HOLE IN PVC CAP AROUND SODA BUNDLE.
ROOFTOP PIPING SUPPORT
N.T.S.
ROOF DECK
CHROME
ONE-PIECE
ESCUTCHEON
(TYP.)
7
P300
LAY-IN CEILING
OPEN STUDS
ABOVE CEILING
TO VENT THE
WALLCAVITY
THE ROUTING OF THE GAS
PIPE MUST COMPLY WITH
LOCAL CODES AND
AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION
BFP-1
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS:
TO DRAIN
CUNO BEV190
WATER FILTER
NORMAL MODE:
·
WHEN HOOD FAN IS ENERGIZED SOLENOID VALVE IS TO OPEN.
·
ON A LOSS OF POWER OR IF THE FAN IS DE-ENERGIZED THE
KITCHEN GAS SHUTOFF DETAIL
N.T.S.
11
P300
WATER FILTRATION DETAIL
AMD
RTJ
Contents:
Plumbing Details
ROUGH-IN WATER STOP VALVES ON
LEFT SIDE OF HAND SINK AS SHOWN
ESCUTCHEON (TYPICAL)
SECURE WATER SUPPLY HOSES FROM
STOP VALVES TO MIXING VALVES TO WALL
MIN. (2) PIPE DIAMETERS
8"
2" 3"
VALVE IS TO CLOSE.
EMERGENCY MODE:
·
UPON ACTUATION OF THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM OR A
10
P300
3/4" X 1/2" REDUCER
1/2" UNION (TYP)
CUNO CFS44-HT
SCALE INHIBITOR
Checked:
Project No.
HOLD RECEPTACLE, WATER VALVES,
CONTROL MODULE, MIXING VALVE, AND
RELATED PIPING AND WIRES DIRECTLY
BELOW THE HAND SINK AS SHOWN
1/2" TO ICE MAKER BACKFLOW
PREVENTER
1/2" FULL PORT
BALL VALVE (TYP)
Drawn:
13203
DRAIN PIPE
CONCEALED IN WALL
ROUTE MAIN GAS LINE FOR
UNDER HOOD EQUIPMENT IN
VENTED WALL SPACE
SIGNAL FROM THE FIRE ALARM, THE SOLENOID VALVE IS TO CLOSE
PLUG CONTROL MODULE IN TO RECEPTACLE.
SECURE CORD TIGHT TO WALL AND BOTTOM
OF SINK.
1/2" TO BAG-N-BOX BACKFLOW
PREVENTER ON CARBONATOR
1/2" SUPPLY
PROVIDE A LINE-SIZE MANUAL GAS
SHUTOFF VALVE BELOW THE CEILING
PROVIDE A LINE-SIZE
MECHANICAL-OPERATED GAS VALVE
BELOW THE CEILING. INTERCONNECT
TO THE HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM.
INDIRECT DRAIN PIPE
(TO BACKFLOW PREVENTER,
CONDENSATE DRAIN
CONNECTION, ETC.)
2' - 0"
EXHAUST HOOD
CONCEAL DRAIN
PIPE IN WALL AS
HIGH AS POSSIBLE
SODA CONDUIT DETAIL
N.T.S.
PROVIDE PIPE SUPPORT
ATTACHED TO THE FLOOR
OR WALL AS SHOWN
INDIRECT WASTE RECEPTACLE
(FLOOR SINK, FLOOR DRAIN,
MOP SINK, ETC.)
N.T.S.
12
P300
INDIRECT WASTE PIPING DETAIL
N.T.S.
P300
3"
13
P300
PIPE INSULATION DETAIL
Date of Last Print:
1" = 1'-0"
2
08/24/2015
Consultant:
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 16100 - WIRING METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Summary: Building wire and cable and associated splices, connectors, and terminations for wiring systems rated
600 V and less, and twisted-pair cable; and raceways and boxes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WIRES AND CABLES
A. Connectors and Splices: Wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, and type and class for application and
for service indicated.
2.2 RACEWAYS
A. Wireways: Screwed cover type, with manufacturers standard finish.
B. Outlet and Device Boxes: Sheet metal boxes, except use cast-metal boxes at exterior, interior exposed, and interior
damp locations.
C. Pull and Junction Boxes: Sheet metal boxes, except use nonmetallic boxes with gasketed covers at exterior and
interior damp locations.
2.3 ENCLOSURES
A. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, steel enclosure with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. Finish inside
and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
B. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install wires and cables according to the NECA's "Standard of Installation.
B. Wiring at Outlets: Install with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet.
C. Conceal wiring, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors.
D. Boxes and Enclosures: In damp or wet locations use NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel.
E. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceway and suitable for use and location. For intermediate steel conduit, use
threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle third of the slab thickness where practical, and leave at least 1
-inch concrete cover.
G. Install exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members, and follow the
surface contours as much as practical.
H. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight. Use bonding bushings or
wedges at connections subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight. Use insulating
bushings to protect conductors.
I.
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic line having not less
than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave not less than 18 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire.
J. Install raceway sealing fittings where required by the NEC and at wiring entrances to refrigerated spaces. Locate at
suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways,
install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or
surfaces.
K. Stub-up Connections for Equipment: Extend conductors to equipment with intermediate metal conduit; flexible
metal conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor.
L. Install a separate green ground conductor in surface metal raceway from the junction box supplying the raceway to
receptacle and fixture ground terminals.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES
A. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with
corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use
consistent designations throughout Project.
C. Identify raceways and cables with color banding as follows:
1.
Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves or colored encircling conduit, and place adjacent
bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
2.
Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in
straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas.
3.
Colors: As follows:
a.
Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.
D. Color-code System secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical
system as follows:
120/208V
277/480V
1.
Phase A:
Black
Brown
2.
Phase B:
Red
Orange
3.
Phase C:
Blue
Yellow
4.
Neutral:
White
Gray
5.
Ground:
Green
Green
END OF SECTION 16100
SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
B. Comply with NEMA WD 1.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DEVICES
A. General: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Color: Per Material Schedule on sheet E100.
C. Receptacles: Heavy- Duty grade, NEMA WD6, Configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated.
D. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles: integral duplex receptacle; for installation in box without an adapter.
Feed-through type, with a 2-3/4-inch- deep outlet
E. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: to the green grounding screw isolation from mounting strap. Equipment grounding
contacts connected only terminal of the device with inherent electrical
F. Snap Switches: Heavy-duty, quiet type.
G. Wall Plate: Per Material Schedule on sheet E100.
H. Floor Service Fittings: Modular, above-floor, dual-service units suitable for wiring method used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure.
B. Mount devices flush, with long dimension vertical, of receptacles on top unless otherwise indicated. under single,
multigang wall plates.
C. Protect devices and assemblies during painting.
D. Install wall plates when painting is complete.
END OF SECTION 16140
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
Fax:
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
SECTION 16410 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 GENERAL (Not Applicable)
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SWITCHES
A. Enclosed, Nonfusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with lockable handle.
2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
B. Enclosed, Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with thermal-magnetic trip unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated.
2.
Interrupting Rating: PER DRAWINGS
3.
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers, 225 A and Larger: Trip units fixed
4.
Current-Limiting Trips: Let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, Class RK-5.
5.
Enclosure: NEMA AB 1, Type 1, unless otherwise specified or required to meet environmental conditions of
installed location.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TESTING
C. Perform visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests stated in NETA ATS.
END OF SECTION 16410
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: None.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with NEMA PB 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTERS
A. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirement, provide products by one of the following:
1.
Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories:
a.
Square D Co.
b.
Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products.
c.
General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
d.
Siemens Energy & Automation.
B. Recessed, NEMA PB 1, Type 1.
1.
Load Center Capacity: as shown on drawings.
2.
Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps.
3.
Doors: With concealed hinges, flush catches, and tumbler locks, all keyed alike.
4.
Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity.
C. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, plug-in type, Single-handle for multipole circuit breakers. Appropriate
for application, including Type SWD for repetitive switching lighting loads and Type HACR for heating,
air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment.
D. Contactors: NEMA ICS 2, Class A combination contactors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 1.1. Indicate installed circuit loads in English and
Spanish on a typed circuit directory after balancing panelboard loads.
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Future Circuit Provisions at Flush Panel boards: Stub four empty 3/4-inch conduits from panelboard into accessible
or designated ceiling space.
D. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups, bundle and wrap with wire ties according to NEC
guidelines.
E. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.
F. Perform visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests stated In NETA ATS.
END OF SECTION 16442
Issue Record:
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
#
SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data for each luminaire, including lamps.
B. Fixtures, Emergency Lighting Units, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Coordinate ceiling-mounted luminaires with ceiling construction, mechanical work, and security and fire-prevention
features mounted In ceiling space and on ceiling.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to
prevent warping and sagging.
B. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions, and
arranged to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to
prevent accidental falling during re-lamping and when secured in operating position.
C. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise
indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set units level, plumb, and square with ceiling and walls, and secure.
B. Support for Recessed and Semirecessed Grid-Type Fluorescent Fixtures: Install ceiling support system rods or wires
at a minimum of 4 rods or wires for each fixture, located not more than 6 inches from fixture corners.
C. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Support according to manufacturers' recommendations.
D. Lamping: Where specific lamp designations are not indicated, lamp units according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
END OF SECTION 16500
(614) 552-5240
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this
Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the
International Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association
to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
1. Comply with UL 467.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Wiring Methods."
B. Material: Copper.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.
D. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.
E. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
2.2 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and
connected items.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Use only copper conductors.
B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps.
D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and
elsewhere as indicated.
1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and down to the
specified height above the floor.
3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless
specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid
obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection
hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.
B. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No.
10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors.
C. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL
486A.
D. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for
compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die
code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on
grounding conductor.
END OF SECTION 16060
STORE NO.: 2365
SECTION 16011 TEMPORARY & PERMANENT ELECTRICAL SERVICE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This section includes temporary lighting and power with luminaries, panelboards, circuit breakers. and enclosures.
B. Related sections include the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Grounding",
2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices"
3. Division 16 Section "Circuit Breakers"
4. Division 16 Section "Panel boards"
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground fault current interrupter.
B. RMS: Root Mean Square
C. SPDT: Single Pole, Double Throw
1.4 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner, Architect, or Engineer and shall
be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1. Owner's construction forces.
2. Occupants of Project.
3. Architect.
4. Engineer.
5. Testing agencies.
6. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Permanent Service: Coordinate with building owner and utility company to establish permanent service upon
completion of the project. Contractor shall pay for all permits, aid-to-construction charges, and related fees
associated with the new service.
1.5 NOTIFICATION
A. Coordinate with owner to provide 72 hour written notification to other tenants of any power interruptions. Notification
shall state the estimated time and duration of the electrical outage.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's 'Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241.
1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended
to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions.
2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service.
Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
3. Comply with OSHA standards and regulations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into
higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light.
B. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits,
not exceeding 12S-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable.
C. Main panelboard with disconnect.
D. Temporary lighting.
E. 120 volt receptacles with overcurrent protection.
F. Enclosures. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location.
1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient
size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, and
overload-protected disconnecting means.
1. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage.
B. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment.
1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not
reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.
2. Provide metal conduit, tubing, or metallic cable for wiring exposed to possible damage. Provide rigid steel
conduits for wiring exposed on grades, floors, decks, or other traffic areas.
3. Provide metal conduit enclosures or boxes for wiring devices.
4. Provide 4-gang outlets, spaced so 1 DO-foot (30-m) extension cord can reach each area for power hand tools
and task lighting. Provide a separate 125-V ac, 20-A circuit for each outlet.
C. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction
operations and traffic conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire
system.
2. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet (15 m) in traffic areas.
3. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations, parking and
traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed.
4. Install lighting for Project identification sign.
END OF SECTION 16011
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
13203
Contents:
Electrical Specifications
E010
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
ELECTRICAL CODE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AUTHORITY
HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING
CODES.
C
WIRING SHALL BE (2)#12, #12 G IN 3/4" C UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE.
INDIVIDUAL CONDUIT HOME RUNS SHOWN SHALL NOT BE
CONSOLIDATED.
D
E
ABBREVIATIONS
AFF
AFG
C
G
GFCI
IG
JB
NL
S
WP
#10 AWG AND SMALLER
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
CONDUIT
GROUND
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPT
ISOLATED GROUND
JUNCTION BOX
NIGHT LIGHT
SURFACE MOUNTED
WEATHERPROOF
GC
HES
TAB
TCC
TES
THS
TLS
TMB
TMS
TP
TRS
TSV
WCS
SOLID CU, TYPE
THHN/THWN OR
XHHW
CONDUCTORS
STRANDED CU,
TYPE THHN/THWN
OR XHHW
#8 AWG AND LARGER
OUTDOOR, EXPOSED
OR CONCEALED
OUTDOOR OR INDOOR
DAMP LOCATIONS,
CONNECTION TO
VIBRATING EQUIPMENT
J
INDOOR, WITHIN
1-1/2" OF ROOF
DECK
L
ELECTRICAL
METALLIC TUBING,
FLEXIBLE METAL
CONDUIT, OR METAL
CLAD CABLE
INDOOR DRY
LOCATIONS,
CONNECTION TO
VIBRATING EQUIPMENT
CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE THE CEILING, IN A WALL, OR
IN A RACEWAY
1
CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW THE SLAB
RIGID NONMETALLIC
CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 40
PVC)
LOW VOLTAGE, BELOW GRADE
GRAY DEVICE
WITH STAINLESS
STEEL COVER
PLATE
IG OR IG/GFI
RECEPTACLES
ORANGE DEVICE
WITH STAINLESS
STEEL COVER
PLATE
DISCONNECT SWITCH:
X = SWITCH RATING
Y = FUSE SIZE (NF = NON-FUSED)
Z = NUMBER OF POLES
JUNCTION BOX
ELECTRIC PANELBOARD
S
IN KITCHEN,
OFFICE, OR
NON-PUBLIC
SPACES
MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT
S OC
OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACTIVATED WALL SWITCH
(HUBBELL LHMTS1W - LIGHTHAWK PIR & US SINGLE CIRCUIT,WHITE)
WIRING
DEVICES
9
10
11
13
14
WHITE DEVICE
WITH WHITE
COVER PLATE
IN RESTROOMS
PLAN NOTES
STORE LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. PROVIDE ONE SWITCH PER LIGHTING CIRCUIT. LABEL SWITCHES
WITH AREA SERVED.
CONNECT LIGHTING CIRCUIT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH THE STORE LIGHTING SWITCH BANK.
PROVIDE ONE UNSWITCHED CONDUCTOR FOR CONNECTION TO LOCALLY-SWITCHED FIXTURES,
FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS NIGHT LIGHTS, EXIT SIGNS, AND EMERGENCY FIXTURES.
VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF EXIT SIGN PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. EXIT SIGN MUST BE VISIBLE FROM
AREA SERVED AFTER BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.
PROVIDE DOUBLE-POLE SINGLE-THROW LIGHT SWITCH IN OFFICE FOR CONTROL OF OFFICE LIGHT
AND RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN.
8
BLACK DEVICE
WITH BLACK
COVER PLATE
ON PLYWOOD,HOT
ROLLED STEEL, OR RICHLITE
26.2
36.5
36.5
34.4
30.9
45.1
44.9
45.0
43.9
41.9
39.1
35.1
62.1
42.4
40.7
36.5
24.1
26.4
35.6
38.5
39.9
40.3
37.3
32.7
37.9
42.1
45.3
46.2
47.0
45.5
45.2
46.3
63.0
46.8
63.1
63.0
63.1
(614) 328-2036
42.7
56.1
42.8
55.7
54.1
49.7
43.0
42.3
46.8
49.3
46.8
49.8
A1 ,NL
38.4
45.2
50.0
51.9
40.7
42.1
38.3
45.4
51.3
54.4
90.6
113.9 129.2 127.4 121.9 130.7 147.4 116.7 118.6 140.3 56.9
35.0
41.2
44.8
51.7
96.9
122.8 137.2 137.3 134.0 146.9 185.2 135.7 153.8 269.8 69.1
30.5
34.3
37.5
42.5
49.1
55.0
25.1
27.2
27.2
60.6
A- 34
68.7
75.8
90.8
127.9 109.3 89.5
156.7 64.5
61.6
71.1
90.8
221.8 168.3 90.5
73.9
59.3
71.8
91.8
176.2 161.5 98.6
79.4
58.9
71.8
94.2
231.3 161.9 94.1
83.4
57.0
70.7
91.5
109.6 108.2 90.8
85.1
53.4
72.4
98.4
257.8 179.3 99.9
86.8
96.3
107.3 182.3 167.7 105.4 84.9
A1
90.1
153.3 159.8 151.9 167.2 166.9 169.0 177.1 180.4 125.7 260.1 181.5 95.6
61.3
86.5
92.4
91.5
100.6 103.7 105.5 111.7 113.6 99.4
113.0 96.9
78.9
A1 ,NL
2
A1
A1
2
FOR CONSTRUCTION
C2
C2
C2
C2
C2
B1
C2
B1
B1
54.5
43.5
49.0
60.1
103.8 22.4
39.8
59.8
22.4
44.8
76.9
23.4
49.3
90.3
21.9
57.7
B1
B1
B1
B1
EM1
8
A- 28
2
B1
A- 30
62.8
B1
78.9
69.9
5
61.4
H1
J3
7
B1
6
CONNECT LIGHTS TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER SHOWN. CONNECT LIGHTS SO THAT THEY
OPERATE 24 HOURS PER DAY AS NIGHT LIGHTS AND ALSO STAY ILLUMINATED DURING A LOSS OF
POWER AS EMERGENCY LIGHTS.
B1
H1
J
H1
3
13
9
C2
C2
C2
C2
H1
B1
3
B1
H1
85.0
22.5
46.6
92.7
25.3
49.4
98.1
25.3
39.7
77.4
21.7
(2) C1
(2) C1
B1
C2
(2) C1
B1
B1
(2) C1
B1
B1
B1
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
H1
E1
H1
J3
41.6
H1
B1
B1
3
PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR UNDERSHELF LIGHTING AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 5/E110. CONNECT
TO SWITCHED LEG OF THE KITCHEN LIGHTING CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL
ELEVATIONS FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED INA
HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION.
C2
B1
C2
B1
C2
B1
C2
C2
B1
C2
B1
B1
B1
INSTALL HANGING LIGHT FIXTURES WITH LOOSE CORD SO THAT CORD HAS 6"-12" OF SLACK. DO
NOT SECURE CORD TO HANGING ROD. TYPICAL.
PROVIDE UNISTRUT AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL RCP PER THE ARCHITECTURAL UNISTRUT
DETAIL. TYPICAL.
B2
PROVIDE QUAD RECEPTACLE CONCEALED ABOVE BOX. CONNECT TO A SWITCHED LEG OF THE
LIGHTING CIRCUIT AS SHOWN.
PROVIDE (2) GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR UNDERSHELF LIGHTING AS SHOWN. CONNECT TO SWITCHED
LEG OF THE KITCHEN LIGHTING CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR
RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS.
B2
INSTALL WALL-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FURNISHED BY LIGHTING SUPPLIER. ADJUST
SETTINGS SWITCHES SO THAT SWITCHES 1, 2, 3, 7, AND 8 ARE UP AND SWITCHES 4, 5, AND 6 ARE
DOWN.
HD-1
H1
A- 22
150.1 126.0 164.9 195.7 146.8 132.8 181.8 179.3 124.4 120.0
A1
INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES FURNISHED WITH THE WALK-IN COOLER
INSTALL DUAL-LITE LG2S EMERGENCY LIGHTING MINI INVERTER, EM1, FURNISHED BY OWNER ON
WALL. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN. INVERTER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF POWERING UP TO 250W OF
FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES AT 100% LIGHT OUTPUT FOR 90 MINUTES.
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
B1
2
97.1 104.8 111.9 116.6 112.9 111.5 115.2 110.5 97.6 81.9
117.4 115.0 133.0 147.1 122.5 116.7 139.5 136.0 106.5 94.4
67.7
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
C2
F1
F1
2
E100
LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC PLAN
14
N.T.S.
OC
F1
A- 26
A- 22,24
2
2
P1
J1
1
J1
P1
4
Issue Record:
E4
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
TAG
Count
TYPE
MOUNT
FURNISHED
BY
INSTALLED
BY
A1
7
2x2 LENSED
TROFFER
LAY-IN
TLS
GC
CRESCENT
22GP417FSA1BL4YK3
(4)FO17/830/ECO
B1
29
RECESSED 6IN
CAN LIGHT
RECESSED 6IN
CAN LIGHT
CEILING
TLS
GC
NORA LIGHTING
NHIC-8G24ATFL with
NTM-57W/M1 Trim
NHP264EL-NTA97C
(1) 17W ECOSTORY ECO-PAR38C-17-GU24-27K-25D LED
(25°-2700K) W/ GU 24 BASE
LOW PROFILE
FLUORESCENT 2FT
LOW PROFILE
FLUORESCENT 3FT
SURFACE
TLS
GC
HERA
ES22WW/BC
(1) FP14/830/ECO (INCLUDED)
120
14
SURFACE
TLS
GC
HERA
ES34WW/BC
(1) FP21/830/ECO (INCLUDED)
120
21
B2
4
C1
4
C2
18
E1
E2
E4
F1
F4
H1
J1
3
1
3
6
2
9
15
CEILING
EMERGENCY
LIGHT - DUAL
HEAD
VARIOUS
EMERGENCY
LIGHT - SINGLE
HEAD
VARIOUS
WHITE EXIT LIGHT
- STANDARD RED
LETTERS
2' T8
FLUORESCENT
FIXTURE
VARIOUS
TLS
TLS
GC
GC
NORA LIGHTING
EXITRONIX
MODEL
LED-90
LAMP(S)
(2) SPECIAL LED
SURFACE
TLS
TLS
GC
GC
GC
EXITRONIX
EXITRONIX
CRESCENT
HLED-BL-WP with PMC-B-1
Mounting Plate
(1) SPECIAL LED
VEX-BP-WB-WH
(1) SPECIAL LED
C117BK1Y
(1)FO17/830/ECO
WATTS
120
68
120
17
120
26
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
J1
2
4
120
120
1
4
J1
K1
2
120
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
K1
FURNISHED WITH COVERS, (1) HARDWIRE BOX,
AND CONNECTORS, OR CORD & PLUG
FURNISHED WITH COVERS, (1) HARDWIRE BOX,
AND CONNECTORS, OR CORD & PLUG
OC
#
14
1
2
01/12/2015
03/02/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
DB UPDATES
3
08/21/2015
CLIENT UPDATES
12
10
11
F1
B2
J1
F1
J1
90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP
LOW VOLTAGE REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHT
POWERED BY FIXTURE E1.
Revisions:
K1
P1
F1
K1
2
J1
90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP, FURNISHED WITH
WALL MOUNT
F4
F4
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
P1
17
J1
K1
4' T5
FLUORESCENT
FIXTURE
SURFACE
HOOD LIGHT
SURFACE
TLS
GC
BARTCO
BFL281-28-UNV
(1)FP28/830/ECO
120
K1
J1
Project No.
28
13203
P1
PENDANT LIGHT ADJUSTABLE
HEIGHT - PAR 20
CEILING
THS/TLS
TLS
GC
GC
VAPOR PROOF LIGHT
FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH
HOOD
FURNISHED WITH HOOD
KAMMETAL
C-LP1-01
(1) CF23EL/MINI/827
(1) 7W ECOSTORY PAR20 LED (50°-2750K) W/ GU 10 BASE
120
120
23
7
INSTALL LAMP FURNISHED SEPARATELY BY
LIGHTING SUPPLIER
Contents:
J3
2
PENDANT DOME
LIGHT ADJUSTABLE
HEIGHT - PAR20
CEILING
TLS
GC
HI-LITE MFG. CO.
H-CW1600-2
(1) 32W CFL (2700K) W/ GU 24 BASE
120
32
K1
6
CONCEALED
TLS
GC
SATCO
90-2467
(1) 12W ECOSTORY PAR30 LED (30°-2750K) W/ GU 24 BASE
120
12
P1
8
KEYLESS DOWN
LIGHT
ACCENT LIGHT SWIVEL SPOT
LIGHT - SINGLE
HEAD
CEILING
TLS
GC
LUMOS
MS-4020-B-2010035-F1 w/ (1)
MS-4042-A
(1) 12W ECOSTORY PAR30 LED (30°-2750K) W/ GU 24 BASE
120
12
Electrical Lighting Plan
SEE ARCHITECTURAL RCP FOR STEM LENGTH
3
WITH JELLY JAR. SEE ARCHITECTURAL RCP FOR
STEM LENGTH
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
P1
4
E4
P1
P1
1
2
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES
A.
B.
C.
VOLTS
B2
TLS
Andy Demancsik
3
J1
MANUFACTURER
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
E1
B
A- 32
BDP
4
12
NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
A
A1
WALL MOUNT THE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE AT 6" BELOW THE CEILING UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE
6
7
WHITE DEVICE
WITH WHITE
COVER PLATE
ON DRYWALL IN
DINING ROOM
35.8
32.0
36.2
3
5
GENERAL PURPOSE 1-POLE SWITCH
SM
37.2
28.1
ALL OUTLET LOCATIONS TO BE ADA COMPLIANT.
#
ELECTRICAL
METALLIC TUBING
PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET
FOR NOTE MEANING
E1
EM1
2
HOME-RUN TO PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER SHOWN
E4
Fax:
[email protected]
1
FLEXIBLE METAL
CONDUIT
LOW VOLTAGE,
INDOOR, ABOVE GRADE
3
1
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR ALL
INSPECTIONS.
LIGHTING SHALL EITHER BE PROPERLY SHIELDED OR INCLUDE
SAFETY BULBS TO PROTECT FROM GLASS CONTAMINATION.
K
INTERMEDIATE
METAL CONDUIT
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
E2
4
THE TERM "FURNISH" MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE
PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING,
ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE
TERM "INSTALL" DESCRIBES THE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT
SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING,
ASSEMBLY, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING,
WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING,
CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. THE TERM "PROVIDE"
MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR
THE INTENDED USE.
ELECTRICAL
METALLIC TUBING
U.N.O.
INDOOR, EXPOSED
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
J
PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM EACH J-BOX
FOR TELEPHONE OR DATA JACKS TO ABOVE OFFICE CEILING.
SEE MATERIAL SCHEDULE FOR ALLOWABLE CONDUIT
MATERIALS. PROVIDE CONDUITS WITH MINIMAL ELBOWS AND
TERMINATE CONDUITS ABOVE OFFICE CEILING WITH CONDUIT
BUSHING.
LIQUIDTIGHT
FLEXIBLE METAL
CONDUIT
INDOOR, CONCEALED
X/Y/Z
H
INTERMEDIATE
METAL CONDUIT
CONDUITS
#
INSTALL CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE THE CEILING, IN WALLS,
OR IN RACEWAYS.
I
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
TENANT'S HVAC EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER
TENANT'S TEST AND BALANCE VENDOR
TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR
TENANT'S KITCHEN EQUIPEMNT SUPPLIER
TENANT'S HOOD SUPPLIER
TENANT'S LIGHT/LAMP SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MENU BOARD SUPPLIER
TENANT'S MILLWORK SUPPLIER
TENANT'S PHONE SUPPLIER
TENANT'S RAILING SUPPLIER
TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR
TENANT'S WALK-IN COOLER SUPPLIER
A-6
G
AVG
51.2 FC
52.1 FC
71.8 FC
57.3 FC
133.9 FC
137.5 FC
ILLUMINATION LEVELS FOR MEN'S RR, WOMEN'S RR,
AND KITCHEN FLOOR ARE SHOWN AT FLOOR LEVEL.
ILLUMINATION LEVELS FOR 4-COMP SINK, PREP TABLES,
AND SERVE LINE ARE SHOWN AT 3' AFF. THESE WERE
CALCULATED USING VISUAL LIGHTING PROFESSIONAL
EDITION VERSION 2.06.0234
CIRCUIT EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTS, ILLUMINATED EXIT
SIGNS, AND NIGHT LIGHTS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING.
INSTALL WALL SWITCHES AT 48" AFF TO CENTER OF SWITCH
AND RECEPTACLES AT 18" AFF TO CENTER OF RECEPTACLE
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
F
MIN
21.9 FC
21.7 FC
24.1 FC
51.3 FC
56.9 FC
94.4 FC
GFCI,68"
GFCI,55"
APPLICATION
CATEGORY
B
PHOTOMETRIC STATISTICS
AREA
MAX
MEN’S RR
103.8 FC
WOMEN’S RR
98.1 FC
KITCHEN FLOOR
180.4 FC
4-COMP SINK
63.1 FC
PREP TABLES
269.8 FC
SERVE LINE
195.7 FC
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
ALLOWABLE
MATERIAL
GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS.
STORE NO.: 2365
MATERIAL SCHEDULE
A
FLUORESCENT LAMPS NOT INCLUDED WITH THE FIXTUREA RE TO BE MANUFACTURED BY SYLVANIA UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PHILIPS FLUORESCENT LAMPS WILL BE AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE.
SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LIGHT LOCATIONS.
SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING DETAILS FOR FIXTURE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS.
E100
1
E100
LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
PROVIDE 1" CONDUITS FROM LOW-VOLTAGE J-BOXES AT POS COUNTER CONCEALED WITHIN THE SERVE LINE WIRING CHASE TO THE WALL, THEN
CONCEALED WITHIN THE WALL AND ABOVE THE CEILING TO ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING.
PROVIDE J-BOX IN CEILING AS SHOWN. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT FROM J-BOX TO ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING. SEE ARCHITECTURAL RCP FOR EXACT
LOCATION.
34
35
36
37
38
PROVIDE ROUGH-INS FOR LAUNCHPORT AS NOTED AND INSTALL LAUNCHPORT FURNISHED BY CHIPOTLE PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS WITH THE WALLSTATION AT 62" AFF AND THE WALL PLATE DIRECTLY ABOVE THE WALLSTATION AT 90" AFF. SEE ARCHITECTURAL
DRAWINGS FOR HORIZONTAL LOCATION OF WALL PLATE AND WALLSTATION. PROVIDE SINGLE-GANG J-BOX AT 90" AFF FOR THE WALL PLATE
INSTALLATION, A 4" X 2-1/8" DEEP OCTAGON J-BOX AT 62" AFF FOR THE WALLSTATION INSTALLATION, AND A 3/4" CONDUIT BETWEEN THE TWO
J-BOXES. PROVIDE A 22 GAUGE 2 CONDUCTOR CABLE BETWEEN THE WALLSTATION AND THE WALL PLATE J-BOXES WITH 6" SLACK AT EACH END.
PROVIDE RECEPTACLE AT 90" AFF NEXT TO THE WALL PLATE J-BOX AS SHOWN. THE RECEPTACLE AND WALL PLATE AT 90" AFF SHALL BE CONCEALED
FROM PUBLIC VIEW BY THE HOOD.
PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR RESTROOM HAND SINK FAUCET AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 13/SHEET P300.
PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLE AND DATA JACK AND INSTALL CO2 ALARM FURNISHED BY CO2AS AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 8/E110.
PROVIDE DATA JACK AND INSTALL CO2 ALARM REMOTE DISPLAY UNIT FURNISHED BY CO2AS AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 8/E110.
CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE THE CEILING, IN A WALL, OR
IN A RACEWAY
X/Y/Z
GENERAL PURPOSE 1-POLE SWITCH
SM
MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT
S WP
S OC
X
CO2 REMOTE DISPLAY UNIT
X
REMOTE STROBE
DOUBLE GANG JUNCTION BOX FOR RJ-45 DATA OUTLETS. PROVIDE
1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM J-BOX TO ABOVE OFFICE
CEILING. TERMINATE CONDUIT WITH CONDUIT BUSHING.
JUNCTION BOX FOR RJ-11 TELEPHONE OUTLETS. PROVIDE 1"
CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM J-BOX TO ABOVE OFFICE
CEILING. TERMINATE CONDUIT WITH CONDUIT BUSHING.
KP
SECURITY SYSTEM KEYPAD: PROVIDE A RECESSED JB WITH
A 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE THE DROP TILE CEILING IN THE
OFFICE AREA AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSHING
PROVIDE CONCEALED CAT5 CABLE BETWEEN
DATA JACKS FOR THE CO2 SENSOR AND REMOTE
DISPLAY UNIT.
BAG-IN-BOX SODA RACK
24
CO2 REMOTE DISPLAY UNIT
48" AFF
CO2 DETECTOR
18" AFF
INSTALL CO2METER RAD-0102 CARBON DIOXIDE STORAGE
SAFETY ALARM (FURNISHED BY CO2AS) ADJACENT TO THE CO2
TANK/BAG-IN-BOX AS SHOWN.
3
4
23
B- 4
TO REMOTE CONDENSER
B- 29
11
29
B- 35
J
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
GFCI, 76"
15
24
CONNECT THE REMOTE DISPLAY UNIT WIRE FOR THE
REMOTE DISPLAY TO THE RJ-45 DATA JACK. TRIM CORD
TO MINIMIZE SLACK AND SECURE WIRE TO WALL.
RECEPTACLE/DATA JACK
27" AFF
12
GFCI
B- 25
(L5-20P INLET) 60"
B- 2
E110
3
26
DATA JACK
39" AFF
22
J J
13
94" 94" 102" 102"
BDP
BDP
102"
102"
B- 11,13
(L14-20R) 60"
2
BDP- 3 A- 27
INSTALL CO2 ALARM REMOTE DISPLAY UNIT
(FURNISHED BY CO2AS) AT ENTRANCE TO THE
CO2 STORAGE AREA AS SHOWN.
PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLE AND JUNCTION BOX
WITH SINGLE RJ-45 DATA OUTLET ADJACENT TO
THE CO2 TANK/BAG-IN-BOX AS SHOWN ON THE
ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN.
J
J
PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH SINGLE RJ-45 DATA
OUTLET AT ENTRANCE TO THE CO2 STORAGE AREA AS
SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN.
15
B- 7
5
E110
B- 8
7
E110
9
48" J
23
24
B- 10,12
2
B- 17
34
B- 9
B- 14,16
J
10
3
4
J
31
3/8" = 1'-0"
GFCI
J
29
24
ELEC - CO2 Detail
B- 21
B- 22
J J
CONNECT WIRE FOR THE REMOTE DISPLAY UNIT TO THE RJ-45
DATA JACK AND CONNECT THE SYSTEM POWER TO THE
RECEPTACLE AS SHOWN. TRIM CORDS TO MINIMIZE SLACK
AND SECURE CORDS TO WALL.
B- 18,20
B- 38
20
33
15
2
J
J
J
(6-20R)
A- 38
5
3
LOCATE RECEPTACLE IN PLYWOOD AS SHOWN.
RECEPTACLE SHALL BE HORIZONTAL. WAIT UNTIL
BANQUETTE SEATING IS INSTALLED BEFORE MAKING CUT
IN PLYWOOD TO ENSURE CORRECT PLACEMENT.
RECEPTACLE SHALL BE BLACK WITH BLACK COVERPLATE.
36
TO ICEMAKER
3" (FROM FACE OF BANQUETTE SEATING)
A- 31
WP
CU-2
ON ROOF
8
N.T.S.
POS COUNTER ELECTRICAL ELEVATION
1/2" = 1'-0"
LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR THE
CONCEALED INSTALLATION OF A VIDEO
CABLE. PROVIDE A PULL STRING
BETWEEN THE TWO BOX RINGS.
PROVIDE A FACEPLATE WITH 2"
GROMMET CUTOUT (DATAPRO PART #
700200) ON EACH LOW VOLTAGE BOX
RING.
Issue Record:
2
4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR STEREO
CIRCUIT A- 25
ISOLATED GROUND BATTERY-PROTECTED
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR DVR
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT BDP- 5
30/NF/3
17
17
28
#
2
3
21
RTU-2
ON ROOF
21
A- 31
GFCI
03/02/2015
08/21/2015
DB UPDATES
CLIENT UPDATES
B- 6
17
17
36
A- 21
2
27
MAU-1
ON ROOF
EF-2
ON ROOF
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
Project No.
30
30
13203
A- 15
LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR THE
CONCEALED INSTALLATION OF A VIDEO
CABLE. PROVIDE A PULL STRING
BETWEEN THE TWO BOX RINGS.
PROVIDE A FACEPLATE WITH 2"
GROMMET CUTOUT (DATAPRO PART #
700200) ON EACH LOW VOLTAGE BOX
RING.
ISOLATED GROUND BATTERY-PROTECTED
QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR COMPUTER
EQUIPMENT
CIRCUIT BDP- 4
Revisions:
HCP
A- 7,9,11
A- 14
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
CU-1
ON ROOF
J-BOX FOR THE AUDIO SYSTEM. EXTEND
A 3/4" CONDUIT TO 6" ABOVE THE DROP
TILE CEILING AND TERMINATE WITH A
CONDUIT BUSHING.
DOUBLE GANG J-BOX FOR DATA
OUTLETS
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
14
A- 1,3,5
60/NF/3 17
A- 1,3,5
BANQUETTE RECEPTACLE DETAIL
GFCI
EF-1
ON ROOF HCP
16
GFCI GENERAL RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT A- 23
OTHER RECEPTACLE - SEE PLAN FOR RATING AND TYPE
JUNCTION BOX FOR RJ-45 DATA OUTLETS. PROVIDE 1"
CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM J-BOX TO ABOVE
OFFICE CEILING. TERMINATE CONDUIT WITH CONDUIT
BUSHING.
96"
BDP
CO2 TANK (BULK TANK OR CANISTERS)
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY
MONITOR
CIRCUIT A- 25
2
62" 90"
A- 8,10,12
B- 1
96"
INSTALL STROBE WITH WIRING TO CO2 DETECTOR
(FURNISHED BY CO2AS) (IF REQUIRED). WIRING
SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL.
8
E110
A- 33
18
SODA CARBONATOR
STROBE
80" AFF
WEATHER-PROOF SWITCH
NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX COMBINATION ISOLATED GROUND/GFI
RECEPTACLE PASS & SEYMOUR MODEL#2095IGTRGRY (GRAY)
B- 5
A- 29
NOTE: EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS TYPICAL.
SEE PLAN FOR ACTUAL EQUIPMENT
AND LOCATIONS.
RELAY
NEMA 5-20R 1-PLEX RECEPTACLE
IG/GFI
GFCI, 56"
GFCI
7
CO2 DETECTOR
WP
NEMA 5-20R DOUBLE-DUPLEX RECEPTACLES
32
GFCI, 90"
J-BOX FOR (2) RJ-45 DATA OUTLET FOR
DVR & MUZAK
NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
J 48"
RTU-1
ON ROOF
OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACTIVATED WALL SWITCH
(HUBBELL LHMTS1W - LIGHTHAWK PIR & US SINGLE CIRCUIT,WHITE)
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
A- 17
CO2 ALARM OPTIONS
ELECTRIC PANELBOARD
S
P-1
35
4
E110
JUNCTION BOX
J
FOR CONSTRUCTION
B- 34
J-BOX FOR VOICE JACK
7
E110
3
M
1/2" = 1'-0"
30/NF/3
DISCONNECT SWITCH:
X = SWITCH RATING
Y = FUSE SIZE (NF = NON-FUSED)
Z = NUMBER OF POLES
B- 3
GFCI
A- 16,18,20
J-BOX FOR DATA JACKS (SMART SAFE)
B- 15
B- 3
39"
FAX LINE ELECTRICAL ELEVATION
HOME-RUN TO PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER SHOWN
PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET
FOR NOTE MEANING
#
M
37
38
6
CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW THE SLAB
A-6
27" GFCI, 27"
B
19
J-BOX FOR ALTERNATE FAX LOCATION
GFCI GENERAL RECEPTACLE FOR COIN
CHANGER AND RECEIPT PRINTER
CIRCUIT A- 23
GFCI SMART SAFE RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT A- 23
[email protected]
3
5
E110
J-BOX FOR DATA AND CREDIT CARD
JACKS
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
(614) 328-2036
5
23
LABEL MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH AND PANEL A "WARNING: BATTERY-PROTECTED RECEPTACLES IN USE. DISCONNECT AT PANEL BDP."
PROVIDE A NEMA 5-15P FLANGED INLET (LEVITON MODEL #5239) AND A SINGLE NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE IN OFFICE FOR CONNECTION TO A CENTRAL
UPS SYSTEM. CONNECT THE FLANGED INLET AND THE SINGLE RECEPTACLE TO THE TERMINAL BLOCK IN THE BDP PER THE MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION FROM FLANGED INLET TO THE OUTPUT OF THE UPS USING A 2'-LONG 20A EXTENSION CORD. PLUG THE
UPS INTO THE SINGLE RECEPTACLE.
33
A
25
GFCI FOOD WARMER RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT B- 32
PROVIDE SINGLE GANG VERTICAL METAL DIE CAST WEATHERPROOF WHILE IN USE OUTLET COVER ON RECEPTACLES AT COOK LINE AND UNDER
FOUR-COMPARTMENT SINK. COVER SHALL BE INTERMATIC WP1010MXD FOR SINGLE GANG BOXES AND WP1030MXD FOR DOUBLE GANG BOXES. NO
SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED.
LABEL BATTERY-PROTECTED RECEPTACLES "BATTERY-PROTECTED: DISCONNECT AT PANEL BDP".
INSTALLCONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE IN PLYWOOD BOX PER DETAIL 4/THIS SHEET.
PROVIDE RECEPTACLES SHOWN AT 55" BELOW THE SHELVING IN A HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION.
PROVIDE PASS & SEYMOUR 2095GRY (GRAY) SPEC GRADE 20A DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR SALAD SPINNER.
J-BOX FOR CASH DRAWER CONNECTION.
PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT TO UPER CASH
DRAWER J-BOX.
GFCI COLD TABLE RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT B- 36
ROUGH-INS TO SERVE LINE AND POS EQUIPMENT IS UNDERGROUND. COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
ROOFTOP UNIT SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL UNIT-MOUNTED GFCI RECEPTACLE.
ICE MAKER RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CONCEALED BEHIND THE ICE MAKER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ACTUAL WIDTH OF ICE MAKER.
30
31
32
GFCI, 92"
KP
3
PROVIDE ONE PHASE, ONE NEUTRAL, AND ONE GROUND CONDUCTOR FROM THE ICE MAKER TO THE REMOTE CONDENSER CU-2.
UNIT SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH.
PROVIDE DOOR CHIME AND BUZZER AT 96" AFF SEE ARCHITECTURAL DOOR EQUIPMENT FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION.
INSTALL THE BYPASS DISTRIBUTION PANEL (BDP) FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. INSTALL PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND
DETAIL 3/E200.
PROVIDE POWER CONNECTIONS UNDER PREP TABLE INSTALLED IN A METALLIC PEDESTAL MOUNTED ON TOP OF A CURB PER DETAIL 6/E110. PROVIDE
GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLES IN THREE J-BOXES INTEGRAL TO PREP TABLES (FOR UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR, HOT HOLDING CABINET, AND GENERAL
RECEPTACLE). PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION FROM PEDESTALS TO RECEPTACLES AND CARVING STATION USING LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUIT HELD TIGHT TO
PREP TABLES.
J
J-BOX FOR DATA JACKS
SEE ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT FOR FAX LINE, OFFICE, AND POS RECEPTACLES. LABEL FAX LINE, OFFICE,
AND POS RECEPTACLES PER ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS. AFTER THE FAX LINE, POS, AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED PROVIDE CHILDPROOF
RECEPTACLE COVERS ON UNUSED IG RECEPTACLES AT THE FAX LINE, POS, AND OFFICE.
29
Andy Demancsik
A- 40
TORTILLA PRESS RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT B- 31
PROVIDE AN EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM THE BASE BUILDING'S TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE LOCATION TO THE SPACE ABOVE
THE OFFICE CEILING.
PROVIDE A SUITABLE LENGTH OF LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT TO THE EXHAUST FAN EF-1 TO ALLOW THE EXHAUST FAN TO HINGE COMPLETELY OPEN WHEN
THE VIROGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED.
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
GFCI GENERAL RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT A- 33
CONNECT WALK-IN COOLER LIGHTS TO CIRCUIT SHOWN.
PROVIDE (3) 2' X 1'-6" X 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS ABOVE THE OFFICE DOOR FOR THE TELEPHONE, SECURITY, AND T1 SYSTEMS. LOCATE ONE ABOVE
AND TWO BELOW THE DROP-TILE CEILING. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR DETAILS.
CONNECT EXHAUST FAN TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH THE DOUBLE-POLE SINGLE-THROW LIGHT SWITCH IN THE OFFICE.
INSTALL 16/2 SPEAKER WIRE FURNISHED BY OWNER FROM THE SPEAKER LOCATION TO THE AMPLIFIER IN THE OFFICE WITH 3 FEET OF SLACK AT EACH
END. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR SPEAKER LOCATIONS.
Fax:
N.T.S.
GFCI FAX MACHINE RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT A- 33
PROVIDE AN EMPTY SINGLE GANG J-BOX FOR VOLUME CONTROLS. INSTALL THE 22/2 VOLUME CONTROL WIRE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER FROM THE
J-BOX TO THE AMPLIFIER IN THE OFFICE WITH 3 FEET OF SLACK AT EACH END.
COORDINATE DATA/POWER RECEPTACLE MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE CASE WORK INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL
ELEVATION FOR THE POS ELEVATION.
27
28
PEDESTAL OUTLET DETAIL
6
E110
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
9
IG/GFCI BATTERY-PROTECTED POS
RECEPTACLE (LABEL "POS ONLY")
CIRCUIT BDP- 2
STORE NO.: 2365
8
HOOD CONTROL PANEL AND ANSUL CABINET SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE INTEGRAL HOOD UTILITY CABINET. PROVIDE FINAL ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM.
INSTALL WIRING HARNESS FURNISHED WITH WALK-IN COOLER FROM CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF TO THE CAPSULE-PAK REFRIGERATION MODULE ON
THE WALK-IN COOLER.
J
7
J-BOX FOR CASH DRAWER CONNECTION
6-20R RECEPTACLE FOR HOT TABLE
CIRCUIT B- 28,30
J-BOX FOR TELEPHONE JACKS
1
6
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
J
JUNCTION BOX FOR EXTERIOR SIGN LIGHTING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE SIGN INSTALLER
PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH THE EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANEL AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 2/E200.
PROVIDE 4" OCTAGONAL JUNCTION BOX WITH SCREW THREADS SET AT THE 2 & 8 O'CLOCK POSITIONS FOR THE ANSUL PULL STATION. PROVIDE A 1/2"
CONDUIT FROM THE J-BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSHING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ANSUL
SYSTEM INSTALLER AND THE FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
J
5
J
PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR CIRCUITS SERVING EQUIPMENT BELOW THE KITCHEN HOOD. CONNECT SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER TO
HOOD FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SO THAT RECEPTACLE IS DE-ENERGIZED UPON ACTIVATION OF HOOD FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM.
CONCRETE CURB (SEE
ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS
FOR DETAILS)
55"
4
PROVIDE 1-GANG CONCRETE
FLOOR BOX WITH COVER WITH
3/4" THREADED HOLE
GFCI, 55"
PROVIDE RECEPTACLES FOR TELEPHONE BACKBOARDS AND T1 ROUTER AND TWO EMPTY DUAL-GANG J-BOX WITH 1" CONDUITS ROUTED TO ABOVE
OFFICE CEILING.
GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR UNDER SHELF
TASK LIGHTING
CIRCUIT A- 28
GFCI, 76"
3
GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR UNDER SHELF
TASK LIGHTING
CIRCUIT A- 28
PROVIDE GASKET BETWEEN
PEDESTAL AND 1-GANG BOX
COVER PLATE
30/NF/3
2
SHOW ROOM WINDOW RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT IN THE FIELD. LOCATION SHALL BE IN THE DRYWALL
IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE MAIN STORE-FRONT WINDOW.
ICE MACHINE ELECTRICAL TIE-IN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE TWO PHASE
CONDUCTORS, ONE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, AND ONE GROUND CONDUCTOR TO THE L14-20R RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE L5-20P FLANGED INLET WIRED TO
THE REMOTE CONDENSER. PROVIDE 48" CORDS, ONE WITH L14-20P END AND ONE WITH L5-20R END, FROM ICE MAKER TO RECEPTACLE AND FLANGED
INLET.
11"
1
PLAN NOTES
J
#
PROVIDE METALLIC PEDESTAL (HUBBELL
SC3098A) WITH COVER PLATES ON EACH SIDE
SUITABLE FOR RECEPTACLES SHOWN ON PLAN
(SS309S FOR SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SS309DS FOR
GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, SS309SF FOR HARDWIRED CONNECTIONS, AND SS309BF FOR BLANK)
1
Contents:
28
Electrical Power Plan
A- 13
SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR FAX
CIRCUIT A- 33
1
1
E110
J-BOX FOR FAX OUTLET
J-BOX FOR TELEPHONE OUTLETS
J
GENERAL PURPOSE 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT A- 29
GENERAL PURPOSE 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE
CIRCUIT A- 29
3
E110
5
A- 36
OFFICE DESK ELECTRICAL ELEVATION
1/2" = 1'-0"
2
E110
POWER ROOF PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
1
E110
POWER FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Consultant:
INSTALL 1500 VA
WALL-MOUNTED UPS
FURNISHED BY OWNER
PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM TERMINAL STRIP IN
BDP TO THE INPUT AND THE OUTPUT OF THE UPS
IN OFFICE PER THE MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FINAL CONNECTION
TO UPS SHALL BE THROUGH A SINGLE 5-20R
RECEPTACLE AND A 5-15P FLANGED INLET.
AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS
PROVIDE 120V, 40A, SPST, 24 HOUR ELECTROMECHANICAL
TIME CLOCK WITH CARRYOVER (INTERMATIC MODEL
T171CR), PROGRAMMED TO ENERGIZE FROM 4:00PM
UNTIL ONE HOUR AFTER STORE CLOSING. INSTALL TIME
CLOCK BELOW LAY-IN CEILING ABOVE PANELBOARD.
INSTALL CONTACTOR ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING.
POINT
VOLTAGE
PHASES
A
208 V
3
EXTERIOR SIGNAGE /
LIGHTING
CONTACTOR
C1
B
C
2
1
3
C
4
208 V
CONDUCTOR
LENGTH
3
208 V
3
# SETS
SIZE
CONDUIT TYPE
f VALUE
C VALUE
M VALUE
AVAILABLE
FAULT
CURRENT
PROVIDE (4) 500 KCMIL CU, #1/0 G. IN EXISTING
3-1/2" C. (APPROXIMATELY 36').
EXISTING 400A
120/208V, 3
PHASE CT
CABINET
EXISTING CT
METER SOCKET
EXISTING 600A
MAIN C/B
TERMINAL BOX
EXISTING
HOUSE PANEL
61,960 A
85 FT
1
36 FT
600 KCMIL CU
1
PVC
500 KCMIL CU
28,033
PVC
1.56
26,706
0.390
0.271
24,164 A
0.787
19,017 A
A-34
A-32
A
BDP
788
Morrison
Road
Columbus,
Ohio
43230
Phone:
(614) 751-9610
B
Fax:
PROVIDE PANELS A AND B AND
INSTALL PANEL BDP WITH CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AS SHOWN. CIRCUIT
BREAKERS SHALL BE FULLY RATED AT
22,000 AIC.
C
400 AMP
120/208 VOLT
3 PHASE
EXISTING 400A 120/208V,
3 PHASE 4-WIRE, 240 VAC
ENCLOSED BREAKER
(614) 552-5240
Contact:
Andy Demancsik
(614) 328-2036
[email protected]
400 AMP
120/208 VOLT
3 PHASE
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION:
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED
BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO. 26610, EXPIRATION
DATE: 08.27.2015
EXTERIOR SIGN LIGHTING CONTROL
EXISTING PAD-MOUNTED
TRANSFORMER WITH 120/208V,
3Ø SECONDARY
N.T.S.
EXISTING
METER STACK
COPYRIGHT 2015
THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH
REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND
CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC..
MIN. 14'/14' WIRE TROUGH
BYPASS DISTRIBUTION
PANEL (BDP)
A
6A
TO BATTERY-PROTECTED
RECEPTACLES PER PLANS
MAIN DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
N.T.S.
6A
Panel: A
Volts: 208/120V Wye
Phases: 3
Mains: LUGS
Wires: 4
Amperage: 400 A
MCB Rating:
C
CKT
NEMA 5-15P FLANGED INLET (VERIFY
THERE IS NOT 120V AT THIS INLET AFTER
WIRING AND BEFORE CONNECTING UPS)
TERMINALS L & N
(LABELLED "UTILITY INPUT")
1
RTU-1
(3-#8, #10 G. in 3/4" C.)
TERMINALS 1L & N
(LABELLED "UPS INPUT")
3
TERMINALS 2L & 1N
(LABELLED "UPS OUTPUT")
NEMA 5-20R
SINGLE
RECEPTACLE
IN OFFICE
UPS OUTPUT
UPS INPUT
UPS POWER CORD
Rating
Type
Poles Notes
CKT
AMPS
Load
Type
50 A
3
HACR
32.3
C
--
--
--
--
--
--
5
--
--
--
--
--
--
7
RTU-2
(3-#8, #10 G. in 3/4" C.)
50 A
3
HACR
41.9
C
9
--
--
--
--
--
--
11
--
--
--
--
--
--
13
RECEPTACLES - STOREFRONT
Receptaculo
20 A
1
6.0
G
15
RECEPTACLES - DINING
Receptaculo
20 A
1
3.0
G
17
WARE-WASH FLOOR DRYER
Secador del Piso
20 A
1
9.8
F
19
Panel BDP
20 A
1
9.0
G
21
RECEPTACLES - ROOFTOP
Receptaculo
20 A
1
3.0
G
23
RECEPTACLES - POS GENERAL
Receptaculo
20 A
1
6.0
G
25
SECURITY/AUDIO
Sistema de la Seguridad
20 A
1
4.5
G
27
TELEPHONE BACKBOARD
Receptaculo
20 A
1
1.5
G
29
RECEPTACLES - OFFICE
Recaptaculo
20 A
1
9.0
G
31
RECEPTACLES - RESTROOMS
Recaptaculo
20 A
1
3.0
G
33
RECEPTACLES - FAX &
LAUNCHPORT
Receptaculo
24" ADAPTER CORD
A
C
3.9 kVA 0.0 kVA
0.0 kVA
3.9 kVA 0.0 kVA
5.0 kVA 1.9 kVA
5.0 kVA
1.9 kVA
5.0 kVA 1.9 kVA
0.7 kVA 0.5 kVA
0.4 kVA
Wires: 4
Amperage: 400 A
CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC.
1401 WYNKOOP STREET, SUITE 500
DENVER, COLORADO 80202
TELEPHONE: (303) 595-4000
FAX: (303) 595-4014
INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM
MCB Rating:
Enclosure: Type 1
B
3.9 kVA
Mains: LUGS
2.0 kVA
Load
Type
CKT
AMPS
-
0.0
--
--
--
--
E
15.6
--
--
--
--
E
F
Type
Notes Poles
Rating
3
60 A
--
--
--
Circuit Description
CKT
TVSS
2
--
--
4
--
--
--
6
3
30 A
EF-1/MAU-1
(3-#10, #10 G. IN 3/4" C)
8
--
--
--
--
10
--
--
--
--
12
4.4
1
15 A
EF-2
14
16.2
3
20 A
CU-1 (WIC)
16
CKT
Circuit Description
Rating
Type
Poles Notes
CKT
AMPS
Load
Type
A
0.2 kVA 0.2 kVA
1
HD-1 (CONTROL AND LIGHTS)
20 A
1
1.5
E
3
SODA CARBONATOR
Maquina de la Soda
20 A
1
10.9
G; F
5
FOOD PREP TABLE
Receptaculo
20 A
1
GFCI
11.3
F
7
REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR
Refrigerador
20 A
1
GFCI
13.8
F
9
COLD TOP (SERVE LINE)
Refrigerador
20 A
1
12.0
F
11
ICE MAKER
Maquina del Hielo
20 A
2
10.7
F
13
--
--
--
--
--
15
GAS WATER HEATER
Calientador de Aqua del Gas
20 A
1
5.0
F
--
B
1.3 kVA
C
1.4 kVA
1.4 kVA 1.1 kVA
1.7 kVA 0.8 kVA
1.4 kVA
1.0 kVA
1.1 kVA 1.0 kVA
1.1 kVA 2.1 kVA
0.6 kVA
2.1 kVA
Load
Type
CKT
AMPS
F
1.7
F
11.3
F
9.4
F
Type
Notes Poles
Rating
Circuit Description
CKT
1
20 A
WALK-IN COOLER
2
GFCI
1
20 A
FOOD PREP TABLE (ISLAND)
Receptaculo
4
GFCI
1
20 A
SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER
Systema de Sodas
6
6.3
1
20 A
BLENDER
Mezclador
8
F
10.0
2
20 A
CARVING STATION
10
--
--
--
--
--
12
F
20.0
2
30 A
HOT FOOD SERVER (SERVE)
Servidor Caliente del Alimento
(2-#10, #10 G. in 3/4" C.)
14
--
--
--
--
--
16
--
--
Issue Record:
1500 VA UPS
MOUNTED TO WALL
NOTE
LEGEND
PREWIRED CONDUCTOR
FIELD-WIRED CONDUCTOR
REVIEW BDP PANEL INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
BYPASS DISTRIBUTION PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM
Volts: 120
Phases: 1
Wires: 3
1.2 kVA 2.0 kVA
0.5 kVA 2.0 kVA
0.4 kVA
0.4 kVA
--
--
--
--
--
--
18
--
--
--
--
--
--
20
A
3.0
1
20 A
LIGHTING - EM/NL
Luces
22
A
4.8
1
20 A
LIGHTING - DINING ROOM #1
Luces
24
A
2.0
1
20 A
LIGHTING - DINING ROOM #2
Luces
26
A
9.6
1
20 A
LIGHTING - FRONT KITCHEN #1
Luces
28
A
3.9
1
20 A
LIGHTING - FRONT KITCHEN #2
Luces
30
A
4.0
1
20 A
LIGHTING - BACK KITCHEN #1
Luces
32
20 A
LIGHTING - BACK KITCHEN #2
Luces
36
17
TORTILLA PRESS (BACK BAR)
Parilla del Emparedado
19
Space
21
GAS GRIDDLE
20 A
1
GFCI
13.8
F
1.7 kVA 1.4 kVA
--
--
--
--
--
20 A
1
SHNT
TRIP
1.5
F
0.0 kVA 1.4 kVA
0.2 kVA
1.2 kVA
F
13.0
--
--
F
9.8
--
2
20 A
--
--
1
20 A
TORTILLA PRESS (SERVE LINE)
Parilla del Emparedado
(2-#10, #10 G. in 3/4" C.)
18
--
20
REFRIGERATOR (COOK LINE)
Refrigerador
22
11/04/2014
03/02/2015
08/24/2015
#
N.T.S.
Panel Name: BDP
Circuit Description
Phases: 3
Mounting: Recessed
Enclosure: Type 1
120V FROM PANELBOARD
Panel: B
ELDERSBURG, MD
6400F RIDGE ROAD, SUITE 1
SYKESVILLE, MD 21784
Volts: 208/120V Wye
6A
Mounting: Recessed
Mounting: Recessed
Enclosure: Type 1
1
E200
6A
6A
3
E200
B
EXISTING 600A
CONDUCTORS
STORE NO.: 2365
2
E200
A-30
N
KEEP CONDUCTOR LENGTH AS
SHORT AS POSSIBLE.
SPARE
L
120V
CIRCUIT
INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED TVSS UNIT (CURRENT
TECHNOLOGY MODEL CG60-120/208-3GY) FURNISHED
BY OWNER. FEED THROUGH 60A 3PH CIRCUIT
BREAKER. LOCATE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO TOP OF
PANELBOARD NEAR CEILING. CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT
HAVE SHARP BENDS. INSTALL TVSS UNIT PER
MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
Mains: LUGS
Amperage: 30 A
20 A
1
6.0
0.7 kVA 0.6 kVA
0.5 kVA 0.2 kVA
0.2 kVA
1.2 kVA
1.1 kVA 0.5 kVA
0.4 kVA 0.5 kVA
G
0.7 kVA
0.2 kVA
A
1.7
1
34
23
SHUNT
--
--
--
--
--
25
GAS FRYER
20 A
1
SHNT
TRIP
0.6
F
27
SHUNT
--
--
--
--
--
29
FOOD WARMER (RICE TABLE)
Warmer de Alimento
20 A
1
1.5
F
31
TORTILLA PRESS (FAX LINE)
Parrilla del Emparedado
20 A
1
13.8
F
33
Space
35
UPRIGHT REFRIGERATOR
Refrigerador
--
--
20 A
1
GFCI
--
0.0 kVA
0.1 kVA 0.0 kVA
0.0 kVA
1.0 kVA
0.2 kVA 1.0 kVA
1.7 kVA 1.4 kVA
--
--
12.0
F
0.0 kVA
0.3 kVA
24
--
--
F
10.0
--
--
F
11.7
F
2.1
F
10.0
--
--
--
--
2
20 A
--
--
1
20 A
SHUNT
26
HOT FOOD SERVER (FAX LINE)
Servidor Caliente del Alimento
(2-#10, #10 G. in 3/4" C.)
28
--
30
FOODWARMER (FAX LINE)
Warmer de Alimento
32
1
20 A
SALAD SPINNER
34
1
20 A
COLD TOP (FAX LINE)
Refrigerador
36
1
LL/BLDG/HEALTH
BID SET
CONSTRUCTION SET
Revisions:
01/12/2015
LL/BLDG/HEALTH COMMENTS
Drawn:
Checked:
AMD
RTJ
1
35
Spare
20 A
1
--
--
37
Spare
20 A
1
--
--
39
Spare
20 A
1
--
--
41
Spare
20 A
1
--
--
0.0 kVA 0.9 kVA
B
7.5
1
20 A
SIGN LIGHTING
Luces
B
7.5
1
20 A
SIGN LIGHTING
Luces
38
B
7.5
1
20 A
SIGN LIGHTING
Luces
40
--
--
1
20 A
Spare
42
1.4 kVA 1.2 kVA
GFCI
Project No.
13203
CKT
Circuit Description
Trip
Poles
Load
1
POS
6A
1
0.2 kVA
2
Fax Line
6A
1
0.2 kVA
3
Office - Network Gear
6A
1
0.2 kVA
4
Office - Computer
6A
1
0.4 kVA
5
Office - DVR
6A
1
0.2 kVA
Total Load:
0.5 kVA
Total Amps:
5A
0.0 kVA 0.9 kVA
0.0 kVA
0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA
kVA
AMPS
Type
Description
Connected Load
0.9 kVA
28.3 kVA
28.0 kVA
29.2 kVA
237 A
233 A
243 A
Demand Factor
Estimated Demand
37
Spare
20 A
1
--
--
39
Spare
20 A
1
--
--
0.0 kVA 0.8 kVA
F
7.0
1
20 A
FUTURE EQUIPMENT
38
--
--
1
20 A
Spare
40
Contents:
41
Spare
20 A
1
--
0.0 kVA
0.0 kVA
--
kVA
AMPS
0.0 kVA 0.0 kVA
11.3 kVA
10.5 kVA
11.5 kVA
95 A
87 A
97 A
--
--
1
20 A
Spare
42
Electrical Schedules &
Details
E200
Panel Totals (Includes Panel B)
A
Interior Lighting
3 kVA
125.00%
4 kVA
B
Exterior Lighting
3 kVA
125.00%
3 kVA
Total Connected kVA:
85 kVA
100.00% + 25% Largest Motor
C
Comfort Cooling
27 kVA
27 kVA
Total Connected Amps:
237 A
D
Comfort Heating
0 kVA
0.00%
0 kVA
Total Estimated kVA:
69 kVA
E
Miscellaneous Motor
3 kVA
100.00%
3 kVA
Total Estimated Amps:
193 A
F
Kitchen Equipment
40 kVA
65.00%
26 kVA
G
Receptacles
6 kVA
100.00%
6 kVA
Date of Last Print:
08/24/2015
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement